


Hint , 


esas 





















JF THRE 





UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 


Received {Pa Moy. T&A > si 


| REESE LIBRARY 
| A ccessions Nor 2L4 GCE Shelf Vo 








Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2008 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


https://archive.org/details/greeklessonsseleOOcrosrich 








GREEK LESSONS: 


CONSISTING 


OF SELECTIONS FROM XENOPHON’S ANABASIS, WITH DIRECTIONS FORK 
THE STUDY OF THE GRAMMAR, NOTES, EXERCISES IN 
TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK, 

AND A VOCABULARY. 


By ALPHEUS CROSBY, 


PROFESSOR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN 
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE. 









































"A PXI- Sé-ror-pway_Travrds. 


HeEs1op. 


Y 





PHILLIPS, SAMPSON, AND COMPANY. 
1856. 


“The language of Xenophon is remarkable for sweetness, variety, p21 
spicuity, and elegance ;— rich without a superfluity of figures, and smooth 
without sameness and tedious uniformity. His sentiments are such as 
might have been expected from the most faithful and judicious of all the 
disciples of Socrates. They are just, elevated, and apposite; and do 
credit both to his heart and his understanding.” — DunBanr. 


Digg le 
“ Xenophon’s pure strain, 


Like the clear brook that steals along the vale.” 
Tomson. 


Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1349, by Alpheus Crosby, in the Clerk's 
Office of the District Court of the District of New Hampshire. 


CAMBRIDGE: 
METCALF AND COMPANY, 
PRINTERS TO THE UNIVERSITY. 


PREFACE. 


Ir might once have been necessary to introduce a 
work like this with a labored argument to prove the 
importance of .connecting exercises in reading and 
writing a language with the study of its grammar. 
Happily for the cause of education, that necessity no 
longer exists. At the same time, it appears to me 
entirely obvious, that it is best, in most cases, that the 
student should learn the first principles of a language 
from the grammar which he is afterwards to use, and 
not from a book of lessons or exercises which he will 
study for a short time, and then throw aside not to 
be again taken up. No one is ignorant of the pecu- 
har tenacity of first impressions, and of the great de- 
pendence of the memory upon local association. It 
may be added, that, in the gradual work of learning 
the grammatical system of a language, it contributes 
greatly to rapid, thorough, and permanent attainment, 
that each point, as it is learned, should be learned 
in its appropriate place as a part of the system. 
Classification thus goes hand in hand with acquisi- 
tion; and, instead of constituting a separate work 
requiring additional labor, presents itself as a light- 
ener of the student’s toils. For these reasons, the 


lv PREFACE. 


following work is designed as an accompaniment to 
the systematic study of the grammar, and not as an 
introduction to it; and those parts of the grammar 
which are required in connection with each exercise 
are referred to, and not extracted. 

The Selections for Reading which are here presented 
have been taken entirely and without change from the 
Anabasis of Xenophon. That the student should 
obtain his first impressions of a language in its classic 
purity and familiar prose form will not, I think, be 
questioned in words, however much it may have been 
neglected in practice. This becomes especially im- 
portant, when the reading lessons are made, as they 
always should be, models for composition in the lan- 
guage. 

The selections have been restricted to a single 
author and a single work for several reasons. It 
seems undesirable that the student, in his first attempts 
to read and write a language, should be distracted by 
diversities of style. In reading detached passages, 
one often wishes to examine the connection from 
which they have been taken. This can be done 
with ease, when they have been all extracted from 
a single familiar work. For those who will pass from 
these Lessons to the Anabasis, there are special advan- 
tages. They will come to the reading of that charm- 
ing work no strangers, but having already a familiarity 
with its vocabulary, and some degree of acquaintance 
with its style and subject-matter. And, as they read 
sentence after sentence upon its attractive pages, they 
will recognize many an old friend; and will now 
obtain that intimacy of acquaintance which, with 
sentences as with men, can only be got at their 


PREFACE. ui 


homes. Their introductory acquisitions have now 
lost that isolated, lifeless character, which is so apt to 
belong to mere select sentences; and have become 
vital parts of an interesting whole. The student 
leaves his first lessons, not, as too often happens, to 
forget them, but to repeat them as portions of a 
delightful narrative. It may be added, that the very 
character of the Anabasis excludes, for the most part, 
those abstract sentences, which are wont to be the 
special stumbling-blocks in introductory lessons. 

The Notes and Vocabulary, in connection with the 
author’s Grammar, which contains so many citations 
from the Anahasis, will, it is hoped, be found to 
supply abundant aid and illustration; and yet, it is 
believed, not more than is desirable in a work of this 
kind. It is not wise to harass a student’s first essays 
in a new language with needless difficulties. | Upon 
this principle, I have sought rather to diminish than 
to multiply the number of distinct words introduced ; 
and have sometimes chosen to repeat a selection with 
additions, rather than introduce one that should be 
entirely new. 

To give unity to the student’s labors, and to avoid 
all unnecessary increase of them, the Exercises in 
Translation from English into Greek have been simply 
based upon the reading lessons, and require no words 
which have not previously occurred in these lessons. 
Indeed the close conformity of the two series will, 
it is believed, afford valuable assistance in the read- 
ing lessons themselves. No English-Greek vocabulary 
has been given; because, constructed as the exercises” 
are, it has been supposed that such a vocabulary would 
not only be useless, but positively injurious, diverting 


vi PREFACE. 


the student from the proper source of aid, the Greex 
text. In all cases in which it was thought possible 
that the student could be at a loss, reference has been 
made to the page and line where the required word 
or construction has occurred. 

A few sPECIAL SUGGESTIONS and EXPLANATIONS are 
subjoined. 


1. It is earnestly recommended, that these Lessons should be 
studied, paragraph by paragraph, according to the following method. 
(I.) Let the student observe the special directions prefixed to the 
Notes, and carefully learn the portions of the Grammar there pointed 
out. (II.) Let him then learn to construe the paragraph, and to 
parse every word in full according to the table in J 65. (III.) Let 
him translate into Greek the corresponding Exercises, never omitting 
to do this before proceeding to a new paragraph. 

2. The numbers inclosed in parentheses at the bottom of a page 
of the Greek text denote the lines upon the page, and are followed 
by references to the parts of the Anabasis from which the selections 
commencing in each line have beentaken. ‘These references are made 
to book, chapter, and section, according to the common division. 

3. By the Greeks, soldiers, generals, and captains mentioned in the 
text will be generally understood those belonging to the army with 
which Cyrus the Younger made his ill-fated expedition against his 
brother Artaxerxes; and by the countries, cities, villages, rivers, 
barbarians, and enemies, those which these Greeks found in their 
route. 

4. Numbers preceded by the mark § refer to sections of the 
author’s Greek Grammar; and those proceeded by the mark 4, to 
paragraphs of the Tables prefixed to the Grammar. The letter f 
immediately attached to a number signifies and the following. 

5. In the Exercises (pp. 67-89), a few words are printed in Italics, 
to show that they are to be omitted in the Greek ; a few are inclosed 
in brackets [ ], to show that they are to be inserted in the Greek ; 
and a few are printed in small capitals, to direct special attention to 
them. The Greek idiom is sometimes given in Italics at the bottom 
of the page. The small figures at the top of the line refer to page 
and line of the Greek text. 

6. The Greek has, in general, great freedom in respect to the 


PREFACE. vu 


arrangement of words; and their position depends, in no small 
degree, upon their comparative emphasis, and upon the effect produced 
on the ear. In general, the first place in a clause is the most 
emphatic, and the last place the next so. The student will observe 
carefully the special precepts upon the position of words, which he 
finds either here or in the Grammar ; and, in all doubtful cases, will 
be wise in adhering closely to the order of his models in the Greek 
text. 

7. In the Vocabulary, the words inclosed in parentheses to mark 
derivation or composition are translated, except when they also occur 
in the alphabetical arrangement; and a few words not belonging to 
the text are inserted in brackets to avoid repeated translation. Some 
English words derived from Greek words, or cognate with them, are 
inserted in small capitals, chiefly as aids to the memory. The gender 
of nouns has been marked in the usual way, except when general 
rules rendered it needless (§§ 74. 8, 75, 76). 

8. Of the abbreviations which occur, compos. denotes compo- 
sition; cons., consonant; dim., diminutive; esp., especially; 1m- 
pers., impersonal ; indecl., indeclinable; L., Line; Less., Lesson ; 
P., Page ; pers., person or personal; prop., properly; R., Rule; r., 
root ; subst., substantively; Voc., Vocabulary. Most of the abbrevia- 
tions, as occurring in the Grammar and there explained, require no 
special notice. 

9. Let the student, amid those introductory difficulties and toils 
from which no worthy pursuit is wholly exempt, cheer himself with 
the assurance, that the saying of old Hesiod, The beginning is half 
of the whole work, applies to nothing’ with greater force than to the 
learning of a language ; nor let him forget that other proverb, Ed cot 
TO peddov eet, Hy TO mapoy ed TO7s, Your future course will be pros- 
perous, if your present work be well done. Especially, let him bear in 
mind, that he is studying the language which has been the most 
celebrated of all for beauty and perfection of structure ; — the lan- 
guage in which are enshrined, as jewels in a casket of gold, the 
most wonderful monuments of ancient genius, and the priceless 
treasures of the Christian revelation ; — the language in which Homer 
sung, Socrates conversed, Demosthenes harangued, Paul wrote, and, 
highest honor of all, the words of Him who spake as never man spake 
were recorded. 





Sa o1 nelly 
DE edict agli sah ri lo 3. 
eiitaaecs, whl atin designe 







eaten ingh Sep geass ssew bine ik 
whiney, ante Omit ‘lar cfnergy 

Ss 0 i i. ae, ee 
> Pea sheds oe 


alah cin enn cures ses. 


i y f ' i 


‘ 

J 

\ , 

s 
~ 
~~ 


; 


GREEK LESSONS. 


I. 


1. "EmiBovrever. "EmiBovnevovow. ’EmiBovdeveu. 
SupBovrevo.  YupPovrever.  BuuBovdrgevere. laces. 
Ilaiovot kai Badrrovow. Tate, waie, Barre, Barre. 

2. Adyovow. Ayes. Aeyero. Oavpafew. Ov 
Oavpato. Mr Oavpatere. Ove éOédo. Kaiew. Kai- 5 
opev. Mn péerropev. Mavéavovow apyew. *Apyero. 
SvrArapBaver. ASackero. Nopifo. Ei pév EvpBov- 
Devout. Nopite dé. Nopitere. 


aT. 


1. SvdAdawBaver Kidpov. Kipos cvrArdapBave. ITeu- 
met Avxov. Kai méurovos Kadvdipayov. Xetpicodos io 
méeuret. "“Evrav0a 8) reyes Xecpicogos. *EmiBovdever 
Kipo. °2 Kipe, rAéeyovow.  Pépovor ALOous. "Ap- 
youvot Aakedarpovot. 2 Barive, Oavpato. 

2. ITdota méurovow. Kipos éEeravver. *Evtevbev 
e€eXavves otaOuours révte. *~Apyupiov eyowev. Iola 
yap our éxyowev. Kyréapye nat TIpokeve. “Hrtos avioyet. 
"E€aipyns axovopev OopvBov. Aprydpiov pev ove eyo. 
"Arrayyérrere Apiaio. "“AvaBaiver Xetpiaodos. 





Got Go lel, Ts Sop le 2a 20h yIn6s Oey Lo See VenG ol Qs Vle be Siy 
TW42493V.7.21. (4.) I. 7. 5: 101,20): 1.3.15: TI... 13: VII. 1/25.) (5.) 1.3.35; 3.10; 
6. 2: IM. 5.16... 6.) WD. 1. 462.79. 4:5, V.. 7.) 10!) (7.) T1s3s Vo7. 11: TL 2. 293° 
6.4) G:) VIG. 22711. 4016. (0: 87 6.14; 10. 14) 10.) V6. 14 31V. baz2 
CUE DEV STG. 1S 2) Levi EW. oe. 25% WAG: 1S) £3) Hl, 1.10%. C14 av 
Gish 7. 4.954510. Gs.) VIL 3825: VW. 4.'6.; 6.) 1.6516 2°V. 7.6. G7.) Vat 2r. 
VII. 7.53. (18.) IT. 1.4: a 7. 


14 GREEK LESSONS. 


III. 


1. Bovdreverar. Bovrevopeba. Bovrgevterbar. Mav- 
Oavovow apyew te Kal apyecOa. Bovrowa. Ei 
Bovr\ecbe, réyere. "Adda, ct Bovrer, peve. "EOC. 
mopevecOa, Adda Tropevapeba. Ov Bovrecbe cupro- 
5 pever Oa. 

2. Kipov Se peraméurera. TeiOera. Ov Oédere 
meiBecOat ovde ErecOa. Ei 8& ypnteus, ropevov. M7, 
mpos Gear, wawopeba. Mz ovv olov. Pawécbo. Xo- 
four de TE dapanras. Nov & am épxopat *E€epyovrat 

10 87 ou Soparious Kai ackois. Ovk aicyvvecbe ote Oeovs 
out avOparrous ; 


Ly: 


1. Kryoias Aeyet. Kipos ourap Paver "Opovrny. 
“Evredbev Eehawver ataOmous meévTe, Tapacayyas Tpl- 
aKovTa. “Ayactas Srupparws oyayos tTitpwoKerat. 

15 Anorns 8é Tpooépxera. 

2. "Egedavver dua Ppuyias. i pacer emer TONY. y7- 
capov Kat péedvnV Kai KeyX pov Kat Tupovs Kal xpiBas 
pepe. “Ex @Oadatrns eis Oadattrav. Zrpatidtar, 7 
Oavpatere. “Epyerar Mibpidarns. Aéka duakar TreTpav. 

20 SevOns reyer. BevOns méumer ABpokerpunv. 


Wf 


1. Idpodos orevy. Eis pidiav Xopar. "Ovot dry plo4. 
“Qowep vehedn reve. “Odos dpaksros, opOia i LoXUpas. 
IIpos ioxipa Xeopia. Tetpaxdatot omAtTat. _Hapacay- 
yar Kidvot. “E&epxovrae 8 ou Sopatiois Kat acKkois Kat 

25 OuNaKOLS Kat AAROLS ayryetous, els Surry idious avOpwrrous. 


1.) I 1. 4: 0 2 8:13. 11;9.4 (@) IL 1. 25: V. 6.37. @) IL 4. 41; 
4.41. @) IV.7.7: 1.3.5 G) 1.1.9; 1.3;3.6. (7) IL 4. 41: VIL 1. 29. 
(8.) I. 1. 12: V. 7. 10: VI. 6.18. (9.) VIL6. 34: VI 4.23. (10. IL 5. 39. (2) 1 
8. 27; 6.4. (3) 1.4.10. (4) VIL 8 19. (5) VL 1.8 (16) 12.6; 63; 
2. 22, (18) I. 2 22; 3.3. (19) I. 3. 1: IV. 7. 10. (20) VIM 6. 44; 6. 43. 
21.) L 7. 15: 1. 29:1. 5.2 (22) 1.8.8;2.21. (23) IV.6. 11: L. 4, 3: VIL 
9,26. (24) VI. 4. 23. 


GREEK LESSONS. 15 


ime 2 oTpariara pepoucr Aous. “H oTparia oUT@ 
yeyvacket. Teraptn 8 BE pg xataBaivovow els TO TeE- 
Siov. SuyKrelovee Tas Tunas, Kal TOV poxov €uBanr- 
Novew. Kowrhs cornpias SeopeOa. "Adda huyn Vei- 
Toval TO Ywpiov. 5 

al NX 7 > 

3. Xnuaiver 0 carrvyetys. *Evtava 8 Kipov aro- 

/ ¢ / e x / SS y 
TeuveTat 1) Keparyn. At orovdat pevovtwv. Kaz o Oeos 
% > ° 
tas ayer ovtas. Pevyouor Spopw, Kab eurimtovew eis 
Thy OaratTav. 
> lal a 
4, “AvaBaives ovv 6 Kipos. "Epxetat mpos tov Kdpov. 10 
4 aA 
‘Egehavvet Sua THs Avdias. Taw paiverat 6 Mi@pida- 
TNS. “O de ’Ereovixos eis THY axpav arropevyct. "Eri 
Tals myas TOU Mapotov TOTapOv. °Ev tats Keeopaus Tals 
UTrép Tov mediov TOU Tapa Tov Kevtpitny motapov. 
€ jas ¢ / a bee, \ N fal 

). O decrorns éexactns THs oixias. ITTepi d€ Tov Ka-15 
Os amoOvycKew ayovitovtar. Aa pwécov de Tod mapa- 
Seicov. Emi ri npetépav yapav épyecbe. Ot Tod euov 
> A L. 5) Cie eer: a. eae 7 ey, 
adergod diror. “Amr exeivns THS nuepas. TIavopar exei- 

A > a A 7 
vas THs Siavoias. “Ex rhode THs Ywpas. 
> a a / NG oS rn , 
6. “Ev 77 yn apxover Aaxedayovot Kat ev TH Padart-20 
Ss a fe I] an / / ¢ a 
™ Tov vov ypovov. Ev 7@ mpocbev doyw. “Omndirat 
4K , \ L ¥ SQ) 3-sby SN x / 
fev puplot Kat ythLol, TEATATTAL SE audi Tous SicxXINI- 
\ al 
ous. Ticcadépyns duaBadrre tov Kipov mpos tov aded- 
gov. Moris dvaBaivover tov Kaixov rotapov. Aéyerat 
7 a a a a 
d€ Kal Tous adXous Ilépaas widais tats Kepanrais ev TO% 
Toheu@ Scaxwoduvevew. 
yf. 

7. “Apxayopas 6 Apyetos. Ou aro otpatnyot. Ot 
&° adXou OTpariarat matovot Kat Baddovow. Ot ronre- 
pot errupaivovtar ev To Tediw. Tov te Knreapetov azro- 

/ \ o wy. / ¢€ iif ‘ iA 
KTELWOUTL KAL TOY ANNWY TUYXVOUS. O étepos Tov €TEPOV 30 

/ > / e 7 X\ 7 
mate. Exxdivovow ot BapBapot, cat pevyovow. 


Ge EQUIV 7..29\VE 1319.0 >, HIY4.. ai GD) Vil. ¥. 15.) 14) INS 2. 32: IVve2. 
1253 (Gave d2822 EP 10. 15) @) Ik, d5 242-VE S483 4@d, Ve 72.25)) G0: TelAgs 
1102 @15) 5.2. 5: TH. 4.25 .2)) V1. 20.1 2: 8.) G3.) IVE 321.5 05.) VIE & 
14: 111.43. G6) 1.2.7. 7.) 1V.8.6:1.7.6. (18) 1.7. 18: V. 6.31. 19.) VIL 
7.7. (20.) VI. 6.13. @1.) IL 11:12.9. @3.).1.3. @4) VI. 8. 18: 1 8.6. 
7.) IV. 2. 17: I. 2. 15: II. 4. 49. 28.) III. 5.2. @9.) V. 7. 16. (80.) VI. 1. 5 
1.) I. 8. 19. 


16 GREEK LESSONS. 


a ~ I. 3 x. / > 

8. Kopos thv Kitucoav eis thy Kidtxiav aroréuret. 

~ a / 

Tn 5’ torepaia petaréumeras tous otpatnyovs. Aet- 

ra , > \ \ , a ‘\ ‘ 

movow ot BapBapo apayntt tov Aopov. Kupos de wera 

ral cA 
Tov addrwv e&eravver Sia Karzradoxias. Knéapyos xat 
> oe lal 

Sot exeivov. Ot de audi Ticcadepyny Kat ’Apiaiov. Oi 
ss r ] ia] . a 4, 4 7 / 

avo Tov ev deEva ouxrdv. Tléumes Avevov tov Supaxociov 

XY «yy. oA ‘ / 

Kat addov ert Tov Nodor. 
a \ , 

9. Ta irep rod rNofov. Tarnpérepa. AapBavew ra 
> 7 yy ‘ ‘A > / ‘\ Xx / 
emiTnoeia. ~“Eyowev yap ta exewvov. Ta rept Ipofevov. 
” > \ 

0"AdAos GArXa Dreyer. To "Apxaduxov omdutexov. Ev 
v7 a ” e A ] ‘\ A €¢ t= \ / 
Héow THS olKade OOov. Eis Kadov HKete. Ot iatpol Kat- 

\ / 3 > > n \ 3: e484 x Ao > 
ovet Kal Tevovow er ayabe. Kat et pev To axpov ava- 

/ / 7 > ~*~ / a Us 
Baiver Xeipicodos. “Here evs 0 wecov Tov oTpatoTreoov. 

x J a 
10. ‘O dé weiOerai te Kat ov\rauPaver Kipov. ‘O 
‘\ ‘\ ¢ vA - 4 / id , 
150€ Tous nuETEpoUs Tovous exer. Avevos 6 Ilodvatpatov 
’ A@nvaios. 
‘\ 7, A e / , > > a 

ll. Ty Se avrn nuépa. Budrsfouevor ex rod avrov. 

as x 28 rn > a Z c \ = 
Auta ta amo tov oiiav Evra. Ot dé otpatiatat, 

iA > A oS / \ mo A > \ , 
Ol TE aUTOU Exeivov Kat ot addroL. Nov avToi Kaiovotr. 
‘ ‘\ + ‘ > a \ > / ral Q 
2 Tiscapepyns Kat ol auvy avtTm. vv or~yous Tos Tept 
> / 7 ‘ n ‘ 
avtov. Ticoadpepyns SiaBadrec tov Kipov mpos tov 
> XX > 4 > Lal > 4. > / 
aderdor, @s eiBovrevot avt@. <Arroaredret TOUS ayye- 
Ny ‘ ea , 2X \ a , 
Rous, Kat cuv avtois Xetpicogov. Avtos d€ Tav TH@Y 
, < ‘\ A > nr y+ > « ‘x ‘ 
AapBave. O de reyer avt@. “Ayovow avtov mapa Tov 
‘ \ , ra / 
23 Kyéapyor, Kat dpafovow, a evel. 


Vij 


1. "Enreye tots otpati@tas. Ot BapBapot érofevor 
kat €Baddrov. *Exeivos €Onpevev amo imrov. "Edeyov, 
drt Oavpatovev. “O Knréapyos €Bouvnevero. *EBounev- 


(L. 1.) F. 2.20, (2.) VIL. 2. 14: IV. 2.15. @.) 1. 2.20. 4) 12.15. (5.) I. 5,1: 
V. 2. 24 (6.) L 10, 14 (8) I..10. 1453.9: V. 1.7. @.) V. 1.9: I. 5 37. (10) 
IL..1. 16: IV. 8.18; Ul. 1.2. (11.) IV. 7.3: V. 8.18. (2) WV.1. 7. (3.) TH. ). 46. 
14.) L. 1.3: VIL 6.9, 15.) HL 3, 20, 17.) L. 5.12: 14. MM. 8.) 1.2 16: 13.7. 
(19.) 1. 5. 5 (20.) IL 6.3: 15. 12. QL) 11.3. @2) I 1.5. 23.) IV. 5. 35, 
(24.) IIL 4. 39: IL 4.18 @6.) IV. & 14; 2.12 @7) 1.2.7: V. 7. 18 3) 
1,3 3; ¥o1.a 


GREEK LESSONS. 17 


A A , > a \ De 
ovTo TEpt THS NowTHS Tropeias. “EvtavOa on Kown €Bov- 
7 > fal ¢ \ IaZs e x ©€ / 
Nevovto. ‘EvtavOa ot wedtactat ediwxov. Ot dé 7d5€ws 

\ > a > / XN ( 
ereiOovto, eriatevoy yap avtT@. ‘Enuotevoyny dé vo 
/ > / + 7 ¢e > +. 
Aaxedapoviov. “Edaivero tyuia immov. Ot 8 €reyor, 
a 4 
OTL TEpt oTrOVOaY HKoLEV. 
74, > an A / > 
a, “Eeavpator, OTL ovdapov Kipos daivoito. Eni 
- XN fal 
TOV adehpov “AprakepEnv eoTparevero. Ou Se oTpaTio~ 
Tal exaderrawvoy TOLS orparnyois. Oi de doxaryot emt 
Tats Ovpats epevov. Ty Ss dorepaig érropevovTo Sua Tou 
medtov. Autos d€ cur Tois Aovrois eropevero emt Tov 10 
7 
Sevtepov Aodov. ‘O 8 avt@ ove eriatevev. ’Emiarevov 
XN fal / \ 7. ec / ] 7 
yap Tots ywpios. Kat radu tn vatepaca vero. 
= a NS an / / 7 
3. IIpoetpeyev aro tod Sevdpov. LIpocetpeyov duo 
Uy \ ¥. > 
veavioxo.  Mereréumeto tov Kréapyov. Kat ardor ent 
‘ ] / > / / > / > A > 
Tas oixias aveBawov. KatéBawev eis wediov. “Erret 8 15 
¢€ / e / > 7 lel / ‘\ 
neepa vTéepawev, eTropevovto ovyn. IIpoceBadXov mpos 
rn > / > 
To xwpiov. Ot otpati@tar amédeutrov avtous. Ol Se 
/ ‘ XN 
adixot erreBovrevov. Kat rpocéB8arrov mpos tous omX- 
=) a 
Tas acpanas. 
XN Y. JA A Is 
4, Ackav édaBov. “EdaBov tis Sovns tov ’Opovtnv 2 
> Xv / 3 XN 
ev Oavato. IInyas eveBarev. ~Oxto povous Katéd- 
/ = tn = > > 
mov. AéBawov thy yépipav. Autos éweBovrevev. “Qs 
e NETS, 
& 7 Tpomn eyeveto, SuacTetpovrae Kal ob Kvpou eSaKooroe, 
iE a A ra 
Acyeras THS TENEVTNIS Taye. "Ada guy aos addy 
erpamrero. "Ar ebavev bre Nixavépov. AvarapBdvover 25 
TO ATO TOV aiyuadwOToV apyvpLov yevopevor. 


cr 


1. "AciSarns éotiv ev te Tedio. “Erowpos eipe. 
7 4 3 7 > , 5 > = £ = B 
by y et 
Anibiot ecpev. “AvOpwrros cyt. “EXeyovto b¢ ot Xad- 
rn 2. 5 rn : 
Satou erevOepor Te Kali Axiuos eivat. “EvtavOa jv rapa 





@. 1.) IV. 7.4. (@.) VL 5.29: 1.2.2. @.) VIL 6. 33. 4) 1.6.1: 163.4 @) 
TelIOAGS TS 12 225, CG) 1.54. 125 S Cpe SoS .O) IE €518.5 dy LVe 2. 433 
CI) VAL 8.2: V2, G2.) VE 25 (13. 1V..7. 1053. 102 U4) YS Sieve 
2.22. 15.) 1.2. 22: IV. 2.7. 6.) V.2.4. 7.) VI. 5. 4: I. 6.20. (18.) VI. 3. 7, 
@0.) 1.6.6; 6.10. @1.) 1.5. 11: VI.3.5. (22.) IL. 4. 24: V. 6.29: 1.8.25. (4) 
If. 6.29: IV. 8.19. @5.) V.1.153 3.4. (27.) VII. 8.9: IV. 6.17. @8) IL. 5. 21: 
VI. 1.26: IV.3.4. @9.) 1.2 = 


~~ 


18 GREEK LESSONS. 


Thy odov Kpyvn. "Hy yap 9 wapodsos orevy. ” Epropiov 
5° iv To ywpiov. “Aywvobéras 8 oi Ocol cow. 

2. ’Evrai0a joav cdpat. Obra dé éyer. Birdos te Kat 
cvppayos evar Bovrerar. Kat ot pev otparnyot emvv- 

sOavovto wept Tod YevOov, woTepa wodepLos Eun 7 pidros. 
"Enéyeto 5€ 6 oteXos elvar eis TTecidas. Tlaphy S& Kar 
Xeipicogos 6 Aaxedarpovios. Kai tyv odov eppater, 7 
y 
en. 
3. ‘Trowias pev joav. “Hy de rapa tov Evdparny 
1omdpodos atevn peta Tov moTamod Kat THs Tddpov. 
“Avayrn éott paxer bar. “Hvixa 8° jv Setdn, eEarivns. ol 
Troheueou emupatvoyrar év TO medi. ‘Erei be opOpos 7 nV, 
epNeTar mpos Tov Xeupicogov. "Emel 5 Mpépa a oydon. 
Kai jv pev oxotos 75n. Meéyps oxoros éyévero. Ov yap 
Isqv yoptos. Ov yap €or Trova. "Axovw Se, Kapas eivas 
xaras. “Ev0a 8 radu dbvupta jy. 

4, ‘Evrab6a Kiépo Bacideva hv kat mapddecos. Tois 
de trovia pey 7. “Aro TOU avroparou Spopos eyevero 
Tois otpatiotas emt tas axnvas. “Hv avt@ modepos 

vo mpos Iewidas xa Mucous. 

5. "Owe yap nv. "Hén Se Kat owe jv. "Owe éyi- 
yveto. Kat Sn pev api miov Sucpas fv. “Hd1os 
edvero. “Enel &é mpos neepav i. 

6. "Eo AapBaver. Ove tw raBew. "Efkeors 

asmept avTod wevdecOar. Ta yap émirndera ove eéotw 
exe. 

7. “Apa Se BovreterGar. "Avayxn Sé topeverbar HSn. 
Kai avaryen payecOar. “Npa reyew. Zyodry trois 7o- 
Aepious AnigerBar. Tod de xvKdov % repiodos &£ trapa- 

30 oayyat. 


Gd, 1.) 1.4.4; 4.6, @) M1. 1, 2. @) 1.4. 19: V. 6.18: VIL 6.3 (4). VEL1. 
14. (6.) M1. 1.9: 1.4.3. (7.) IV. 5.34. (9.) W. 5. 1: 1.7.15, (11. IV. 6.10: IL 
6.2. (12) 1V.3.8 G3.) IV.6.1. (14) IV. 5.17; 2.4: 1.5.5. 15.) VI. 4. 12: IL. 
2.34. (16.) W311. 17.) 1.2.7; 3.21. (18) 12.17% 19.) 1.9.14. 1.) VI. 5. 31: 
Tl. 2.16: Il. 4.36. (22.) VI.4.26: 1.10.15. (3) IV. 5.21. Qt) 1 5.8;5 2 
Il. 6, 28. @5.) 1.2.3, 7.) IV. 6.7: V1.4.12, @8.) VI 4.21: 203.18: V. 1.9. 
(29.) TI. 4. 11. 


GREEK LESSONS. 19 


VIL 


‘ 4 bo] , 7 C11. 
1. 3d reyes. SupBovrctw eyo. SupPBovrevw viv. 
a 5) > , A 5 / ¥ ~~ 7 
‘Hyets oiopeOa. Ovk ovtas 7pels, @ KXeapye, ovte ado- 
y ly , ] id al , >] 
yiorot ouTe nALGLoL eopev. Ypels yap eote oTpaTHYyoL, 
rn / ~ - / > , X Ss a 
umets Ta€iapyor Kat oyayol. “Amomewre Se nas. 
a Ia of vA 
“Pweis ewot ov Oérere reiOecOat ovde ErecOar. “Emec@a ® 
con Z. bY ? \ > 4 ‘ lal x > ‘\ 
vuiv Bovrowar. Sv ewoe ewuBoudevers Kal TH TUV ELoL 
i. IlXota dé hpeis ove & ‘Ypels emt TH 
oTpaTia. ota O€ 7pels oUK eXOMED. [ELS 1 
e , 7 SA by 4 a / 
nueteépav yopav epyecOe. ~H pnxete we Kvpov vomitere. 
304% > if: 4. ‘ ¢ a Uh 
2. Autos ereBovreve SiaBadrew pe Tpos vas. Aéo- 
a , \ > , X a , 
pat vLov otTpateved Gat avy pol. Syonn TOLS TTONELLOLS 10 
oh XN / Ly es ? a yy X 
AnivecOar* Kat SuKaiws nyiv eTLBouhevoucw, EXouEeV Yap 
S 3 ys \ n wy ¢ al \ rf > 
ta exeivov. Kai vov e&eotw vuiv mista Nae Tap 
¢ a c JaNX Come } 2. es \ eG Kn XN > 
npav. ‘O autos vpivy ctoros eote Kat nuiv. Mn ava- 
4 »y. OT ik aK >. a 
pev@pmev addous Eh Tas EOeLv. 
> 4 RK SS a , / 3 le 
3. “Adumrever eri THY éavtod oxnviy. Tlotay 8° 70-15 
/ > al >. r > a ids Co oS 4 
Kiav ewavT@ eeciv avapevw; “Rpa npyiv BovrevecBar 
Cex fon ur bo | 7 NS > / ed 
uTép 1pav avtav. Edudattovto b€ aydotepos womrep 
/ 3. 4 ‘\ > / >. /. 5] 
monewious add7AOvs. LIdyyas everewov addyrows. Ov 
Note gp > + ¥ > N , 
yap eywy €te apxw, adda Aaxedatpouviot. 


IX. 


? y a ‘ / 
1. "A@uportepos Hv. °“Hoav rodv rpoOvporepo.. - Ba-20 
, / aa A > / 3 7 
GiNK@OTATOS TE Kat apyew akwwratos. “2 PavpaciwTtate 
A - > > / 7 3 r 
avOpwre.  PoBepwratov 5 eEpnuia.  Pevyew avtois 
> , , 5 AD, C He \ 7 , > Art d 
achanéotepov et, 7) npiv. Kat Opacvtepos etme viv 7 
, ¢c \ rn + , ‘ /. \ »” 
tote. Ov oe OTPATLWTAL EKOTTTOV TE TAS TUAAS, KaL EXE- 
4 2 4 / ? , ? X 
yov, ort ASLKMTATA TATYOLEV exPanrXopevot ELS TOUS TTOAXE- 25 
/ 
blovs. 
> / > / > a \ Sy. vA 
2. °.D kdxote avOpaTrav Apuate, Kat ob aXot Ooot FTE 





du. 1.) Il. 1. 20: 1.6. 9: IL 3.20. @) IL 1.90; 5.21. @) ML 1.37. @ 
VIL 7.51. 6) 1.3.6: 1.1.25. (6) 1.5.25. (7) 11.2.3:1V.8.6 @) 1416 
9.) V. 6. 29: VII. 3.10. (10) V. 1.9 (12) IL. 3. 26. 13.) I. 2.10: IM. 1.24. 
5.) L 5. 12: I. 2. 14. (6) V. 7. 12. 17.) I. 4. 10. (8) I. 4. 11: VIL 7. 10. 
@0.) 1.4.9; 7.8;9.1. @L) IIL 1.97. (22) 11.5.9: 1.2.19. (3) V.8. 19. 
(24.) VII. 1. 16. 27.) If. 5. 39. 


20 GREEK LESSONS. 


Kvpov dirot, ove aisyiverde ovte Oeovs ovr’ avOpwrrovs ; 
>? a a ‘ 
EvredOev Kipos tyv Kittooay eis tay Kidixiay azo- 
/ 4 n 
Tete. THY TaxXioTHY Odov. "“AdevTvor Hoav ol TeicToL. 
3. ‘O Kipos avy tots mept avtov apiotois Kai evdaipo- 
/ my / > iy lal % 4 
svertatous. Avo ect ta eoyata wabew. Ta Bédricta 
7 r lal 
EvyBovreve. ITIparov pev yap Kat peyirtov, ot Ocdv 
ee ad 7 / i >. / 
NaS OpKoL KWAVOVaL TrodEpLovs eivat adANAOLS. TIdAyou- 
aitatos yap Hv. 
> lal lal 
4. “Avwrépo tav Harv. TIonw yap Tov ino 
v a 
wéTpexov Oarrov. Eis tas eyyuTaro Kopas. ’Eyyvtepov 
See 
eyiryvovTo. TIonv de HaXdov 0 Kyéapxos éarrevoev. TH 
¢e / 
VOTEPALa Kipos é ETopEvEeTo HMEANMEVOS LAADOV. 


X. 


> S shee... Ci lal € , LD Vd ¢ - 
1. Eyo tp’ vwov Toppa. Opa aerov. Hyeis ye 
vikapnev. IIo\XNataciovs vu“aY aVTOY EVLKATE UY TOS 
al rn Z > / > al 
15Beois. To Kreapyw Boa. *EBoa nai BapBapixas Kai 
¢c lal > a > rn eo] /. <4 ‘\ 
EXdquixas. EvreiOev ereipavto eicBadrew eis THY 
Kittxiav: 7 8¢ eicBody av 680s dpaguros, opOia loXupes. 
Tleipac6o VERY. "Eneye 7! FevOy, ¢ te €v Trovnpots TO- 
Tos TKNV@EV, Kal WANGIOV Elev Ob TrOAELLOL. 
¢ id fal / / b.” a 
2 2. Ot otpati@rat pépovot ALOous, Kat ToLovcL Kohw- 
/ c X a 7 \ / ar hn i 
vov. O trotapos KanXetrat Mapovas. Ala pecou de Tov 
/ fin / / ¢€ a nies. 
mapaceicov pet 0 Maiavipos rotamos. Has Se azro- 
lal \ / a > La) 
oreper Tov pucOov. Kupoy aitety mdota. 
> a > “ / 
3. “Evradda adixvertac Eriata. AiOous eis tov to- 
‘ 2>2¢/ >? ai ? / c > NS ‘ 
2Tapov éeppimtovy. EdoBotvto avrov. ‘Qs autos cu 
€ a FRY | ] aA a > ‘\ 3 i ? 
omororyers. Autos expt, ov Enters. Epot ovy Soxet ovx 
e/ 95 Cun / Ian? > e e a > aA ¢ 
apa eiva nuiv Kabevdew, ovd' apedrew Hua@v avtov. ~O 
a / > / \ ee \ € 
Kipos cvd\diapBaver Opovtny, Kal TVYKANEL ELS TIV EaU- 
fal ‘ ra al ae / 
tov oxnvyv Ilepoay tovs apiotous Tay Tepi avTOV Era. 


(L. 2.) I. 2.20. ) 1.101% 4) 1. 5 7% G) IL 5.24: V6.2. @) IL 5.7, 
7.) 1.10.5. @.) 14.17;5.2 (0) 1.2.16: 1.8.8, (1) IL 3. 13:1.7.19. (3) 
V. 7.10: Vi. 6&2: IL 14 (14) IL 214 05)1.812; 8&1. (6) 12.21 
8.) IIL. 2. 39: VIL. 4.12. (20) IV. 7. 25. (21) 1.2.8; 2.7. (2) VIL 6.9. 
23.) 1.3. 14. (24) 1.2.12: IV.8 3. (5)1.9.9; 67. (26) 14.16: 1.3.1 
(27.) 1. 6. 4. 


GREEK LESSONS. 21 


4 a | ye / > cal od , 8 lal lal 

. ArayyédreTe Tovvy avT@, OTL payns Set TpwToY. 

¢ a >? / \ If / I] rn a 

H8éws érovouv, kat Oapparews exT@vTo.  Yenvovpev 
‘ \ ra 7] > ‘ . 

umaidpiot. Xewpicohos pev iyeicOw, ewevdn Kat Aaxe- 

2 > a8 - oy 
Sammovios eotw. Ov Sucatoos % av pot p0ovoter. Eva 
Kupos aidnpovérraros peev mparov TOV Tucvot ov EOOKEL 5 
civat, TOLS TE mpecBurepors Kal TOV éavTOU UmrodecaTepov 
HadQov meibecOar+ ereita S& didummoTatos, Kal Tots 
imrots aploTa xpncear. 

> n 
oO. “A§wobpev. Oi Kpatiarou apxew a£vobvrat. Afiowv. 
> 
Eyinrou TOUS LITrOUS. *"Eorroviatonoyetto, as Sndoln ovs 10 
TUL 
Q a e > / a \ 
6. Tod de Aoyou apyeto abe. “HoOever Aapetos nat 
e , N n / > / > - a a 
uT@mreve TENEUTND Tou Riou. Ai paces Mp yo T@ 
% 
Knreapyo. Kat npwra avtov, mocov xpuctov exet. Ot 
= ; A > >) 2. an \ 
Noyayot madw cuvynrOov. Ovk eOédw edOew. Kat ra-15 
a p) 5 / 5 \ ¢ , , ? , 
perdew ove nv Bias nv yap 7 Tapodos atevn.  Amny- 
= of. ? : / ? \ Ny / e / 
yerre Oe, OTe eawwoln avtous Kat AvakiBios 0 vavapyxos 
\ 
Kat Ob GAXOL. 
rn / @ V4 A XN + 
Tn 8 vaotepaia Kev ayyedos. Kipos S€ ove 
e au 9 7 / Soe, wees 
KEV, ANN ETL Tpogrdavvevr. Xwpia yap wKovY LoxXUpAa2 
y AS vy. € N » 
ot Taoyo. Eixafov S€ addot GAras. Ot pev wyxorTO, 
/ XN J XN > a XN 
Kyreapxos be Teplepever. Evpicxero dé Kal vevpa TONNE 
€v Tals Kops reat poruP6os * QOTE xprio Pac els Tas 
> 
odevdovas. “Ov @ero TLTTOV Ob Eival, Taxy auTov _cbpe 
Kup prratrepor, 7  €avto. ’Errei 6 adixovro eis TO 2%5 
avTo, aopevot Te €ioov adds, Kat naomacovtTo womep 
ade ovs. 
> 33 7 N 7 € , > , N 
8. Ov« avéwyov tas muAas. “Ewpa avtovs. Kat 
lé f. ©. ld a , > / 
aAXos GdXov ethxev. Eva Kupos. Svvnyayev exkAno Lav 
al aA a XN a a“ > / 
TOY avToD otpatiwTav. "“Adere ev Kopos Gv. *EX€-30 
\ a 2 / Y. a 
yovto S€ ot Xaddaior edevOepor Te Kal adKipoL Elvat* 
u > 4% sre 
érAa 5 elyov yEeppa paxpa Kat NoyxXas. 

L. 1.) 11.3.5. @) 1.9.19: V. 521. @) L237. 4) V.7.10:19.5. @) 
V.5.9.: 1V. 6.16: 1.3.19. a9 VII. 2. 21:1.9.28. (2) ML27:L11 3) 
1.5.11 (4) VIL 8. 1: TL 5.14. 5.) 1.3.10; 4.4. (16) VI 1.16. G9) 12 
21;5.12, 0.) IV. 7. 1. @lyL6 Mie. 2.) IIL 4.17, @4.) L 9. 29. 


(25.) VI. 3. 24. @8.) V. 5. 20: VI.6.35: V.2.15. (29. 1.4.7; 3.2. (30.) Il. 1. 4: 
IV. 3. 4. 


22 GREEK LESSONS. 


= > ». > / 

9. Kai ovrot bev euevor, ot 8 adrAot emropevovro. No- 
fos yap 7 ourds odicw. Tadrny 7) 77 mapodov Kipos 
TE Kal 1) oTpaTLAa TapHdOe, at eyevovto eiow THs Tadpov. 
Tovtw ameBaverny. Tovto éotw. Kai xedever avtors 

/ > / _s 
BACyEewW Ta’TA TOIS oTpaTLWOTaLs, Kal avaTeiOeW Erec Oat. 
tal e x‘ ‘x A 
10. Tocodros S eiat wotapot. Ovtos pev 67 Tovadra 
e ‘ ‘ , me 9 / 
ei7e* peta Se TovTov Kr€apyos eie tocovTov. Tovavtny 
a fal > ‘ > 
EXETE YvOpnv Trepi euod. Kai of ctpati@tar tavta €Bov- 
e \. "Se pe. / 
Novto. Outros S€ 0 autos KEeXeveL. 
Jen > , 4 A / 
Ce @ ee <€7) avepos Boppas EvaVTIOS ETVEL. Kai dyer, 
4 
orav Boppas ven, @s Kadot TAD eicw. Evvor joav. 
> ‘ 
‘Hyeiro S avtav Tapas Auyirrtuos e& “Edécov. Exedy 
/ 
Se ws éyeveto, SiueBawvov thy yedhipav. “As taxiota Ews 
ev Int x e N\ ¢.- > 
uTedawer, eOvovto. “Hy ot Oeoi thew wow. 


XI. 


an 5] An / > 
is 1. “Hyeis exet pos radra Bovdevocpeba. *Emeidav 
b] r +. , XN 3 ‘ r 
exeioe EMOwpev, BovrevoopeOa. Sv ovr, mpos Oeav, cup- 
c o ¥ 
Bovrevoov jpiv. Ot SevOar rokoras éro£evoav. ‘O ’Ava- 
+ a / b 
EiBuos éxdevce Tas TUAaS. ‘Hyads Butavtiov aroxdeicer. 
> 4. 4 ‘\ > / ‘\ \ cra 
Exarece tous ayyenous. Kvéapyov S€ Kai evow Trape- 
/. 7 > 4 3 ‘ nr 
20Kadece auuBovdov. Axovoate ovv pov, mpos Gear. 
/ 3 > 
"“Hétor av axovoaip. ; 
/ cal > r 
2. “Ereupé pe *Aptaios. TIéuate avrovs Sevpo. 
Suvereuabev avtn otpariwras. TIpofevos avtov perte- 
7 
méeuato. “Expovrat Kipo. ’Eyo && aitixa fo. 
’ ‘A A ‘\ ‘\ > »y > ‘\ 7 > r 
25 AdXa, pa Tous Oeous, ove eywye avtous SiwEw. *Exeivos 
a / 
revel, Ott a€es avtous mevre nLEp@v eis Yop.ov, O9ev 
7 n , N , ? at 
owovrat Garatrav. Avarpiyouey Thy THwEpov nLEpar. 
a a ih ‘\ ’ ‘ ¥ 
Ovx apayet TavuT. ey Amvoua. Kai eis guy etpevre 





(L. 1.) VI. 5.4: V. 4.33 @)17. 16. (4) I 6. 30: 1.817; 4.11. (6) 
Il. 6,18: 1.3.14. (7.) VIL 6.35. (8) VIL2.2. (9) VIL 3.3. (10.) IV. 5. 3: 
V.7.7. (IL) IL 6.20. (12.) 1.4.2: 1 4.24 3.) IV.3.9, (4) VI.6.32. (15.) 
I. 3.20: VI. 1.33, 16.) I. 1.17. 7.) IIL. 4. 15: VIL 1.36. (18) VL 6.13. (9) 
Il. 3.3: 1.6.5. (20.) V. 7. 5. @l.) 1.5.15. (22) I. 4.16; 5. 41. (23) L. 2 20: 
TH. 1.4. (24.) 164.13: IL 1.9. (25.) 1.4.8: IV. 7.20, @Q7.1V.6.9% (23) 17,9; 
8, 24. 


GREEK LESSONS. a 


tous éLaxiryinlous. "Emreprpev as ) oTpatia mpos ce, 
@ Knreavdpe. 

3. Ed te deyere, Kat mrownoe tavra. ‘O € auto 
reyers My TOWnons TavTa. “Hyjcopac be autos eyo. 
Kai cot av Space, dOev € ey, mept cov aKovw. Kupov 5 
de petamewmrerat amo THs apxriss 7s avTov catpamny 
eroincev. “Exvovrat opin, kal Tmeipdcovrar pupera Oar, 
“Evraida Tisoapepyns Kat ot ou are katew emexeipn- 
cav Tas Kopas. "Aa ToUToUS bev of Beoi amoricaivTo. 
Axove, AcEvrmop eye mTpos Knéavépor, @S$ OvK av 10 
emroinoev “Ayactas TavTa, él Ba éy@ avTov éxéXevoa., 

4. Hiwev ouv SevOns ° « ‘OpGas, TE Revere, wat eyo 
TO vou TO UpEeTep@ Teloopal.” " EOnpevev amo immov, 
oTroTe yupvacat BovrouTo éavTOV TE Kal TOUS imTroUs. 

5. ‘O 8 mods éxtar eis “Hpaxdevav. Xaderov éoravis 
Kal mevew Kal atom EV * Kat yap év TH yn apxovot Aaxe- 
Saipovios Kat €v TH Bararry TOV VUV xpovov. 

6. ’Exzroptotet 72 oTpaTia pe Oov. Ou Suvijcerae 
Taxéws TopeverOar* icws Sé Kal TOV EmiTHndeiwy oTarLED. 
“Qpa de BovreverOar, Stas ws KadAMCTA ayoviovpeBa, 20 
‘Tuas, orotay yadnvn 7, euBu8d. Ov payelirar Séxa 
Meee, *"Hotraketo avtov, ws amomrNevaoupLevos non. 

1. Mupious eSaxe Sapeucous. _Kopos oe ciren, “ Ovn 
dpa ETL paxeirat, el €v TauTaus ou paxerrat Tals mpeepaus : 
eay 8 adn bevons, t dmvaxvotpat ool Seca taravta.” Tov-2% 
To TO ypuvciov ToTe aTrédwKev, eres TrapHdOov at Séxa 


nLepat. 


b.G aE 


5 > Tf i. a 4, =- yy ‘\ 
1. Eiyov d€ @wpaxas Nuwods. Kypixas erreprve trept 
ral \ XN lal 3 / ¢ ‘ 
atovoav.  IIpos tovs Opaxas erodeunoa. “H yuvy 
eb YS \ 7 Fs / >] / 
avtov ereicev. Kat rewrovot Kaddipayov “Apkada. 30 


CL. 1.) VI. 6.20. (3.) VII. 1.2231.8 (4) V.6.24 (5.) IL. 5.26:11.2. (7) Ill. 
1.36, (8) II. 5.3. (9.) II. 2.6. (10.) VI.6.15. (12.) VII.3.39. (3.1.2.7. (5.) 
VI. 1.33; 6.13. (18) V. 6.19: I. 212 @0) IV. 6.7. QL) V.7.8: 1.7. 1. 
@2.) VIL 1.8. (3) 1. 3.3; 7.18 @8.) IV. 7.15: 0. 3.1. (9) 1 3.4; 2.26. 
(30.) V. 6. 14. 


24 GREEK LESSONS. 


Kai rovdro evvorioare, Ort emi tais Ovpais 7s ‘EdXab0os 
éopev. Ta dé aOra 7} nea oTheryides ypuoai. “Ore dé 
TavTa Hy, oxedov pecat HOAV VUKTES. 
2. Aapeiou Kai Tlapuoaribos yeyvovtat maides 8vo, 
s mpeaBurepos pev ‘Aprakepens, vewtepos o€ Kupos. ’"Enet 
dé jobever _Aapeios Kal umwmreve tédXevTHVY Tod Biou, 
eBovrero TO mavde dpporepo Tapewat. 
3. "Emndeov 7 npeepav Kal voKTa mevpare Kano. To && 
oTpateupa 6 aitos eredurrev. “Hover dv axovoaime to 
wovoua, "Ene be TOUTO eyevero, epxovrat Tpos Huas ob 
Kepacovvrwot, Kat Aeyouct TO Tpayya. Tais dome 
™pos Ta Sopara edoumnoay. - To yap ertyape ovk €ixer, 
arr’ ae xXareros 7 Kai O[OS. 
4. Kai ot ado bev hoxayot ouvirbov, ot pev ouy 
Is Tpaypacw, ot S€ avev Tpaywarov * ot be Opakes, eel 
evTuxnoay Touro TO euTuxnua, ouveBowy TE adArAouvs, Kal 
TUVENEYOVTO EppwoLevos TIS VUKTOS. 


XITL. 


1. Tatra éyo arayyero. ‘O S€ radw porn. 
“< Sarovdas 7) Todewov amayyeka;” "Evtavba euewe 
A ¢ 7 7, A e / e 
20 Kipos nuepas tpiaxovta* Kat nxe KrXéapyos 0 Aaxedac- 
povios duyds. Tay ToL vpiv arroxpwovpat, _ Arexpi- 
vaTo Knéapyos. Kai év TaUTy ™ “Apprvn eweway ot 
aby aEpas mevre. Ovx éuewav rors omhitas. 
Kai aroBaivovow eis Kadans \peva, kata péoov 
tal > 
amas THs Opaxns. Ot de“EdAnves cuv yédwte ert Tas 
Ria 5 \ , oy N Or ¥ 
axnvas HrAOov. Kai reyer, Ste Saperkos exadot@ €eotae 
n a ‘ 
pucOos Tov pnvos.  Aaperxov ExacTos olcer TOD pNVvos 
fal - a ‘ ‘ ‘\ 

Upavs Noyayos Se TO SurAodyv* oTpaTnyos Se TO TETpa- 
fal ¢ lal ‘ fal € / ‘\ / € / 
mrovv. Yuav d€ trav Eddqvav Kat otépavov exact@ 

a xXpucovy Soca. 


d.. 1.) VI. 6.23. (2) 1.2.10: IIL 1.33. 4) 1. 9@) VL 1414:15.6. @) 
Il. 5.15. (10.) V. 7,20. (11) 1.8.18. (12) 11.6. 12, (14) VI.3.6. (18.) IT. 3. 24; 
1.23. 19.) 1.2.9. (21.) VI. 6.34: II. 1.22. @2) VI1.17. (23.) IV. 4.20. (4) 
VI. 2.17. (25.) 1.2.18, (26.) VII.6.1. (27.) VII. 6.7. (29.) I. 7.7 


GREEK LESSONS. 2b 


3. Avo oye TOU Mevovos orparevparos aT @NOVTO. 
Evdvs perarréewrerae eK Xahundovos ppoupous. “Hyepova 
aitev Kopov. Tn de v dorepata avev Tryewovos erropevovTo. 
“Eneye de Kyeavep. *’Evravda 87 Kupou amor epverat 7) 
cepary Kai yelp 7) Seta. "Erreprpas mpos ewe, & YevOn, 6 
eis Xadxydova rpatov Mydocadny tovtovi. Kai €xéeve 
Ky éapyov pév tov SeEvod Képws ijyetcOar, Mévova de tov 
Oetrarov Tov evwvipous autos d€ Tous éavTOU dvéTakev. 

4, Ilarépa éué éxadreire. Tlapicartis pev 57) 1) pnTnp 
vumipxe TO Kupy. Tov advipa opa. "Eya, @ avépes 0 
“Edn, yetTov olka TH “EdXade. ‘Evravea NeyeTae 
’ ArroNwv exdetpat Mapovar. Zn 0 aviip. Tavta ot 
oTpaTnyot Kvpe jamiyyeddov ° 6 8 UmeaXeTo, avdpi 
exdore doce TevTe apyupliou mvas, erav eis BaBudava 
Kaow. 15 

d. Tértapa oTacua Sverxerny To parayye ar’ ada} 
Nov, "2 Kope, Aeyouct TIVES. "Evucrépevoar a aclToL Kat 
cvev Tupos* Kat evrav0a Twes aT@doVTO TaV oTpPAaTLO- 
Tov. XrpovOov Se ovdeis eraBev. ‘Troriar pev joar, 
dhavepa Se ovdeyia éhatveto émuBourr7}. Ovédels jpapta- 20 
vev avopos. Mnéeis yudv reyéero. +" Hodiejoapev todtov 
oudev. 

6. Tis ovt@ patverat, dotis ov BovdreTat cou diros 
eivat;  Ipiv S4dov eivat, Ott ot Gddoe “EXXnVES aro- 
Kpwodvrat Kipo. Meévov &é, mp SnAov eivat, TL OLN 25 5 
couvcw ob aot oTpaTarat, TOTEpOV epovrat Kipo 7 7 ov, 
owvenebe TO avTov oTparevpa xXepis TOV adrov, Kat 
ches Tae. Ewre, Tia wouny exels Tepe we Topelas. 

. Acgare ou Tpos HE, TL EV VO EXETE os Pidov TE 
Kat €UVOUV, Kat Bovdopevoy Kown ou vp Tov oTONOY 3 
moveia Oa, Avtat iipotav avrous, Tives ciev. vu ovr, 
Tpos bear, cupBovdevaor 1) 7 ply, 67Tt cot Soke KaXXLCTOV 





Gr an 2a 2) VEE 20 or Car IV 2 24 4a 9539 10 
6.) VII. 2, 24. 6.) 1.7.1. (9.). VIL. 6.38: J. 1.4, 0.) 1.,.8.,26: II. A 18., .(11.).1. 
223 wE2)oV. 810% £4.13... G6 alS, We, Aes) Ie? 5s, IV5. 11. 9% To. ae 
IL 6.1.. @0.) 1.4.15. (21.) 1. 3.15:, VIL. 6.22. (3.) IL. 5.12 (24) 1.4.14 
@anne 4513. (@8) i 2.10:. @9:) Mes: 2: . Gi.) LV... 5, 10's IF. 1. 17. 


3 


26 GREEK LESSONS. 


\ ¥ 5 \ oo \ ” > oy 
KQL AploTov éival, KaL O TOL TLLAY OLTEL Els TOV ETrELTA 
/ (Ja Se 4 > 8 / ov val 
xpovov. “O rt d€ Toijcot, ov Sueonunvevr. “Or@ Sdoxet 
a“ > , ‘ Lal 
TAUTA, AVATELVATW THY YELPA. 
, 4 +. a / - , ¢ “a 
8. Eu b€ tus addo Opa BéAriov, NeEaTa. “Note rs 
P e. A ? / , ‘: , 
5HmEepas Orns OiunAOov ov mrE€oV TEVTE KaL ELKOTL TTAdLWY, 
>. A /. > a , ‘ / / xX / 
adda eins adixovto eis Tas Kapas. ITIdetous 7 dveyxi- 
/ ot ae x ¢ n \ 42 / 
Avot. Kaxiovs evot rept 7pas, 7) nels Trept exeivous. 


XIV. 


> , > \ y x 
1. Eicedvovto eis Tous todas ot iwdvres. ‘O Sé Bevo- 
\ Sor A , v7 7 > 
Pov Toy MEV apYoVTA THS KOuNS TavTNS cUVSELTVOY ETrOL- 
/ > lal aN > 
lWncaTo, Kai Oappeiy avrov éxédever. 
, c ce A 
2. Ilavres ot monirac Kai of mpocywpor avdpes Kat 
a a rs ‘ / 
yuvaiKes petetyov THs EopTis. Hpxov d€ Tore mavT@v 
al c , c / 

TOV EXjvev ol Aaxedarporiot. Ov 4p iv X2pTos, 
ovdé adXo ovdev devdpor, adra Wid 7) my ardoa 1) Xopa. 
53. “AvaBaiver ody 6 Kipos, XaBav Ticcadépyny as 

2 e ‘\ ‘N 
dirov. Ovrtos yap Kat THY maTpida KaTatoyvvel, Kat 
Lal 7 iv \ a > 
macav thy ‘EXXdba, Ott" EXAnv ov Towodtos eotw. ‘O 
\ 5 , Ny Tie € gt , 
fev ovv mpecButepos Tapav etruyyaveyv. At Se wedTAL 
2 on y. ¥ = > 
avTav addoTte Kab adrote SuehaivoyTo, YarKal ovadat. 

20° HR \ ‘\ ¥ / > / > rJ > § a x 

Tel yap nmepa eyeveTo, eTropevorTo, ev SeEva EyovTEs TOV 
¢/. / / od e, / 7 > ho A 
MrLov, Noytlouevor HEew apa di Svvovte eis KOMAS THS 

7 vA / > 4 c - 
BaBvrwvias yapas. “Apa dim avatédXovTe KNpiKas 
4 \ a 
emepape TEpl o7TTOVOMD. 
‘\ nr tal 

4. ’Axovaas Se tadta 6 Parivos éyédacev. ‘O 8é 

3 A \ \ s , 

25 Kipos viroraBwv tous hevyovtas, cvdreEas otpaTevpa, 
? / /. X \ a ‘ \ /. 
evroMopKet Midntov cat kata yhv Kat Kata Oadartrav. 

XV oa ia a / cal bi! ? r \ 
Kai os mpooehBav TO Sevby Seirau, MN) atroxTeivat Tov 

Lal > / 
maioa, “O08 avnp autis Dayos @XETO Onpacor. E&€e- 
TEL WS TOEUNTwY Tols UTEP Neppovncov Kal IepivOov 


0 Opakiv. 


(L. 2.) II, 1.23: M0.2.38. (4.) I. 2.38;3.11. 6) W387. (7.1.4.8, &) IV. 
6. 145 6,28. C1) V.3.9. (2) VL6.9. (3) 15.5 5.) 11.2. 6. ) 1 1, 30. 
(17.) I. 1.2. 8) V. 2. 29. (20.) II. 2.13. @2) 1.3 1. (4) I 1.138: 11.7. 
(27.) VII. 4.8. (28.) IV. 5, 24: IL. 6.2 


GREEK LESSONS. 27 


8 > 4 a ? 3 
5. Tavtnv péev ovv tiv i)pépav avTov mrcfovro emt 
n > la ta an / 
TOU auyeadou Tpos TH MpEvtn To dé _ Xe@plov TOUTOs r) 
Kanevttat Kadans yen, €oTL pev év 7 Opaien-ri¢ ev. th 
"Acias apEawevn be 9 7) Opaxn avn earl amo Tou _oTOpa- 
tos Tov Iovtov pexpe ‘Hpakneias, ert deEua eis Tov Ilov- 
, 
TOV ELoTTAEOVTL. 
an / \ > nr fal i nr 
6. Niukav tuyyaver. Kai apiotavte to Revodpavte 
7 a > - n 
TpoceTpexov dvo veavicxw. “Oats TE Chv emvOvpet, Tree- 
/ Tal rn Zz / lal 
puc0o viKav> TOV mev yap ViKaVT@Y TO KaTAaKaLVEW, TOV 
N 
5€ 7TT@pEVOY TO aTOOVnCKEW eoTiv. Kai éremrpée twa. 
5] a oe / > a / / 
Epouvta, OTe EvyyevecOar avt@ xpntot.  BvdAdauPaver 
al > a 
Kipov os amoxtevav. 
& XN N ¢ , ¢ A a 7 
i [apvcaris peev oy 7) ENTNP YTINPXE TO Kupo, de- 
Novca avTov Haddov i) Tov Bacthevovra "AprakepEnv. 
Tov § eum poo ev Ypovoy €K THs VIKMONS ETPATTOY TaVTA 16 
ol oTparnyol. 
¢ x 5 / 
. Sov vuiv, Ore av Sen, wetcowat. “O Se eizrev, ote 
pat er Bovxotro. 


or 


XV. 


> a a , 

1. “Evravéa joav ta Beréovos Bacireva, Tov Yupias 

A > 7 XN XN 7 
apEavtos. ‘Errvaka be, 1 Svevvecios yvvn, mpotepa Kv-» 

/ e / 3 N > / ay XN ‘\ 

pov TevtTe nuépais ets Tapoous adixeto. “Etuxe o¢ ova 

4 cst a> a / XN ps XZ. Ch > ae "E , 
Mécou pewy TOU Ywpiov TroTamos YEedwovs* Kat ev Edecw 
XN X A > , XN = a ‘ 
dé Tapa Tov THs Aprepicos VE@V Sehivods morapos Ta 
papper, kab ixBves de ev apporéepors ¢ evewoe Kal KOYYal. 
2. Peore dé Ta Onpia ot immes EvioTe €OL@KOV. Anj- 2 
> 
Rov HV, OTL eyyvs wou Bacwrevs Hv. Bactréa ce éroin- 
? / 

cav. Ilopevetac ws Bacihéa. ‘O 8 ’Opovtns, vopicas 

3 r XN ie J > nN ~ 

éTolpous €lvat avT@ TOUS iTTTEas, ypaher ETLTTOARY Tapa 

£ ‘\ >] fal & > ie 

Bactriéa. Kai evtedOev XevOns wéumer ABpoledunv tov 

al / ‘\ al XN b] 

EavTov éEpunvea pos Bevopavra, Kai KeNevEL aVTOV KAaTa- 30 


1.) V4.1. @.) 1.1.8: 1V.3.10. @) 12.39. (10) 1.5.2 Gly L13 
G3.) 1.1. 4. 15.) VL 1.18. G7.) 1.3. 5: 1V. 4. 6. (19.) 1.4.10. (20) L 2 25. 
@1.) V.3.8. (25) 1.5.2: 11.3.6. (26) VIL 7.22. @7.) 1. 2.4; 6.3. (29.) VIL 
6. 43. 


28 GREEK LESSONS. 


r > c fal rad x / r 
pear Tap éavto. Xhevdovytav te thy ,TaxioTny Set 
Kal inTeéwv. 

3. “Eve 5@ wakw Oe, Dever THY pavretay TO 2@ 

/ 

Kparel. Kat non TE nv Tept mAjGoveav ayopay, Kau ep 
8 KovTaL Tapa Baoihews Kai Tiscapepvous KenjpoKes: ‘ ot pev 
aoe BapBapo., Av 8 avtav Padrivos cis“ ENAqy, os éTvy- 
\ , x \. 2? , ” > > 
xave Tapa Ticcadepver wv, Kat evtipws eyov. AXdXr 
Ereabe ijyenove To ‘Hpaxnel, kai addiovs Tapaxaneite 
oe] lal A 
ovopacti. Ev tovrois tows xwpiow ot Kpires xpnowpe- 
es 5 \ ee A , © 
loTaToL eyEevovTo* Hpye S€ avT@v XtpatokrAyns Kpys. Oz 
‘\ r £ / -) / ‘ a / 
otpatnyo: Tov “EXdAnvwv e&evifov tovs Tav YwwTewy 
mpec Bets. 

4, “Evretbev dé efedabver orabpous dvo, Tmapaadyyas 
Sexa, els OvpPpwoy, TON OLKOULED NY. "Evrav0a hv mapa 

15 7™Y odoy Kprvn 2) Misov KadovpEVN, TOU Ppuyov Baciréws . 
eg’ yi NeyeTat Miéas tov Sdtupov Onpevoat, oLven Kepacas 
auTip. 

al XN 

5. ‘O Kipos aréreume tous yuyvouevous Sacpous Ba- 
giAel eK THY TOE, OV Ticcadépyns ETUYYaVEY ExXov. 

20 Kai arn ad add rpodacis hy avt@ Tov aOpoitew otpa- 
tevpa, °Evtai0a Kipos, Xiavov xadécas, tov “AuSpa- 

, rn 
KLOTHY MaVTLV, EdwKEV aUT@ SapeLKovs TpLEXIAIOUS. 

> A 

6. °Hy 8€ tis yuoves To BaBos opyud. “Eva 8y ot 
fal / rn 
pev Kapdodyot, éxdurrovtes Tas oiKias, EyovTes Kal yuvat- 

5. N - 4 Te ea re, Z ma” le 
2KaS Kal Taidas, epevyov emt Ta Opn. Tedos de cizev. 

XN cal ce - cal 
Eixov 8€ ravres xpdvn xadxa, Kat xiTdvas powixods, Kai 
KYnuioas. 

7. Tovtov to evpos dvo0 wACOpa. "EvtaiOa joav ra 

Yvevvecios Bacirea, tov Kitikov Bacitiéws: Sia peons 

\ n f. cn ‘\ s ¥ > , ‘ 

39 5€ THs Toews pel ToTawos, KVdvos Ovowa, evpos SvVO TrE- 

s 

Opwv. "Amayyédre, Ott Pevyovow ava Kpatos. *Hy 

pe 2 4 > \ ‘ / a4 a eh , 

Se, OTe eTENEVTA, audi Ta TevTHKOVTAa ETN. “Ore SE amre- 
Ovnckev, Hv eTaY ws TpLaKovTa. 


1.) IM. 3.16. @.) 1.1.7. @.) I1.7. (7) VI. 5.24 9.) IV. 2.28. 10.) 
V. 5.25. (3912.13 08) 1.1.8 ()L1% QL) L718 (3) IV. 5. 4; 
128. (25.) IL 3.26. @6.) 1.2.16. (28) 1.2.5;2. 23, @GL)1L 10.15: 116.15. (2) 
II. 6. 20. 


GREEK LESSONS. 29 


> / XN de XN A / > ‘ 

8. ’Ayias Se 0 ’Apkas, Kai Soxpatns 0 Ayaios, Kas 

4 > / 7 N 4A? ¢ ? / lal 
TOUT@ ameBaverny. Tourwy dé ovd os ev TTOAELO KaKey 
ovdeis KATEYERA, ovr €> podiav avtous Emeppero . orgy 
Se apcpeo api Ta mevre Kat  TpuaKovra ern amo yeveas. 

9. "Ev S€ tats oixias Aoav aiyes, oles, Boes, opvides, & 

‘\ \ a 4 ay > >] lal c a 7 % 
Kat Ta Exyova TovTwv. Ew 6 ev T@ lep@ Kap Kat 

‘ Neery2 \ » , MAE N x a 
AELLOV Kab AXON Kat OPN Sevdpov MECTA, LKAVa KAL OVS 

AS a A 
Kat adyas Kat Bovs Tpepew. 

10. “Evreddev ™ vorepaig dvaryopevor mvevpare €mrNeov 
Kan 7ypepas dvo Tapa ynv. Kai TmapaT h€ovTes eBewpow 10 

/ > ~ + 
ty T “Iacoviay axriy, ev0a 7’ Apy@ éyeTar Oppica- 
A rn a x /) 
c0at, Kal TOY TOTAMOY Ta CTOMATA. 
3 St / >) lal 7 £ 

11. Kai & tovT@ Knéavdpos adixveitat, dvo Tpinpets 
y+ A ? Py N a \ a iS 
éyav, TAotov 8 ovdev. “AAG TavTa wev rrevdn Hv. 
> nS > 4 > a / f / 3 ‘\ 
Ere 8 joav adaveis, SinrOe oyos, Ste SumKer avTous 15 

4 / r 4 \ A 
Kopos tpinpeow. Ot roreptoe iets hevyouvot Kata TOU 
n >? ‘\ ho ‘\ / e ? / 
mpavovs. ‘Emi dé to KatepyalecOas wy eriOupoin, ovv- 

7 la 5 a, an 7 
ToMeTaTHY weTo Odov evar Sia TOU ErrLopKElY TE Kal Ypev- 
3 A \ ‘\ b XN 3 yi) 
SeoOar kai éLarratav: to 8 drdovy Kat 70 adrnbés evomute 
X\ oS / 5 
TO aUTO TO mubee eivat, 20 
> Sef, 

12. Xapd8pai LoXvpas Babeia. Aid ove jap Ka- 
TaryeLoL, TO ev oropa domep ppearos, Kato & evpetat. 
Kai jv de ™ andnbeia v uTrep Tpbov Tou ONoU OTPATEULATOS 
> / py / al ‘ v / y 
Apxases nai “Ayatoi. Kipos yap emepme Btxous owvov 
C al i id , /, ea’ 7 / vA 
nmudeeis TrOANAKLS, OTTOTE Tavu 7dUvV AaPoL, NEYwV, OTL 
(44 + ‘N fal / 7 eas yy > 4 

ovT@ 67 ToANOU Ypovo TOVTOV HOLOVL OLVe~ ETLTVXOL * 

a > + N a / 6 A 
TOUTOV ovY Gou ETEeurpe, KaL OELTAL GOV, THMEPOV TOUTOV 
5) a \ © i; A 
EXTLELY TUV ols WadLoTa Pireis.” 

13 > \ N / A e A A 3 7 XN 

. ApiOpuos dé cupmraans THs 0d0v THs avaBacEews Kat 
& / 
xataBacews, otaOpot Siaxocio. SexaTrévte, Tapacaryyat 30 
I. e » / / / 4 
XLALOL EKATOV TEVTNKOVTA TEVTE, OTAOLA TPLOMUpLA TETPA- 
/. ¢e / / ? A A z 
Kioxihua éEaxooia TevTnKoVTA. Xpovov wANOos THS ava- 

, XN / > ‘ ‘\ r A 

Bacews kat kataRacews, eviavTos Kat TpEls pIVES. 





(Gel) WG) 305 GD IV. 5:25. G) Ves. 1. ©) VL2 1 -d3) VL 6.5 a4) 
Th, 45) 245 405.) )1; 45.75 AG: VIE 5s. SIR, 7. We6; 22) 2 Cl) V. 23: TV.b0 25: 
23.) VI. 2.10. (24.) 1. 9.25. (29.) VII. 8. 26, ; 


3* 


30 GREEK LESSONS. 


XVI. 


> A ‘ / ? / / ‘\ 

1. ‘Evreddev Se xaréBarver eis Trediov péeya Kai Kadov, 
> > an yy ‘\ > 
eripputov, Kat Sévdpwv TavrodaTav éuthewv Kat aptré- 

‘ ‘ \ 4 ‘ / A 
Nov+ Todv S€ Kat oNTAaMOY KaL pEiVnY Kat KeyXpOV Kat 
XN \ ‘\ / wy > p / , ‘ 
mupous Kat KpiOas deper. “Opos 5 avto reptéxyer oxupov 
XN ‘ , > v4 > /. 
5 Ka trynrov mavTn ex Oaratrns eis OaratTar. 
lal al > 4 ‘\ / 
2. Mera radra Kipos e&ehavver ctabpovs térTapas, 
, y is N L ‘ ¥ N 
Tapacayyas €lKocw, ert Tov XdXov ToTapov, ovTa TO 
> 4 / am | 7 /. \ ‘ 
evpos mEOpov, TAnpn 8 tyOvov peyadov Kai Tpaewr, 
aA c , \ aw) he. a > y Jar ‘ 
ovs ot Xvpot Oeovs evopufov, Kat adsKety ov elwv, ovdé TAs 
2 
10 TEpLa7epas. 
‘ fal x a 
3. Ot S€ otpati@rat ws cidov Tov Hevopavta, mpoo- 
/ [Pet \ XN , a4 a \ ¥ 
TUTTOVTW AVT@O TOAAOL, Kat Neyovot* “ Nov coi eEecTu, 
3 eS = 5) \ / 7 } ¥ , 
@ Revopar, avept ryever Oar. Exes TOW, EELS TPLTPELS, 
a xX ° 
eyes Xpnmar a, exes avdpas TocouTovs. Nov av, €l Row- 
"a 
15010, ov TE Mas ovnrais, Kat pels o€ pmeyav Toujrarper.” 
4, ’Edaxpie modvv ypovov. Oi S€ Kapdodyor mupa 
\ 4+ Fe 2 aie oy \o¢ \ 9 
TONG EKatov KUKAM ETL TOV opewv. Kai Vdwp Toru Hv 
3 > a / > > ral / ~ 
e€ oupavod. XrpatoTedevomevov 5 avtav, yiryvetat Tis 
x ‘ /, 
VUKTOS XL@V TOD. 
ed > / Di ‘ / / a 
20 ©. Ovtas adixovto ert TO oTpaToTredoy TavTEs T@ot 
y+ 3 \ r x >] - > 4 an 
ovtes. ° Hy d€ tots wev obOarpots ercxovpnua THIS XLOvos, 
yy 4 4 \ rn > al 4 
el TiS péeday TL Exov Tpo TaV OfPadwar TropEvoLTo. 
> / fal i. a a / a 
E@vero tH Aut to Bacirei. Tleurvas Trodv eizev. 
] a 3 4 > , 4. y > a ea 
Evravéa iv rods epnyn, peyary, ovopa 8° av7n Kop- 
, den > 7 X A , / 
2owTH* Tepveppetto 8 a’tn uTo Tov Macxa Kixro. 
> a > 7 ‘ 4 / 
6. “EvrevOev efeXavver otabpouvs dvo, tapacayyas 
/ ,’ > ‘ a / ? / U 
mevTeKaideKa, els Iocovs, THS Kiduxcas eoxaryy Tohw 
) 
ert TH Oadarry oixouperny, peyadny Kai evdaipova. Ev- 
rav0a ewewav pe pas Tpsis* Kal Kip Taphoav at éx 
» Tehorovenjcou vies, TplakovTa Kal mévTe, Kal ET” avrais 
vavapyos TIv0ayopas Aaxedarpovios. “Hyeito 5° avrav 


(L. 1.) 1. 2:22, (6) 1.4.9 1.) VIL 1.21. G6) L383. 2:IV. 11. G7.) IV.2.2. 
(18.) IV. 4.8. @0.) V. 2.32, (21.) IV. 5.13. (23.) VII. 6, 44:14 16. @Q4) 15.4. 


26.) I. 4, 1. 
. 


GREEK LESSONS. ol 


Tapas Aiyorrrios ef Edécoy, ¢ exov vais érépas Kupov 
TevTe Kab elKoow, ais erroduopKet Mixnrov, 6 Ore Tisoapép- 
vel pin nv, Kab guverroheper Kvpo Tpos autov. Tapiy 
dé Kal Xeipicopos 0 Aanedarpovios ert TOV vee, petd- 
TEMTTOS vTro Kupov, émraKocious exov omdéras, ov éoTpa- 
tHye mapa Kipo. Ai 8é vijes Oppouv mapa thy Kupov 
7 
oKNVND. 


ao 


XVII. 


1. ’Evtedbev 8° érropevOnoav ot “EXnves Sa Maxpo- 
vev otal mous TpEls, Tapacayyas déxa* 77 Torn be 
mE pg apixovro €mt TOV TOTAMOV, OS apibe THD Tov Ma- ue 
Kpovev Kal THY TOV Scvdiven. Toure TO TpoTr@ erro 
pevOnoay arab uous TeTTapas : jucca, de Tov mepmeTov emr0- 
pevovto, €L00V Bactrevov Tl, Kat _TEpl QuToO Kopas moAnas. 
OvS’ arXos Sé TOV ‘EXAjvov ey TavTn TH waxy érradev 
ovdels ovbev, TARY emt 7 evovupe rokeuOivad Tis ENEYETO. 15 

2, Karereppn vmo Tov watpos catparns Avéias. 
Ilavu omuyot app avtov KaTedecpOnoar. ‘EvrevOev diy 
Opwrrot per mavu oduyou edypOncar, Boes Se Kat ovos 
TONNOL KaL mpoBara. SurArypOnoerar. 
wast Tovyapowv KpatiaroL 87) danpéerar TaVvTos epyov 20 
Kipo eeXOnoav yevéa bau. Fi TpaxOnceras ; ‘O oe 
Kyeapxos dxovoas erapaxOy opodpa Kat époBetro. 
‘EraxOqcay | ouv ert TeTTapay * ciye O€ TO pe SeEvov 
Mévov kai ot cvv avt@, 70 8 evavupov Kréapyos Kat ot 
éxeivou, To d€ Lecov ob aAXoL oTparnyot. 25 

4. Tonratxes O€ xivas 7puBpeorous errepTe, Kal apTov 
Lo ed, Kab ddrAa TOLaUTa, ET INE YEW Kedevov TOV pepovta: 

“ Tovtous noOn Kupos - BovreTat ovv Kal ce TOUT@D yev- 
cacba.” “HvayxdcOnv dione. Odpaxes avtois €ro- 
picOncav. 3¢ 

5. Kal réyerar SenOqvar » Kittooa Kupov, émideiEae 





. 8.) IV. 8. 1. (11) IM. 4.23. 4) 18.20. 6) 1.9.7. (17) 1.8.25: IV. 
7.14. 19.) VIL 2.14. (20.) 1.9.18. @1.) VIL6.8: I. 4.18. @3.) 1.2.15. @6.) 
1.9.26. (@9.) III. 3.12; 3.20. 1.) 1. 2 14. 


32 GREEK LESSONS. 


TO oTpdreyya aut. ‘O Knéapyos ovK nOerev amoond- 
oat aro Tod Totayov To SeEvov Képas, PoBovpevos En 
Kukrwbein Exatépwbev* To Se Kip@ arexpivaro, dre ave 
HEdot, Orrws Karas exo. Kai xatexavOn rasa 7 wos. 

6 6. Aeicavres wy dmroKheva Beinoay, pevyovow ava xpd 
TOS. Avapro Onte yap, €v TroioLs reat Tpaypacw ovres 
eruyxavere. Tore 8) Kai eyvacOn, 6 drt ot BapBapor Tov 
avOpwroy Uromeunrauer. 

7. ’Evreddev 6 ‘Hpaxdetdns nix B€oOn Te, Kal edeuce pn 

10 ex THs YevOov podias exP Bein. Oi pev 5) orparnyot 
oUT@ Andbevtes, avnyOnoav as Bacthéa, Kat arrotunber- 
TES TAS Kepanras ereMevTnoay. 

8. DapvaBatw wapadoOncera. Kai ore e& "Edécou 

Se copparo Kipo ovatabnoopevos, aetov aveptpynoKero 
15 €avT@ SeEvov POeyyopevor. 

. ty dorepala ovK epdvycav OL ToNEMLOL, OVdE 7 
tpitn.  Pavyte Tov Aoxaryav dpirrot. Oi be orparié- 
TAL ounheyevres €BovrevovTo, TH Nowrnv Topeiay mOTEpov 
Kata yay 7) Kata Oadarray xprI mopevOivar € €K TOU Tlov- 

wrov. ‘EBovdevopeba Evy tois Kepacovytiow, ots av 
tapeinoay ot Tov “EdXrjvev vexpoi. 

10. ’Evret S¢ Hoav éri tals Ovpais tats Tiscadbépvovs, 
ob mev oTparnyot TapeKANnOncav eiow, IIpdfevos Bowwtios, 
Mévov Oecrranros, Ayias “Apeas, Kréapyos Adkwv, so- 

2 kparns “Axatds ° ot Se _oxaryor €mt Tals Ovpacs & evevor. 
Ov TOAD de b USTEPOY, amo TOU avrou onetou, of tT evdov 
EvvedapBévovro, Kai ot €&m KaTeKoTnaar. 


XVIII. 


€ x , ee. *: nr ‘ / — ‘ 
7. bev avnp TOLAaVTa meV TETOLNKE, TOLAUTA de 
M4 € X 
Revel. Oi yap Toe wtoe dvareBappnkacw. Ou be 1T0- 
/ 
20 Neeou eruwpKncaat TE, wat Tas omovdas Kai TOUS Opkous 
AAVKaCLD. "Eyo Cé, Oo Panrive, a ao EVOS ewpaxa, olwat 





(L. 1.) L 8.13. (4.) V. 2.27. ©) IV. 3.21. (6) VIL 6. 24 (7) IL 4 22 
(9.) VIL. 6.6. (10.) 1.6.1. (13.) VIL. 2. 14: VI. 1.23, (16,) IIL. 4.37, (17,) IIL. 1. 24: 
VI. 2.4. (20.) V. 7.20, (2) 1.5.31. @3) 1.6.9. @9) VI 4. 12: 2.10. Gl) 
1. 1. 16. 


GREEK LESSONS. 33 


. +. 7 a >) 4 ‘\ + 
dé Kai of addoe Tavtes.  Kipos Se, eyav ovs eipnxa, 
c a WS , ¢ \ \ ? / , a 
a@puato ato Sapseov. “H pev yap evtatia owfew ooxel, 
\ > ‘\ Vf Bb] / 
7) : beneiie TONNOUS HON UTONWNEKED. 
2 - na / \ / 
Arohehoimaaw pas Bievias kat Ilactwv. Bact- 
\ /. 
neds VUKaV ayer ae, eT eL Kupov am exrover. Kat ot7d 5 
° \ ‘\ ‘\ 
carne Tapa TOV Vaov, Ypampare exouga. Evci pev yap 
non eyyus at ‘EXdqvides mores + THS OE ‘Exdabos Aaxe- 
Sarpuoveoe Tpoerrr} Kaa. IIponyeiaGe THD mpos TOUS 
evavTious, OS pn éaTiKwpev, eres wpOnpuev Kat 6LOomeV 
TOUS TONELLOUS. 10 
4 / a a a 
3. "EvOa 8 mpocépyetas TO Hevopovts TOV TEATA- 
n ac oN > , 7 / / vf 
otav Tis avnp, AOnvnct backav SesovAEvKEvat, NEYOV, OTL 
Ls S ‘ nr > fe x / 
yepneeeon THY hoavny TOV avopaTrav. TI piv 8€ twevtexai- 
dexa ordd.ia Suehprudevar, € eveTUxOV non vexpols. 
4, Mera Tavra ouTe Gouna ’Opovtnv ovte teOunxora 15 
ovdels cide TaTOTE, OVS. Srws améOavev ovdEls ELdws Ede- 
” \ y , Ny Ze N , 
yev* eixatov b€ addov Gras: Tadpos Sé ovders THTOTE 
? rr a2 > / n e / > cf 
avutov epavn. ~“AKkovcas tavta o Kyéavdpos einer, ort 
y \ ay 9) , 5) A \ " = 
A efumrmov PEVionG eTraIvoIn, ct ode iy TETOMNKOS ein. Th 
5 vorepaig Tce wyyedos Neyoor, ott A€NOLTTOS ein Svev- 20 
veous Ta apa, eet naOero étt To Mévwvos oTparevpa non 
& Kiduxia nv etow tev opéwv. Tlavtes S¢ @ovto atodo- 
Nevat, ws EadwxKulas THS TOdEwsS. “Apa Se TH NMEpa EelKos 
J. : / vA x ; : . pe 
Tous TroAELous HEEL. 
md / / ] / . Vg . 
5. Tovs te mworepmious eretrounxeaav Opacutepovs. Hi- 2% 
, / Ie > J - ¢ / X \ 
Ajnpecav TpoBata TwoNa. Hreovixos eaTHKes Tapa Tas 
/ XN / XN V4 / th 
auras. Kati Xespicodos pmev non TeTedevTHKEL, Papwakov 
‘ / S > 3 / / > r 4 
Tliwv, TupeTToV* Ta O exeivou Néwy 0 Acwvaios Tape- 
3 7 Ny , e 
NaBev. Kai ardos avaBeBryKet, Kai 7 NOKEL TO YwpLOV, ws 
) 3 a / XN Py aA 
eOoxet. YuveBovrevoev ovv avt@ OvecOar Kala eile. 3 
/ iy! eb] / ¢ X fii 
Xitwvioxous Se evededucecay vTEP yovaTav. 
/ ? ¢e r / i / yy 
6. Ilav@ npiv weroinra. °2 Cavpaciwrate avOpw- 


G21) E25. (2) Ub 1.3 Gyn 48: ii. G) VIS. ) VE eae. 
() VI.5.10. (11) IV.84 (13) VL 5.5. (5) 1.6. 11. (8) VI. 6. 25, 
(19.) 1.2.21. 2.) VIL 1.19. @3) WL 1.13. @5.) V.4.18: VI.6.5. (26) VIL 
1.12, (27.) VI. 4 11. @9.) V. 2.15. (30.) VIL. 8.4. (1) V. 4.13. (32) L 8. 12: 
Ill. 1. 27. 





34 GREEK LESSONS. 


ra 4 Ia > / / 
Te, TU YE OVSE Opav YyuyvaakKers, OVSE aKOVOY pEeuVNCAL. 
“nH 9 4 ¥ 8 A A 2 6 / 2 / 
mos ouv eoecbe avdpes akwor THs EdevOepias, 7S KEKTN- 
ee eS @ ae oI 2% a / @ c: ta 
ae, Kai vTrép 7S vas eyo evdaymovifo. “Ootis Te vuav 
- a r PS > ~ 
Tous oiKelous errOdper idelv, weuvnoOw avnp ayabos eivac- 
> 4 c ? - 
50U Yap éoTW adNwS TOVTOU TUXEV* GoTIs TE Sv ExiOd- 
Mel, TetpacOw viKar. 
a A ¢ 
7. “Opororyeis ovr, repi ewe adixos yeyernoOar; “Date 
¥ .. © > , as , C25 , a 
eywrye, «€ wy akove, ovdeva Kpivw UTO TELOVOV Tepirn- 
» 4 
oBau ouTE “EXdjvov ouTE BapBapov. Nov pev 7)eas 
10 braryerat pevewy, dua 70 SveomapOau auT@ TO o7parevjia. 
8. At 8€ Kamar, ev ais éoxnvovr, Tlapvadrisos Hoar, 
> , / ‘\ fal / / 
eis Swvnv Sedopevat. Mera radta rrepieuevov Ticcapep- 
r 3 >. /. 3 
ynv ol TE “EXdqves Kab / Apuatios, eyyus addANOV ETTPATO- 
@ \ , 
meDevpevor, 7 mepas Tetous J eixocw. Ovros be TeTayHe- 

15 Vos erbyxavev ert TO evOV Le, TOU lmmLuKov apxov ’ ws 
8 noOero Kupov TETTOKOTA, epuyer. ‘Exrevd 8é Ews 
ee SreBawvov TV yepipay, eCevrywevny Tolls TpLd- 
KOVTa Kal énrd. 

3 U4 > / Ue 
9. "Ey avtov ecidov, datep Avédor, apporepa Ta WTA 

20 TeTpUTNLEVOY. | “Apa 8 edevée ouvTeTplmpevous avOpwrous 
Kat oxen Kal qeupas. Tlopevopevor S evTvyxdvouce 
oho vTrep THS 000 KATELANMLMEVO UTO TOV TONELLWY, OVS 
a om / 3 ae? x a we. a »” 

1) aTrokowrat nv avayKn, 1 SuveFedy Oar ato TwY adAdNwV 
< / 
Edjvov. 

25 10. Kai éret Xx Onoav mapa Eevopavra, cpora av- 
TOUS, €l Trou noOnvrat a\ou oTparevparos ovros ‘EXAn- 
vixov. Oi be éheyov mavra Ta yeyevnneva, Kat vov ore 
ToopKovvTaL Et odor, ot de Opaxes mavtes TEPLKEKU- 

> 
KN@MEVOL Elev AUTOS. 
/ v , 

3 LL, ‘Exeripnro yap vro Kupov & evvoway te Kai 
TUTTOTNT A. Ai oixiat Kondap TeplecTavpwvTo peyanors 
oTavpois Tov mpoBarov evexa. Oi yap pares amrose- 
Sevypevor Hoav, Ste ayn pev Eotat, To 8 TEXOs KadV 





. 2.) 1.7.3. @) ME 2.39. (7) 1.6.8; 9.28. 9.) 9.4.3. (iL) 14.9. da) 
I. 4. 1. (14.) I. 9.31. (16.) II. 4. 24. (19.) IIT. 1. 31. (@20.) IV. 7. 4. Ql.) IV. 2 
10. (25.) VI. 3.10. (30.) I. 8.29. (31.) VII. 4.14. @2.) V.2. 9. 


GREEK LESSONS. 35 


778 efodov. Ai minat éxékewTo, Kat emt TOY TELYaV 
oTda epaivero. 

12. ’Evred0ev Suemevoav cig Adpyaxov: Kal arava 
7@ Eevopavrs Evxdevdns pavtis Pacts, o Kreayépou 
vios TOD Ta evuTTVLa EV Avnciy yeypaporos. Ouros GUVI- 5 
Oero TO Bevopavrt, Ste é€c€cwoT0* Kai npwTa avTor, 
TOocov xpuatov EX El. 

13. Kai dpa TAUTA TOLOVVTMY npav evOus ’Aptaios 
apeariger : wore idos mpi ovdeis eetperat, Ei yap 
THe adXroLs pay ouvanpere, vowitere, € en Tbe ™ neEpa 10 
eu Te KaTtaxexowrec Oat, Kal Vas ov qToAv €“ov UoTeEpor. 


> y ) . , 
1. Ov pev pera ’Aptaiov ovKert loTavTat, ada pev- 
ryouew. "Ara pn kat Tobre ve eriataabe, 6 drt Bop as 


per é&a Tov TIovrov els THY “EdXada Pepets votos 8 elow 
eis Paow * Kab Revere, orav Boppas TEN, @s Kanot ToL 15 
elow eis thy ‘EXXaba. 'AXN! eyo PTH, Tavra jeev pr 
apias civat. Kat tacOat avros TO Tpabpa bnow. "Apa 
dé 77 mMEPE cuvebovres ol oTparnyot eBavjpator, Ore 
Kipos oure GNXov TeutTrol onMavourTa, & Te xpn TTOLELY, 
oUTe autos paivorto. 20 
Tov 8 Mévovos ctpatiwtav Evia cxilov Tis, os 

eide TOV Kréapxov Suehavvovra, inoe 7] ain. “Hy ovv 
coppovnre, ToUTOV Tavayrta Tousen, uy) TOUS Kovas TOU 
ovct* Tous pev yap KUVaS TOUS Xorerous Tas bev nepas 
SiSeact, Tas Se vUKTAS adidot* TOUTOY dé, Iv sappovnte, »5 
thy voKTa pev Syoere, TH Se jpepav adycere. 

3. AiSwar 8 avTG Kipos pupious Saperxovs. Kai tov 
Hryeuova Snoavres Tapadidacw avrois. 

4. ?AdAnats CULL pLyvUaow. Kai avrov te tov Sul- 
KPNTA ATOKTWVYUACL, Kal Tovs dANous travras. Ta oN- 30 
peta Setxviovor THs KataBacews.  Todto dé AéyovTos 





(i. 1.) V.2.8 @) VIL&1. @)IL45 @)L516. (12)1101. 3) 
V.7.7. (16.)1.3.18 (17. 1.8.26: 11.2. @1.) L512 (22) V.8. 24. (27.) 
Il. 6.4: IV. 2.1. (29.) IV. 6.24: V3.5. (0) VL22. Gl.) IL 29. 


36 GREEK LESSONS. 


2 a 4 ul > M fi > e a 4 
avTOv, TTapvuTat Tis* aKoveavres 5 ol OTPATLM@TAL, TaV- 
ra ral / bas / 
TES [LLG OpuH TpoceKxvvncay Tov Beor. 
a an 3 /— 
- Kpavyn modr erLaow ‘Hyeis, 7 nv cwppovaper, 
dmrusev evtevOev ex THs robTey “emuxparetas. "EEaryyen 
5Xeu TUS TO Eevopovtt, OTL, €L EloELcL, ovrrAnbOrjoerac. 
ral ‘\ >. yy ‘ ‘\ >] s / 
6. Kupos O€, ariudkyy exov tiv Kehadny, Els THY ayn 
/ > Ins 4 > ° >] ” 4 
kabictato. Ovk edvvato Kabevdew. °“EvredOev eopev- 
c In 7 z. > 7 — cal MES 
ovto ws édvvavtTo TaxtoTa. “Ex tovrov Bevopav avi- 
> if 2 XN I. e In 7 4. 
oTaTal, EaTadpevos emt ToNEMov ws EdUVAaTO KadLOTA. 
(a4 ? 7 / ” yy cc > ‘ / > , \ 
10% Epwra toivuv,” edn, “ avrovs, Ti avtiTeTaxyaTal, Kai 

/ nT aS me > > € ? iD 4 
xpnfovow nuiv troheutor €ivar. Ns avtos edna. 

a ’ X ] / ‘ / ] >. al an? 
Tavra eimav, ernpeto tov Mnodocadny, eu adn@y tavr 
yy e A > if 2% pce 4 > 4 
ein 06 €pn. Ennpeto avtov, ev odutevor* ove edn. 

> / Pl] fi € / Lp) / 

7. Ovwete emetiOevto ot modemioe ToLS KaraBaivovot, 

/ PE A 
15 SeOoLvKOTES [47] amotpnbeinoay. ‘Papavres yap Tous ™op- 
pupods Kavous, O7r0U eruyey &xKaTTOS ET NKOS, ieVvTO, Wo- 
Tep av Spapot tis Tepe vixens. Kai ro Keoapxy eOloocapy 
, / 77 
AapBavew, 6 tt Bovrorto. Kai pec Bow pey ovk €didov 
> / \ na 
6 AvakiBuos. Mera tadrta édidot0 Néyew TH Bovdropevo. 
\ > / ‘\ x. r r > / 
2 §. Kai amoreuovtes tas Kepadas TOV VEKpar, ETrEdEL- 
° 7 x r c a / ‘\ 4 
Kvucav Tois Te EXAHoL Kal TOLS EaUT@V TOAEMIOLS, KAaL aa 
La / ey / a “S \ X \ 
eXOpevor, vou TWh gorres. Hy é¢ xeav TOAAN, Kal 
wuyxos oUT@s gore 70 bdap, 0 0 Ede povro ert Seimrvov, € em7)- 
yvuto. -Ovdeis anes mpos Bacikéa. “pers Se ove NTE 
rc v. ‘\ ‘4 
2 Eus TIVOE THY KYwpar. 
\ / € ” a ee ” 

9. Ov dé ror€eutor, ws npEavto Oeiv, ovKere EatHnoar, 
>. ‘\ Dy, my”. > / NV v an? el] ‘\ 
adda pvyn adros addy eTparreto. Kai dpa TAavT eLT@V 
> 7, lal > > «J J / a... \ Sa c > >] / 
avéotn. Kipos 5 ovv aveBn eri ta opn. “256 aveBn- 

/ ‘\ / / / > 
gav, OvoavTes Kai TpoTalov oTnoapevol, KaTEBnoaV EIS 
> / \ > 7 lal \ > r 4 
2070 TEdLOY, Kal Els KOMAS TOAK@Y Kal ayalaY yEmovcas 
9 > / oe] % ’ ee ‘ , 
nrOov. AdixovTo eis Tas Kwpas* Kal LaTpOVS KATETTH- 
> ‘x \ ‘ ¢ / 
TAY OKTW, TOOL Yap Hoav ol TETPHMLEVOL. 





(L. 3.) L 7. 4: VII. 6. 42 «(4.) VII. 2. 14. (6) 1.8.6. 7.) IM. 1. 11; 4 
(8.) 11.2.7. (CO) IV.85. (il.) VII.7.9. (12) VI.2.25. (3) V.8.5. (4) 
Il. 4.29. (5) 1.5.8. (17.) IV. 5.32. (18.) VIL 1.7. (19.) VIT. 3. 13. 0.) V. 4. 
17. (22) VIL 4.3. (4) 1.9.29: VIT. 7.6. (96.) IV. 8.19. (Q7.) 1.1.47. @3.) 
J. 2, 22: TV.6. 27. (31.) TIT. 4. 30 


GREEK LESSONS. 37 


id a / 
10. O% 8 érdtrar COevto Ta Ora. Tots TedevTaLoLs 
q / ‘\ > / , > ‘N ‘\ ¢ / > / 
ereDevto, kat atréxtewav tivas. “Ezrevdn d€ 1 Ovota eye- 
\ / f a / > \ XN 
VETO, Ta Spyware rapedooay TO Apaxovrip. Emret O€ 
TAUTA _exnpoxOn, & eqocay ol oTpaTLorat, OTL KEVOS O po- 
Bos en, Kai ot apxovres cao. Kat trot twoav eis 5 
eiKoot, Kal 1) oKnvy n TipiBatov éadrw. Kipos te xatarn- 
/ ] a XN 7 - > / 
Sjoas aro Tod dppwatos, Tov Owapaka evedy. 
lal N / a XS > 
11. Kipos 8, cuyxadéoas Tous otparnyous, etmrev* 
Ss a % / b) 2 > 
ia ‘Arronehoimaaw meas Eeevias kat Ilaciwv: adr €v ye 
pEvTOL emioracbocar, 6 Ott ove amobedpaxaaw, oda yep 10 
barn olxovTat ovre dromepebyaaw, exw yap Tpinpes, 
Wate ELV TO EKELVWV THOLOV.” 
an > 3 SN 5 \ big 
12. Hevodadv 8° eet cide Xappivov Kat Tonwvvixov, 
A ‘ / > A lal a \ 
“ Tavra,” edn, “Kal ceowoTaL OL vpas T) OTPATLA, KAL 
‘ SEN: LR Cian ¢ nr ~ / / 
Tapacivwp, avTa eyo vuiv: vets Se Siabewevor Siadote 15 
nr al yf > fal 4 ¢ an / 
Tm otpatia.” "0c dy, avapvnoOntt, Tas méya TOU TOTE 
7 lal EZ A XN 
katatpatacbat, & viv Katactpepapevos exes. Nov pev 
3 + / / \ yx A Cee ae 
ovy amiTe, KaTaXLTroVTES ToVvde TOV avopa* dTav 5 eyo 
zi / ‘ XN / > SUZ IQn/ 
KeNEVTW, TapEeTTE Tpos THY Kpiow. ~ANXa LovTa@v, ELd0- 
7 , ? a \ rn hc BE) / 
TES OTL KAKLOUS ELot TEL NMAS, 7) NMELS TrEpL EKELVOUS. 2c 
¢ 5) / 5) a Pye, ea 
13. ‘As & Av Hros eri Svcpais, avéotnoav ot” EXXn- 
Suns / z , Share 
VES, KAL ElTrov, OTL Wpa vuKTOpYAAaKas KAOLaTAVAL, Kal oUY- 
a > ‘\ 
Onua mapadidova. Kat terevtdv éyanreraivev: ot 8€ 
, 2 cP 2 N xX 7 A 
oparrew EKENEVOY * OV yep a Suvac ar mropevOivat, To 
be oTparevpa 0 ovTos erréhurre, Kal TplacOat ovK HY, €L re 25 
ev TH Avésia ayopa, ev TO Kupov BapBapico. "Exo ov 
¢ a A fal X\ 2 Vp I 
pnt, vuas xpnvat dvaBnvar tov Evdpparnv trotapov. 
/ be \ lal ¢ vA XN > 4 
14. Kat rovs trav “EXdAjvev otpatnyous €xédevev 
e / b) fol iA ~ / ‘\ d ‘ Ns 
omiTas ayaryelv, TovTous b€ Oécbat Ta OTA TeEpL THY 
2 a 7, \ / + / > - ? fal 
avtod oxnvyy. Trv dixnv edn xpntew emleivat avo. 20 
? + ‘N 7 / ‘ 
Ov ere Tovs hevyovtas mpoecOar. 
> an > nr 2 / e \ 
15. “Evrai0a adixvetra ’Eriaéa, 1 Svevvéc.os yuvn, 
A / a 2. 
tov Kitixwv Bacidews, Tapa Kupov: Kat eheyeTo Kipo 


(L. 1.) V. 2,19: IV. 1.10. @) IV. 8.26. (3.) 11.221. G)IV.4.21. 6183. 
(8) 1.4.8. (13.) VIN. 7. 56. (16.) VIL. 7.27. 17.) VI.6.26. (19) 1.4.8 QI.) 
VII. 3. 34. 3.) IV.5.16. @4) 15.6. Q26)1.4.14 @8)1.64. (0) 1 3. 20, 
1.) 1.9.9. @2) 1.2. 12. 

4 


38 GREEK LESSONS. 


a / / iv od \ \ ? / 
Sotvar yxpnuata Toda. “Note wpa Kat cou emideikvu- 
XN , / N ) , , 7 Ss 
oOat tH ravdevav. Tis yap Bedrjcee Knpv& Leva, Knpv- 
> / 2 \ > A a ¥ 
kas wmextovws ; Autos dé ov« Edy ceva. 
/ & cal > 4. > > c r 
16. Aveheyouro TE Puree: Kal OPENS ed CED, 
5Kal wpyouvTo efrordpevor, 6 Orrov TUX OUEYs womep ad)ous 
ET UD ELKVU EVOL. Kai avaBavres emi Tous imous, @XOVTO 
améedavvovtes eis TO EavTav otpatémedov. Kai dédocxa, 
\ , > , , > , c / 
mM cvoTavTes aPpoot Tov KaKOV TL EpyaTwVTaL Ol TONE- 
lal XN >? \ + 
pot. Tihs vuntos amrodpas @yero. 
la fl > 7 yy / / > Le) 
0 «17. “Epererav rokevew avo iévtes paxpav. >Evratl 
y+ ¢ / -. / / > ‘ ‘ 4 
Ewelay 1)mepas eta Kai Revias 0 Apkas otpatnyos Kat 
v id N > / °’ lal \ ‘\ / 
Ilaciwv o Meyapevs, euBavtes evs WoLov, KaL TH TEL- 
+ ? / > / ‘ ‘ ¢ / 
aotov afta evOeuevor, avéemrAevoav. Tous pev omditas 
> ne fal \ > , ‘ \ , , 
QUTOU EKEMEVTE MELVAL, TAS AoTLOAS TPOS Ta yovata BEv- 
> 4 al ‘\ \ / b! ‘f 
15 Tas. Axoveavres TadTa, Kat Sefcas Sovres Kat NaBovTes, 
amnRavvoy * Kal po pe pas eyevovto emt TO oTparor ey. 
‘O pevrot Bevopan, avayvous Ty ET LTTONIYs avaxotvov- 
TaL Saoxparer TO 'AOnvaiy mept Ths wopelas. °Emopev- 
ovTo €xovTes 7yryemova TOV ddovra avOparrov. 
2 18. Ka aivepos Boppas évavtios érvel, TavTaTacw 
amroKaiwv TaVTA, Kal Tyvus TOUS avOparrous. Taira Se 
Y ¥# 
eyou, BopuBou 7 nKovoe Ova Tov TaEEwY LoVTOS, Kal NPETO, 
7 A A > 7 > / 
THs 0 BopuBos ely. Duxero TIS VUKTOS aTTL@V. Edonet 
yap, eis THY erovcay Ew Hkew Bacitea ouv TO oTpaTeEv- 
25 LATL ayovpLEvor. 
\ ~ Pl] / y \ 2) yy / 
19. Tas d€ oridas, av Ts Taxy avictn, €aTL Aap Ba- 
vew * meTovTaL yap Bpaxy, wamep mrepdixes, Kal Taxv 
dmraryopevoucn: Ta 8é Kpéa avTav soioTa a. TIeupa- 
7 4 
coma, 6 TL av Svv@pal, Upas ayabov mou. "Erepyre 
> a \>? , A , Sag “peer 
30 ue Apiaios kat Aptaofos, microti ovtes Kupm Kat vau 
4 \ / / a eee > a a 
e€vVol, KaL KeXEVOVEL duraTTecOaL, wn vu eTLOaVTaL THS 
‘\ c 7 y XN / XN > cal 
vuktos of BapBapou* eats S€ oTpatevwa Tov EV TO TAH- 
/ / 
olov Tapaceiow. 





CL. 1.) IV. 6. 16, (2.) V. 7.30. @)L3.8 (4) V.4.34 (G) VIL 6.42. (7.) VIL 
3.47. (9.) IV.6.3. (10) I. 4.17: 1.4.7. 03)1.5.13. C5.) VIL3.1. G7.) 01 
1.5. (18) IV. 4.19. (20.) IV. 5.3. (21) 1.8.16, @3) IV. 7.27: 17.1. @Q6)I 
5.3. (28.) VI. 1.33. (29.) II. 4. 16. 


GREEK LESSONS. 39 


NN > yy 2. oN , 2 fal / 
20. Kat ove éhacav tevat, éav pn Tis avtois ypnata 
a 7 ? lal i \ > yy cd Roe , 
S60. “Qare ov Tovto Sedorxa, pn ovK exw 6 TL OO Exa- 
a L AY 3 , 5) N \ > x c \ 
oT@ Tov diwy, av ev yEevnTat, adda py OVK €EX@ LKaVOUS, 
® a 5) cate Mea a) / ” . / 
ois 60. “Enet 5¢€ e&dOov, 0 “AvatiBios ExNetce Tas TU- 
Rae £ / ey (ae eee! x a 
Aas, Kal exnpvEev, ooTtS av Aho EVOOV WY TOV OTPATLO- & 
n / 5. Camis \ \ a Desh 
TOV, OTL mempacerat. Kat vpels Mev pm) exdore He, eyo 
dé €uauTor, Gorep Bevopav heyer, mapaoxy ow kptvayre 
Knreardpe, 6 ot av Bovharat, moujoa. “Taper emt TOUS 
avépas. SevOns S¢ dnow, av mpos éxetvov inte, ev Trow)- 
Ui NOW, 7 7 
¢ a 
cew vpas. 10 
Bint > ES Y ‘ A d, > e / 
21. Tavr’ eyo éorevoor, cat Sia TodTo oe ovy UTeue- 
4 / , \ a ‘ € 
vov, & Tas Suvaimnv POacat, Tp KaTernpOar THY UTrEp- 
, eo Se / A. + ” 5 y 
Bornv* ot & aryepoves, ovs Eyouev, ov hacw eivat addnv 
id / / ‘ \ ? 7 of 
odov. uyxarecavres Tous otpatnyous €BovNevovTo, dws 
\ L a \ / 7 a x 
av KaddoTta SvaBatev, Kat Tovs TE EuTrpoTOey ViKMEV KaL15 
(eS a Yj \ / / 
uTO Tov oTLcOey nde TaTYoLEV KAKOD. 
‘ 7 / ? / Sa L. > , 
22. “Orws doBov evOein Kat arrows. — Tédos amredet- 
id / / if f > an / 
EavTo of pavrTets TavTES yvopnv, OTL ovdamy TpociowTo 
¢ SS nN / 3 i GN vA \ / 
ot Qeot Tov wodepov. Emederev avtov, ort rept TAELaTOU 
a y / Nose! t Neeaaiy. 
TOLOLTO, EL TW OTELTAITO, Kal € T@ oUVOOLTO, KAaL Eb TH 2 
¢ / i ‘N u7 
UTOTYOLTO TL, pndev Yrevdec Oat. : 
> fi > r J r ‘ 4 x ye 2 
23. “Hpwrtev éxeivot, et Sotev av TOUTOY Ta TLICTa* Ob 
A e \ an XV ral > 4. > an 
efacav, kat Sovvat kat raPeiv eOereav. “EvrevOev 
= / » / ed 
Siddaow ot Maxpaves BapBapixny Noyynv Tois“ENAnow, ° 
e \a > / ¢ vs 
ot be EdAnves exeivots “EXAnuixyy. 25 
ane tah ae / / N ? \ 
24. “Ev0a 5n amexpivato Kyeavap pev 6 Apkas, Tpe- 
/ xX Sf / xX > / x \ of 
aoBuTatos wy, OTL TpocGev av atroPavotevy, 4) Ta OTA 
/ >] > iy > Ia/ ss 7 \ Jas 
mapacoincav. “ANd, oipat, et edidov, eTri TOUT av ed.60U, 
A > XX XN al N ? / Copist XS ° ¢ XN 
OTr@s E4oL Sous MELOY, fn ATrodoLn Upiv TO TrELOV. “O Se 
Kr€apyos eBourevero, II poevov kaheoas (mAyjovatraros 30 
yap 7), el TEuToLeV TWas, i) TaVTES LoLEY emt TO OTpATO- 
medov apnforTes. 





(L. 1.) I. 4. 12, Q) Ee 7eve -(4e) VEL 12 362" (6) Vi. 6. 18. "Vie Se 217, “(9) 
Vi. 3.4. ©(11.) TV. 1. 21.. 4) IV.3. 14.--d7.) VIL 4 1: V.5.3. 9.) FT. 9 7. 
(22.) IV.8. 7. (26.) II. 1. 10. (@8.) VII. 6.16. 29.) I. 10. 5. 


40 GREEK LESSONS. 


XX. 


». ‘\ > / y lal / >? 

1. Kai adrou Se eféotacay éEw Tav Sévdpwy* ov yap 
> > x > a / ¢ , a eS / 
nv acpanres ev Tors Sevdpous EgTavas TELOV 7) TOV Eva Do- 

\ a 7 7 > ‘ y / 
xov. Kai viv dvo xadw te kayabw avope TéOvatov, Kat 
4 > / y , WF,’ 5] , y 
ovte avehecOar ovte Oaryar avtw edvvayeba. ~“Avépes 
A“ r > » cal e ‘\ ‘\ 
soTpati@ta, Tov Apxadwy ot pev TeOvacw, ot S€ Rostroi 
3 \ / ‘ a 
emt Aohov Tivos ToALOpPKOUYTAL. 
>] , - XN / e di > XN >’ > cr 

2. “Edaxpie rwodvwy ypovov éotas. EvOus 8 éxeivos 
> 7 % cr al r ‘\ / 
ATENAVVEL TOUS TEPLETT@TAS TOV TTPATLWT@V, KaL Evyov- 

ds / 2 ey x A a 
tas, ott Snwooia tavT ein. Eneyev, ote ovorto TeOved- 
‘ ¢ 7 
10 TaS ToANOUS EvpIcELV. 
\ / a iA e XN ‘ 3 

3. ITodnxas rpodpaces Kipos evpicxev, ws Kat ov ev 
> / / : \ © oo. e / 
oicOa. Knyéeapye Kai IIpoteve, nai ot addou ot Trapovtes 
of 7} > 5] a ce 3 A e / 

AANHVES, OVK LITE, O TL TTOLELTE. 2 avopes, OL TroNEMLOL 
e ral > xy -_ 7, NX / / 7 
NOV OUK Laaol Tw THY NuETEpaY cULpaxiav. Xuvvorda 
> a / > / 2 / 

15 EMAUT@ TAVTAa efrevoTMEvOS AUTOV. 
4 / ie 4 xX i fl ‘ e 4 > \ 

4, “IcOt pévroe avontos av, et oler, THY LETEpaY apEeTHY 

/ x a / / > \ ¥ 
mepuyeverOar av THS Bacii€ws Svvapews. Ev yap tote, 
vA ‘ 2. / ¢. / xX > a ¥ / XN 
OTL THV ehevbepiav ELOLULNV AV, GVTL WY EXW TAVT@V Kab 
5h / ” % IAA > 2 yy 
aXwv ToANaTAAaciov* STws Sé Kai ELdATE, Els OloY Ep- 

> lal 2. > ¢ lal Jat , 

20yer0e ayava, eyw vuds eldas SidaEw. 
“a ‘ \ 4 / ] / / 

5. ITaphy Se cai YevOns, Bovropevos cidevar ti mpa- 

, > rn a , Z Ae. 3 
xOnceTat. Exepeneito, 6 Te Tounoes Bacinevs* Kai yap 
> - a. f / 4 a a 4 
noel avTOV, OTL péecov exo Tov Ilepaixod stpatevparos. 

> ‘ »” es , ‘ \ , 

Ov yap noecav avtov teOvnketa. Acdias, wy yevntat 
25 TAUTA. 

6. ‘O 8 Bevopav HYTopeiro, 6 Tt ToujcoL Kal yap 
erbyxaver, @S TU weVOS, ev TO mryovarrare didpo Xev- 
On xaOnwevos. ~Evrav” éxtpamomevor exabnvro, kat ovr 
oy‘ ' P “a 
epacay Tropever Oat. 

A ss ee 6] G = ae. ‘ ew 

390 J. Kipos S€ avros te améBave, kai oxTw ot apiotoe 
rt ‘\ Sy, »y¥ 3 > > cal > ‘ / 
T@V TEpl avTOV ExELWTO ET avT@. “AAA KaTaxeipeOa, 





(L. 1.) 1V.7.9. @) IV.1.19. @.) VL3.12. (7) 13.2: VL6.6. @.) VII. 4.19, 
QL.) IL 3.21. (12) 15.16. (3) VIL3.35. (4) L 3. 10, 6.) IL 1.13. a7.) 
1.7.3. (@l.) VIL6.8 (2) 1.8.21. (24) 1 10. 16: V. 6. 17. (6.) VIL 3. 29, 
(28.) IV. 5.15. 0.) 1.8.27. 1.) IIL. 1. 14. 


GREEK LESSONS. 4] 


7 > / Ya 
@OTTED eGov nouxeay aye. Kai Oa, wa mapryyyehrev 6 
Revohav vropevew, OTE ol ToepLoe LoXUE ws ETT LKEOLVTO. 


Sm 
bed / > a U n 3 
1. Kat éws ye wevomwev avtov, oxerrTéov pot Soxe eivat, 
vA > / / > / —] cr Ins 
oTws acharéotata pevopev. Ex tovtov Revopevte €d0- 
, > EN fi A > ¢ / Ins 
Ket OvwxTeov eivac* Kai ediwxov. TH 5 votepara edoxes 5 
/ 3 7 / / \ X A 
TopeuTeov eivat, OTN SvvawTo TaxXLoTa, TPL 7) TUNEY?)- 
‘\ / 4 
val TO OTPATEVLA TAAL. 
c r vA 5 / / £ lA 2 i De acts 
Hy o€ ye oiwat travta TomrTéa, ws prot ert 
a , , 5) N cn \ 7 
tois BapBapows yevomeOa, adda pardov, Hv Suvopeba, 
5 a at on ) .¢ ee ee / , 
exewot ep nuw. ANN OTTwWS TOL LH ET EKELY@ YEvNTO-10 
v4 / iva XN / aA , 
pea, Tavta Toumteov. “Owws S€ AEKTEa, a YryvacKo* 
aA 7 > a \ a 7 a / A 
EuTreipos yap eye Kat THS Yopas Tov Ilapdayover, Kat 
: 
THs Suvapens. 





XXII. 


> Ly XN / bid és V6 3 , > / 
Evet 5€ oroveat T EeyevovTo Kal ETaLMVicaY, avecTn- 
an XN al \ ‘ JN ? / ‘\ 
cav TpaTov pev Opaxes, Kat pos avAOV wWPXTAVTO GUD 15 
a \ oo. : c , \ , N nm 
TOW OTAOLS, KAL HANOVTO unra TE Kab Kovpws, KQaL TALS 
/ ] a v2 XN e iA X\ tA / 
paxaipals exyp@vTo* TEdos OE O ETEpOS TOY ETEPOY Tratet, 
id an Pi / / X yy id > 
ws Tacw €doKEs TETANYEVaL TOV avdpas od EmEece TEXVI- 
a N a AF e , Vn ¢ ‘ 
Kas Tos. Kai avexpayov ot Ilapdayoves. Kat o pev 
y Nee NP angel, %/ yy N ri 
oKvNEVTAaS TA OTA TOU ETEpoOU, EENEL AdwY TOV SiTadKay + 2H 
y. xX a al ~ (vA > / e / 
adrot Se THY Opaxay Tov ETepov eEEpepov ws TEOVNKOTA* 
5 x ar , \ A Ca) N , 
nv oe ovdev TeTOVOws. Meta tovTo Awaves cat Mayvn- 
eat, x 3 A ~ , , 5) 
TES AVETTNTAY, Ol WPYOVVTO THY KapTaLay KadoupEevny eV 
ad A ¢ x / A > / > vA ¢ \ 
Tois OTrAOLs. ~O Se TpoTTOs THS OpyNTEws HY ddE* Oo jEV 
/ Noe A CN ral \ 
Tapabewevos Ta OTA oTretper Kat CevyNAATEL, TUKVA META- 25 
, ¢ / N XN / ¢ > 
oTpepopevos ws PoBovpevos* AnaTHS de€ TpogepyeTar* 06 
> \ =r “ a , Lo \ , 
ereloav TpolonTal, aTaVTa dpTacas Ta OTAA, Kal WaYETAL 
\ A / \ e ase 2 / > a ‘\ 
mpo Tov Cevryous + (Kat ovroe TadT’ emoiovy év pvOuo mpos 
> 2, 7 \ YZ € 2 , \ x 7c 
TOV ee =} ical aad a) “deal dncas ney avopa Kat TO 
Cebtyos a amaryet" évlote b€ reat 0 Ceuydarns TOV yor yy" eiTa 30 
Tapa Tous Bods fevEas, oTicw TW YELpE SeSepevov ENAUVEle 





1.) IV.1.16. (3) 1.3.11. (4) UL 8.8 ©) IV.5.1. (8) IIL 1.35. (10.) IE 
118 (1) V.6.6. (14) VL1.5 
4* 


42 GREEK LESSONS. 


XXIII. 


‘Exel be cio Bov emt TO Setrvov TOV Te Opanav ou 
KparTurToL TOV TapovTar, Kab ot oTparnyot Kai ot hoxaryot 
TOV ‘Edrjver, as €l TLS mpeoBeia maphy aro Toews, 
To Setrvoy pev ay Kanpevors Kine * érreita O€ TpiTrodes 

sevomvexOna-av Tacw* ovto. 8 noav Kpeav perro peveyia- 
peveor, Kau aprou Cupitar peyadou 7 poo mem epovnpevor joav 
pos TOUS Kpeact. Manora 5 a tpumetat KaTa ToUS 
Fevous aei eriOevto* vopos yap 1. Kai TpaTos ToUTO 
errotes SevOns * dvedspevos Tous €avT@ TapaKerpevous ap- 

10 Tous, OuekAa KaTa LuKpov, Kab Sueppimrret, ois auT@ €d0KEL * 
Kal Ta Kpéa Moa’Tas, Ooo povoy yevoacbar EavT@ KaTa- 
Mureov. Kai ot dddXou S€ Kata tavTa eTotou, Kad” ovs at 
Tparear EKEWTO. "Apkas bé TUS, ‘Apvatas 0 ovopia, payel 
dewos, 70 jeev Svappurreiv ela xaipen, AaBav &é eis THY 

6 xelpa doov TpuxoiveKov aptov, Kal Kpea Bepevos et Ta 
yovara, EO€LTVEL. Kepara dé oLvou Teprepspov, Kal mares 
edéyovro: 0 S Apvatas, éret wap’ avtov depwv To Képas 
O olvoxyoos HKEV, elev, LOWY TOV Revoparvra overs bel- 
avovuvta* * "Exeivo,” epn, “© Sd5° oxorater yp 76n, € eyo 

205€ ovdéra.” *Axovaas 6 SevOns 77 hovny, jpara Tov 
olvoyoor, TL Neyo. ‘O 8 olvoxoos €imrev* ehAnvivew yap 
nmictato. ~EvraiOa pev o7 yédws eyevero. 


XXIV. 


TIparov pev yap Kai peyiortov, ot Oedy rjuas SpKou Ko- 
Wovet TONELLOUS €ivat adda Gots S€ TOUT@Y cUVOL- 
25 Sev avT@ TapypedyKas, TOUTOY eyw oUTOT av evdatpovi- 
Capt Tov yap Oeav TONeHOV ove oiba ouT’ aro Troiov 
av TaxoUS TIS pevyou drropuryo1, our’ els Trotoy ay oKOTOS 
amoSpain, ovd’ oro ay eis eXupov Xepiov arrooraty. 
Tavern yap mavta Tots Oeois Uroya, Kai TavTayy Tay- 
30 T@V Loov ot Oeoi Kpatovow. 





(L. 1.) VI. 3.21. (3. I. 5. 7. 


NOTES. 


E. 


{a. Learn the Greek System of Orthography, and the English Method ot 
pronouncing Greek (unless one of the other methods is preferred). 1 1, 3; 
§§ 10-18, 24-26, 676-680, 688, 689. 

6. Read Lesson I. in Greek. 

c. Learn the General Principles of Conjugation. §§ 164-170; TT 26, 
PH fe 

d. Learn the Euphonic Affixes of the Present Active, in all the modes. 
7 29. 

e. In Bovasdw (1 34), what is the affix? What is then the root (§ 170. 
a)? What is the characteristic (i. e. the last letter of the root)? Is the 
verb pure or impure (i. e. does its root end with a vowel or a consonant) ? 

f. Inflect the Present Active of Bovacdw through all the modes, by adding 
to the root the affixes learned from 7 29. Write this inflection, comparing 
it with 1 34 (see 1 4. I. 3); and also repeat it viva voce, carefully observing 
the pronunciation. Learn the corresponding English through all the modes, 
numbers, and persons (1 33, 4. III.). 

Remark. A similar method is recommended in learning all the para- 
digms ; viz. (1.) to ascertain the root, affixes, &e.; (2.) from these elements 
to construct the forms, both writing them, and also repeating them vivd voce 
till they become perfectly familiar ; and (3.) to learn at the same time the 
corresponding English. ] 


HZ. [Page 13.] Line 1. ’EmBovdever, he is plotting, or he plots. 
In parsing a verb compounded with a preposition, time may be saved 
by not repeating the preposition with each form; thus, ’EmuBoudever 
is a regular verb, from émiBovretdw, Bovretow, BeBovdrevKa; com- 
pounded of éri and Bovdetw ; root Bovdev-, affix -ev; in the present 
indicative active; Bovdevo, Bovrevw, Bovevount, Bovdeve, Bovdrecvew, 
Bovevov- Bovrevw, Boudevers, Bovdever, Bovdevopev, Bovdrevere, Bov- 
Aevovar, Bovreverov: in the third person singular, agreeing with a 
pronoun implied in the affix (§ 545). Rute xxrx. A verb agrees with 
its subject in number and person (9 64, § 543). ——’EmBounevovaw, 


44 NOTES ON : 


§ 66.1. By, in the rule, simplexis to be understood. —— 2. Sup 
Bovrevw, ZupBovdrevere, § 54. 1. The preposition here found in 
composition has two forms, the earlier £iv, and the later ovv 
(§ 70. v.). In the Vocabulary, its compounds are arranged under o. 
—3. kai, R. xxxv., § 654. Ilaie, . . Baddre, Strike! strike! 
throw ! throw! 





2 L. 4. Ov, R. xxxim., § 646. 5. My Oavpagere, do not 
wonder. 'The use of py shows that Oavuatere is in the imperative. 
The indicative you do not wonder would be expressed by ov Oavpagere 
(§ 647). The following is the general rule in respect to the use of 
ov and py in negative sentences: Jf the sentence expresses assertion 
(whether directly or indirectly, whether with or without condition), use 
ov ; otherwise, pn (as in expressions of wish, prohibition, condition, 
purpose, &c.). ‘The rule extends to od and py in composition with 
other words. Ovk, § 68. 2. Kaiwper, let us burn, §§ 597. B, 
598. 6. My pédAa@pey, let us not delay. apxew, to rule, R. 
xxx., § 620. b. 7. SvdAapBaver, § 54. 3. Ei pev & Here 
pey corresponds to d€ in a subsequent clause not quoted. 


iT. 


{a. Learn the Principles and General Rules of Declension. §§ 73 - 82. 

b. Learn the Affixes of the Second Declension. 1% 5. 

c. In Aédyos, word, Gen. Adyov, what is the affix of the genitive? What is 
then the root (§ 79)? What is the characteristic? Decline rdyes, by adding 
to the root the masculine affixes of Dec. II. Write the forms thus obtained, 
and compare them with those in 7 9 (see T 4. I. 1). 

d. Learn the paradigms d%u0s, 6345, cdxov, wrigoy, and pégioy(% 9); and 
illustrate from them the general rules in §) 80, 82.) , 


I. L.9. Kipov, R. xxr., § 423. Kipos, R. u., § 342. 
11. "EmtBovdever Kipa, he plots against Cyrus, R. xvut., §§ 401, 405. 
—— 12. °O Kipe, R. xxv., §§ 442, 443. a. 13. Aaxedayydror, 
the Lacedemonians. For the omission of the article which properly 
belongs here, see § 485. a. 



































2. L. 14. MWdoia, accusative. 15. craOpovs, R. xxut., § 439. 
d Tldota yap ovk exopuev, for we have [not] no vessels. 16. 
“Hduos, the sun, §§ 471. 4, 485. a. avioxet (dva-icyer), § 41. 1. 
17. AoptBov, a noise (§ 469. 2), R. xir., § 375. 18. ’Amay- 
yeArere ’Aptai, carry back word to Arieus, § 402. 


Ill. 


[Learn the Euphonic Affixes of the Present Middle and Passive, in all the 
modes; and the Present Middle and Passive of Bovasda. TT 30, 35.] 




















1. [P.14.] L. 2. dpyerOa, passive. 
BovrAe, § 210. 3. d. 


2. L. 8. ded, R. xxxiv., § 648. See § 485. a. Sato G€ re 
dopades, and may you arrive safely! §§ 597. 8, 600. 10. Odx 

. avOparous ; Are you not ashamed before either gods or men? ore, 
§ 664. 8B; Oeovs, § 428; ot, §§ 30, 41. 


3. Aéyere, imperative. 











LESSONS I.-—V. 45 


LV, 


[a. Learn the Affixes and the Special Rules of the First Declension. 1 5; 
§§ 92, 93. 

b. Learn the paradigms rauéas, yaurns, "Aresions, xia, dda, yaucoca, and 
zi (1 7); and illustrate from them the general rules in §§ 80, 82, and also 
the special rules in §§ 92, 93. 

c. In parsing words of Dec. I., give the reason for the particular method 
of declining the singular. ] 


BH. L. 14. Srupdadios Aoxayds, R. 1., § 331. 


2. L. 18. déper, it [the plain of Cilicia] bears or produces. — 
‘Ek, § 68. 1. Oadarrns, § 70. 1. 


‘VA 


[a. The Declension of Adjectives. § 128-131. 

b. Learn the paradigms a3ixos, Qidsws, and opts (TT 17, 18), noticing 
a 4. I. 2, and observing what general and special rules of declension are 
illustrated. | : 








A. L. 21. Hdpodos orev, a narrow pass, R. xxvi., § 444. 
25. eis SurytAiovs avOparovs, to the number of 2,000 men. This sub 
stantive phrase (§ 658) is in the nominative, in apposition with the 
subject of e&€pyovrat. 


[e. The declension and general use of the Article. 24; §§ 147, 148, 
469 f.] 


2. {P-0bs.], Lol. OijRe xxv; § 469: 2. Terdptn S npepa, 
and on the fourth day, R. xx., § 420. For the omission of the 
article, see § 486. e. 3. Svykdrelovar, §) 54. 2,49. 1. ——4 
owrtnpias, R. vitt., § 357. gpuyn, R. x1x., §§ 415, 418. 


3. L. 6. Kupov, R. xvi., §§ 382, 390. 
tov, let the truce remain, § 213. 3. 
directs. 














7. Ai omovdal pevov 
8. aye ovrws, thus [leads] 
dpdéue, [by running] at full speed. 


4. 1.10. 6K., §§ 471. 6, 469. 1.—13. Mapovov, § 471. b. 


Tais Kopas tats, § 472. I. 


5. L. 15. éxaorns ris, §§ 470. N., 472. a. 
Ovnokeww, the dying honorably, §§ 445, 470. 3, 622. 











”~ ~~ > 
TOU Ka\@s amro- 


16. péoov de 

















tov, §§ 456, 472. a. 17. rhv tperepav, § 473. a. Ot... 
iro, the friends of my brother, §\ 389, 472, 473. a. 18. ékei- 
yns ths, § 473. B. 19. dsavoias, R. iv., §§ 346, 347. Tobe, 








§ 150, J] 24. 


6. L. 21. rov viv, § 475. °Ev . . Adyea, in the preceding narra- 
tive. 22. dui rods 8., § 480. 2. 23. rov adedqor, [the] his 
brother, § 482. 24. Aéyerat. . daxivduvevew, and it is said that 
the other Persians also expose themselves in war with their heads unpro- 
tected (by defensive armour ; the Persians commonly wearing tiaras or 
turbans instead of helmets, and yidds often signifying, not absolute- 














46 NOTES ON 


ly uncovered, but not covered with armour). Aéyera, §§ 546. 8, y, 
621. a; Ilépoas, R. xxx1., § 626 ; Wudais rats, §§ 472. a, 482; ro 
Token, § 470. 2. 


% L. 27. Of doe orparnyoi, the [other] rest of the generals, 
§ 488. —— 28. wodépor, § 447. a, a. 30. drop, R. 1x., §§ 358, 








362. ¢. ——‘O . . maie, § 542. 
8. [P.16.] L.1. Kiduooay, § 447. 8. 2. darepaia, §§ 447. 8, 
420. 5. of exeivov [sc. avdpes or orpari@rat], his men, § 447. a. 











Oi d€ audi T., § 476. N. Oi amd, §§ 476, 469. 1.—6. 
ev dea [sc. xerpi], on the right [hand], 447. 8. 


9. L.8. Ta imép rod Addov [sc. mpaypara], the things over or beyond 
the hill, \§ 447. y, 477. Ta nuerepa, our affairs. Ta emitn- 
Seva, § 447. vy. 9. Ta éxeivev [sc. yprpata], their property. Ta 
mepi II., § 477. a. 10. ”Ados adXa, § 542. 8 TO *Apxadixov 
émAurixdv [Sc. AHOos Or orpdrevpa], the Arcadian [heavy-armed force] 
infantry, § 447. y. 11. tis olkade dd0v, §§ 394, 475. Eis xa- 
Adv, [for good] opportunely, § 449. B. qeete, § 579. €. Oi 
iarpoi, physicians (the class, § 470. 1). 12. én ayaa, for the 
good of their patients. —— 13. “Hkere, come, imperative. 


10. L. 14. ‘Oo dé, § 490. 15. rods . . €xet, has the fruits of 
our torls. 6 Wodvorparov, §§ 332. 2, 385. y. 









































[d. Declension, composition, and use of wires. T 24; §§ 149, 508 f.] 


Un. L.17. TH. . jpépa, § 508. 1. €x Tov avTov [SC. ywpiov], 
from the same place. 18. Avra . . &vda, § 509. 19. airov 
exeivov, § 510. 1. avtot kalovow, § 510, 1. 20. of civ aire, 
those with him, §§ 510. a, 502. stv . . adrov, § 472. a. 
22. ds emBovrevor adr@, [that he was plotting] of plotting against 
him. The optative is used because ScaBadrec (falsely accuses) is 
the historical present ($) 608, 567. a). 23. Avrés . . AapBaver, 
and he himself takes some of the colts, § 366. 25. kat ppatovew, 
a Néyet, and tell, what he says. For the declension of the relative, 
see 4 24, § 148. 2; for its complementary use here, § 535. 


Vi, 


[a. The Augment. §§ 187, 192. 
&. The Euphonic Affixes of the Imperfect, in each voice. 1 29, 30. 
c. The Imperfect of BovaAcdw, in each voice. TT 34, 35.] 





























I. L. 26. "EnXeye, he said, impf. of Xéyo. In looking for words in 
the Vocabulary, allowance must be made for the augment, where it 
occurs. 27. ’Exeivos, [that man] he, § 502. ard irrov, [from 
a horse] on horseback. 28. dre Oavpatorev, that they wondered, 























§ 608. P. 17.) L. 1. rijs Aourns wopeias, the [remaining jour- 
ney] rest of their journey. 3. a’rd, § 406. tmd A., § 562. | 
4. ’Eqbaivero, § 549. —— 5. dru — ifeorev, that they had come, 


§§ 579. ¢, 608. 
2. L. 8. orparnyois, § 406. 


LESSONS V.-VII. 47 





3. L. 13. Ipoérpexev, impf. of mporpéxo, § 192. IIpocerpe- 


xov, § 337. a. 16. jpepa, § 485. a. mpos, 652. y. 








[d. Changes in the Root of the Verb. §§ 254-258, 265; 1 61. 

e. Second Aorist Active and Middle. §§ 199. a, 215. I. 

f- Distinction in sense between the Aorist and the Definite Tenses (Pres. 
and Impf.). § 569f. See § 565.) © 


4. L. 20. Acéidy ZdaBor, I took the right hand as a pledge. ”E)a- 
Bov is the 2 aor. of AapBdvo, being formed from the old root daB- in 
the same way as the impf. ¢AduBavoy from the new root AaywBay 
(made from the old root by adding-ay, and inserting y, which becomes 
p before the labial 8, §§ 289, 290). Cavns, § 369. a. 21. én 
Oavaro, for death (as a sign that he was condemned to death). 
evéBarev, 2 aor. of euBddXw (roots Bad-, Badd-, § 277). Kare \t- 
mov, they left alive, 2 aor. of xatadeimo (rt. dur-, deur-, J 37, § 266). 
23. éyévero, had taken place, 2 aor. of yiyvopar (T- yev-, yryr-, 
§ 286). See § 580. kai, also. 24. rns tedeurns, R. X, 
§§ 367, 368. Tuxeiv, 2 aor. of rvyyave (Tr. TUX-, TeVvX-, TYYXAV-, 
§ 290), to have met with or come to. "ANAG.. erpawero (2 aor. 
mid. of rpérw,r. rpam-, tpen-, § 259), but in flight one turned one way, 
and another another, § 542. 6. 25. ’AréOavey (2 aor. of dmobyn- 
oxo, Yr. Oav-, Ovnox-, § 281 8) imd N., § 556. AcahapBavovot 
. . yevopevov, they take each his share of the money [that had come from 
the prizes of war] obtained by the sale of their prizes. 


VIL. 
a. 
[The Present and Imperfect of <i, to be. 55, § 230.] 


H. [P. 18.] L.1. *Hv.. orem, for the pass was narrow. 
"Epmdpioy . . xapiov, § 487. 3, 4. 


2. L.3. Otro dé gyer, §§ 546, 555. Piros, cvppaxos, in the 
predicate after etvav. 5. mérepa.- pidros, whether he was a foe or 
a friend. 7. rv dddv éppacev, 7 ein, he told the road, where it 
was, for he told where the road was, § 425, 4. 















































3. L. 9. ‘YroWia pev joav, there were indeed suspicions. In 
translating into English, ‘ ¢here’ or ‘it’ is often to be supplied with 
the substantive verb. 10. vrorapod, § 394. 11. *Avayxn €ortt 
udyeoOar, [there is a necessity to fight] 7 is necessary to fight. ny 
deiAn, it was evening. 14. Av —oxéros, [there was darkness] it 
was dark. axdtos eyeveto, darkness came on, or it became dark. 
Ov..xdpros, for there was [not] no grass. 15. kwpas eva 
kaNds, that there are beautiful villages, § 626. 


4 Ii. 17. Kipa, § 408. Bacgitea, § 336. Tots, § 408. 
—— 18. *Ard rod atropdrov, § 449. 8. 19. orpati@rais, § 408. 
——’*Hp ait@ rodepos, § 408. 


5. L. 21. Owe yap jv, § 546. ’OWe is an adverb, modifying jv. 
Oe eylyvero, tt was [becoming] growing late. 22. 7ALov 
duvopds, sunset. —--23. edvero, was setting. mpos npéepav, to- 
wards day. 









































. 


A8 NOTES ON 


6. L. 24. "Eor, § 546. 8B. ——dapBdvew, AaBeiv. In the first 
sentence, the action is viewed as going un, and hence the present 
tense is used ; while the second denies the performance of the action at 
all, and hence employs the aorist. See §§ 569, 570. 1. "Efeote 
. « WevderO@a, [it is permitted or pussible to falsify] one may falsify 
about him, § 546, 8. —— 25. émrndeva, as subst., object of exew. 





7. L. 27. “Qpa dé Bovreverba [sc. eariv], and it is time to con 
sider, In each of the sentences in paragraph 7, supply a substantive 
verb (§ 547). —— 28. Syodr trois wodepious [sc. eoriv], the enemy 
have leisure, § 408. 


VIII. 


[a. The Personal Pronouns iy, cv, and od. T 23. A; § 502f. 


Remark. In learning the paradigms, omit for the present the Homeric 
and other dialectic forms. } 


XZ. [P.19.] L. 1. dpiv, § 652. a. 2. ovre, § 664. B. 5 
enol, § 405. 7. ——6. ipiv, R. xvir., §§ 398, 399. Sr “Fine - 
vouicere, or think me no longer Cyrus, § 434. Why is pyxeére used, 
rather than ov«ere? 


2. L. 10. tpav, § 357, n. —— 13. ‘O . . tiv, there is the same 
journey to you and to us. My - . eddeiv (2 aor. of epyopar), let 
us not wait for others to come to us, 














[4. The Reflexive and Reciprocal Pronouns. % 23. B, C; §§ 144, 145, 
504 f.] 


3. L. 15. emi ri éavrod oxnyny, to [the tent of himself] his own 
tent, §§ 504, 505. 2. Tloiav . . avayévw; and [for what age to 
come to myself do I wait?] what age do I wait for? 17. ’Eqv- 
Aatrovro . . adAndous, both were on their guard against each other, as 
against enemies, § 428. Observe the force of the middle voice (watch- 
ed each other for their own safety, § 558). —— 19. €ywye, § 328. b. 


IX. 


‘Ta. Comparison of Adjectives in -rsges, -rares. §§ 155-158. 

b. Use of the Degrees. § 460 f. 

Remark. In parsing a comparative or superlative, give the special rule for 
its formation. ] 








B. L. 21. @avpactarare, § 465.-—— 22. @oBepmraroy 8° epnuia, 
§§ 450, 485. B. Devyew . . Hiv, it is safer for them to flee, than 
for us, § 403. 25. dru. . modepious, that they were suffering most 
unjust [things] treatment in being cast out among their enemies, § 632. 








[e. Comparison of Adjectives in -‘wy, -ires. § 159.] 


2. L. 27. dvOpareyr, § 362. 6. kal of dAXot [sc. tpeis, rorov- 
rot] door Hre Kupou idror, and [the rest of you] ye others, as many as 
were friends of Cyrus, R. xxvu., §) 494, 521, 523. The second 
person fre shows that dpeis is understood. —~[P. 20.] L. 3. 





LESSONS VII.—X. 49 


ri taxiotny dddv, the quickest (or shortest) way, R. xxiv., § 440. 
mretarot, most, sup. of modvs. 





[d. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. §§ 160, 161.] 


3. L. 4. ody . . evSapoverrareis, with those about him of the 
highest excellence and fortune. 5. ra xara, [the uttermost things] 
the severest punishment. mabeiv, 2 aor. of marx (r. wad-, rev6-, 
macx-, § 281. €). 6. Ilparov péev yap Kat peyorov, for [indeec 
the first and greatest thing] first and greatest, § 334. 8. CN ae 
K@Avovar, [the oaths of the gods] our oaths by the gods forlid us. 
7. adAndrois, § 405. ¢. TAnouairaros, §) 161. 2, 156. y. 


[e. Comparison of Adverbs. §§ 162, 163.] 


4. 1.9. ’Avotépw trav paotav, higher than the [breasts] breast, 
Teves, Sasol. Tlodd . . Oarrov (comp. of raxéws, from tayus ; 
see § 159. 8), for they ran much faster than the horses. 10. Eis 
. » Kopas, into the nearest villages, § 475. 12. 7pednuevas par 
Aov, § 460. 





























X. 


[a. Euphonic Changes of Vowels. § 27 f. 

&. Contraction. § 31 f. 

ce. Contract Verbs in -zw. §§ 33, 216. 

d. Write the uncontracted forms of the Present and Imperfect of rizéw, to 
honor, according to I 29, 80; contract these forms according to § 33; and 
then compare I 45. 


REMARK. Observe a similar method in learning all the contract paradigms ; 
and, in parsing contract words, give the rule of contraction. | 


¥. L. 13. id’, for ind, §§ 41, 65. “Opa, § 31. N. 14. 
tpov adrav, § 352. y. avy tois Oeois, with the aid of the gods. 
15. €8da, impf. of Boao. 16. eretpavro, impf. of metpdopac. 
—— 19. etev, opt. of efi. 

















[e. Contract Verbs in -éw (paradigm @aiw). § 36; 7 46.] 


2 LL. 22. pet, §§ 13. 2, 216. 8.—‘Hyas . . puoOdv, § 436. 
23. K. .. mdota, § 436. 





3. L. 25. eppimrovy, impf. of pumtéw, § 64. 1. —— 26. Airés 
eiut, Ov Cnrets, I am the very one whom you seek. *Epol . . dpa 
(subject of Soxet) eivac jpiv (§ 409) cabevderv, to me, then, it seems to 
be no time for us to sleep. 27. nav, § 376. 6. 29. Ilepoay 

. éxtd, [of the Persians the seven best of those about him] the seven 
best of his Persian courtiers. 











4. [P.21.] L. 1. ’AmayyéAXere, imperative. 
is need of a battle, §§ 357. B, 546. 2. éxravro, impf. of xraopat. 
3. traidpio, § 457. B. 4. O0. . POovoiev, [not justly] 
with no good reason certainly could they envy me, §§ 406, 604. a. 
“Eva, here, i. e. at his father’s court. 5. aidnuoveotatos . . TaY 
Mrktwr@y, in the first place, the most modest of the boys of his own 

5 





paxns Set, there 

















50 NOTES ON 


age. —— 6. rois . . weiberOa, and to obey his elders even more 1m- 
plicitly than those who were inferior to himself in rank. 7. pour- 
moraros, SC. eddxKet €ivat. rois (§ 470. 1) trots (§ 419. 5) adpora 
xpioOa (§ 33. a), to manage horses the best. 








[f- Contract Verbs in -éw (paradigm 3,2w). §§ 36, 37. 3; T 47.] 


5. L. 9. ’Agcodper, we claim, 
aévovvrat, are thought worthy. 10. dSndoin, in order that he might 
show, \§ 205. 2, a, 601. y. ods (§ 535) riya, whom he honors, for 
ods tyson, whom he honored, § 610. 





Kpattorot, Sup. of ayabés. 











{g. Temporal Augment. §§ 187-189.] 


G. L. 12. Tod d€ Adyov (§ 350. R.) Hpyxero (e-dpy-ero, impf. of 
apxopat) &de, and he began his speech thus. "Ho beve (€-acb€ve-e), 
impf. of doGevéw. 13. tre@mreve (iso-e-darev-e, impf. of t7o- 
mrev@) TedevTHy Tov Biov, was apprehending a termination of life. 
14. Kvedpya, § 406. npeta (e-epwra-e), impf. of epwrae. 
éxer, § 610. ——15. cuvpdOov, 2 aor. of cvvépyopuat. 16. 
nv, 546. B. *Amnyyedre, impf. of drayyé No. 17. ématvoin, 
§ 205. 2. kat —xai, both — and. 





























7% L.19. fev, impf. of #xo. An initial 7 in an augmented tense 
leaves it doubtful whether the verb begins with a, e, or 7 ; and an ini- 
tial w, whether it begins with o or o. 20. feev, § 579. ¢. 
Xwpia — Gxovy (impf. of oikéw, § 188. 2), zahabited strongholds. 
21. Etkafov (§ 188. N.) S€ @AXor Gas, Lut some conjectured in one 
way, and others in another, § 542. 6. Oi péev @xovro (impf, of oi- 
xouat), § 490. 1. —— 22. Ebpioxero, §§ 549, 544. mod, neut. 
pl. of zodvs (9 20). Some of the forms of this adj. in the sing. are 
of Dec. III., and may be omitted for the present. 23. @ore?. - 
opevddvas, so that they used them for their slings, } 628. 24. 
“Ov gero (§ 188. 2) mordy of (dat., $$ 507. 6, 403). . etpe (2 aor. of 
ebpickw) Kipo purairepor (§ 156. y), i) €avrg, the man whom he sup- 
posed to be faithful to himself, him he soon found to be more friendly to 
Cyrus than to him. 25, dixovro, 2 aor. of adixvéopat. eis 
rd avtd [sc. ywpiov], to the same place, or together. 26. dopevor, 
§ 457. y. eidoy, 2 aor. of dpaw (4 301. 4). 


8S. L. 28. Ov« dvépyor (} 189. 2), they did not open. 
impf. of dpdw, § 189. 2. 29. dddos Gov eirxey (§ 189. 3), 
§ 542. Eia (§ 189. 3) K., C. permitted. Surryayev, 2 aor. of 
oy map, 194, n. —— 30. afrod, contracted from éavtod, YJ 23. B, 
§ 144. This must be carefully distinguished from abrod, gen. of airds. 
"Odere (2 aor. of dfeiho) . . Gv (§ 33. a), § 567. y. 
émda 8 elyor (§ 189. 3), and they had [as arms] for arms, § 332. 3. 






































‘Eapa, 














32, 





{h. Compounds of airss ; odros, roretros, &e. § 150. a, B; T 24.) 


9. [P. 22.] L. 1. Népos yap fw otrdés oquow (} 507. 6), for this 
was [to them a custom] ¢heir custom, 2. rv, § 473. B. ——3 
radppov, § 394. 4. Tottw dmeOaverny (2 aor. of drobvnaKw), these 
two died. Totro tara, /et this be. 











LESSONS X., XI. 51 


| 


HO. L.6. roaira (neut. pl. of en Oe things? 








ile 
ele, 2 second aorist associated with pypi (J 53, YRs01._7) --——'ro- 
covtov (§ 97. N.), thus much (merely), —— 8. éyere, indicative, —— 


ravrd, by crasis for ra aira (§§ 30, 38, 39. 1), the same things. This 
must be carefully distinguished from radra, neut. pl. of otros. 9. 
Oiros . . Kedever, and this same person commands. 





[i Contract Nouns of Dec. I. (paradigms “Eeuias, Boppas, praia). §§ 94, 
Go vase 72 

j. Contract Nouns of Dec. II. (paradigms vos, vads, daréoy, dvadryewy). 
§§ 98, 97.33 79. 

hk. Contract Adjectives of Dec. II. and I. (paradigms aynedos, yedceos, 
Sura). TT 17, 18.) 


Ha. L. 10. dvepos Boppas (§ 485. a) evavtios (§ 457) ever, [the 
wind boreas] the north wind was blowing directly against them, or an 
their faces. héyere, indicative. 11. drav Boppas mven (} 216. 
8), [when the north wind may blow] whenever the north wind blows, 
§ 606. os . . elow, that [there are fine sailings] 2t zs fine sail- 
mg. 12. avrav, § 350. Tapas, of Att. Dec. II. ; thus, (Ta- 
uads) Tapas, (Tapaov) Tayo, &c. ——13. ‘Qs raxuora (§ 162), as 
soon as, \ 525. a. - 14. *Hy (before the subj., § 603) of @cot ew 
dow (subj. of eiui, § 603. 8), if the gods are propitious. 




















XI. 
{a. Classification and Analysis of the Affixes of Conjugation. § 195 f; 
‘ ee § 198 f. 
c. Affixes of the Future and Aorist, Active and Middle. 1 29, 30. Cf. 
ik ae and Aorist, Active and Middle, of Bovaesw. IT 34, 35.]° 


BH. L. 15. xpos radra, with reference to [these things, § 451] this, 
or in view of this. *ExevOav exeioe €AOwpev, when we [may have 
come thither] have arrived there, \ 606. 17. Sxvdat, § 448. 
erdevoav, 1 aor. of toéevw. 19. KXéapyov . . cvpBovdoy, but 
Clearchus he even called within as a counsellor, § 332. 3. 21. 
“Hoétor av dxovoayu, I should most gladly hear. 

















2. L. 22. "Exeppe (&-meun-ce, § 51), 1 aor. of réur@.— 24. 
"EWovra (€m-covra), fut. mid. of éropav. née (7K-ow, § 51), fut. 
of AKo. 25. Oeovs, § 426. 8. 26. afer (ay-cer), fut. of ayo. 
méevTe Tuepov, in five days, R. xiv., § 378. dbev, § 521. B. 
—— 27. dvorrar, fut. of dpaw (§ 301. 4). TY THLEpov nmepay, 
[the to-day day] the present day, § 475.——28. AjWopa, fut. of Nap- 
Bava (1. AaB-, AnB-, AapBav-, §} 266, 290. B). 


3. [P.23.] L.3. déyere, indicative. 
M?) moons tadra, §§ 597, 598. B, 1. 5. aoi, § 404. y. 6. 
amd . . eroinaer, \) 494, 434. 8. émexeipnoay (emt-e-xelpe-cav) , 
1 aor. of émtyepew. 9. amoricawro, §) 597, 600. 6. 10. 


*Axovo, A€Eurrov heyeww, I hear, that Dexippus says. OUK . . €ke- 
Aevoa, §§ 603. 5, 593. B. 























Tomo, § 218. —— 4. 




















« 
52 NOTES ON 


4 L. 12. eyd.. reioopat (reib-copa, § 55; fut. mid. of reidw, 
Twill comply with your custom. 14. déndre yuprvaoa (yvpvad-cat, 
§ 273. n. 2; 1 aor. of yupvatw) Bovdoiro, whenever he wished to exer- 
cise, § 606. ’ 





5. L. 15. éora, Y 55, § 230. a. —— 16. xai yap (stronger than 
simple yap), and this because, for, } 661. 2. 


6. L. 18. ’Exzopiver, for éxropicovor (o becoming ¢, which 1s 
then contracted with the vowel following, §) 200. 8, 50, 36), fut. of 
exrropi{w. Observe § 200, r. a, and the paradigm xopi¢e (4 40). 
19. ray .. omanei (Att. fut. of oravitw), § 357. B. 20. das .. 
dyovovpeba, how [we shall contend as well as possible, § 525. a, N.] 
we may contend most successfully. 21. ‘Ypas, dxérav yahnryn 7 
[subj. of eiui, § 606), EusiSo (Att. fut. of eu8sBagw ; full form €pBc- 
Baow, by dropping o €u8i8dw, by contraction éuSiBa, § 200. 2), I 
shall put you on board when there is a calm. paxeira, Att. fut. of 
payonat, § 222. a. 22. rpepav, § 378. ——’Horadtero adriv, ws 
arom\evoovpevos (Dor. fut. of dvotAéw, § 200. 3) dn, he was taking 
leave of him, as now [about to sail away] upon the point of setting 
sail, 


7% %4L.23. eSoxe, irregular 1 aor. of did@pi, §§ 201. 3, 284, 
q 51. Ovx dpa ért payeirar, [he will not then fight more] ¢hen he 
will never fight. 25. adnbeions, § 603. B. 























XII. 


[a. Reyrew. Vowels and their Euphonic Changes.  3.1.; §§ 24-48. 

b. Affixes of the Third Declension. { 5; § 100. 

c. Im the genitive yurts, what is the affix? What is then the root? 
What is the characteristic? To which class of nouns of Dec. III. does it 
then belong (§ 100)? As it is masculine, what affix is added to the root to 
form the nominative singular? What is added to form the dative plural? 
What do yir-s and yur-ci become, by § 51? 

d. Mutes of Dec. III. — Labials and Palatals. { 11. 1,2; § 101. 

e. In the genitive +a:30; (masc. and fem.), what are the affix and root? 
What do the theme (nom. sing.) ra73-; and the dat. pl. +aid-ci become, by 
§ 55? As the voc. sing. has no affix (J 4. v., 5), what would be its form 
without euphonic change? What does +a7d become, by § 63. 1? 

f. The Linguals rai; and dva%. YJ 11.3; § 102.) 


i. L. 28. Elyov, they had. 29. yurn, § LOL. y. 30. €ret- 
cev, 1 aor. of reido. [P. 24.] L.2. “Ore . . vixres, and when 
these things [were] had taken place, it was almost midnight, § 456. 
How is the theme »é obtained from the root yukr-? 











[g- As xéeis, -1r0s, is a barytone (i. e. has no accent on the last syllable, 
§ 725), how many forms of the accusative singular has it (§ 102. 7)? What 
does the old acc. xégir-y become, by § 63. R.? Decline xegs (YJ 11).] 


2. L.4. Aapeiov xai I, R. vi.,§ 355. How many forms has 
Tapicaris in the acc. sing.t What are they! 5, mpeoBvrepos 
pev A, [elder on the one hand] the elder A. 





LESSONS XI.—XIll. 53 


[h. In the genitive céuaros (neut.), what are the affix and root? What 
would be the theme without euphonic change? What law of euphony for- 
bids this form? What does it then become (§§ 63. 1, 103)? 

i. Decline ciua, das, and yxae (Ff 11), explaining their euphonic changes ; 
and also the adjective svyegs (17, § 130), which drops + in the nom. 
neut. ] 


3. L. 8. "Exdeov . . karo, they sailed through a day and a night 
with a fair wind, \§ 439, 415. 9. éemédurev, 2 aor. of emreiTo. 
12. ddpara, § 103. n. Td yap émtxape (§ 449. a) ovk ecixer, 
for [the pleasing he had not] he had nothing pleasing in manner. 


4. L. 14. of .. pev (§ 490. rR.) . . mpayparar (§ 347), some with 
trouble, and others without. 16. evrvynoay (§ 193. 111.) . . edrv- 
xnua, § 431, ovveBdar, from cupBode. 17. cvvedéyorro, from 
ovdieyo. vuktos, § 378. 























XITI. 
. 
[a. Future and Aorist, Active and Middle, of Liquid Verbs. § 56;  41.] 


BH. L. 19. Srovdas i wédepov drayyedG ; Shall I report peace or 
war ? epetve (€-pev-ce, § 56), 1 aor. of pevo. 23. Ov . . émXi- 
ras, they did not wart for the heavy-armed. 








[b. In the genitive asuévos (masc.), what are the affix and root? What 
would be the theme without euphonic change? What does it become, by 
§§ 57. 3, 105.1? What is the dative plural (§ 57. 4)? 

ec. Decline Arury, daiuav, éz2, and pirwe (YJ 12), and also appnv (F 17), ex- 
plaining their euphonic changes. ] 


2. L.24. Kai. . @paxns, and they disembark [into] at the har 
bour of Calpe, [somehow at the middle] about the middle of Thrace. 
25. yehwr. What is the acc. sing. of this noun (§ 102. y)? 
27. rou pnvds, §§ 378, 470. Nn. oicer, fut. of depo, § 301. 6. 
29. ‘Ypav . . doc (fut. of diame), and of you [the] Greeks, I 
will even give to each one a golden crown. 


3. [P.25.] L. 1. dredovro, 2 aor. of amddrAdp, § 295. 2. 
“Hyepova . . K., § 436. 5. xetp (roots xep- and yep-, § 123. y, 
9] 12) 7 deEva, § 486. vy. 6. rovrovi, § 150. y, J 24. 7. Ke- 
pas, § 104, S| 1L.——8. dcéra€ev (dca-€-ray-cev), 1 aor. of duatdrro, 
§§ 274. y, 70. 1. 

[d. The Syncopated Liquids rarie, dvi, and uirne. J 12; §§ 106, 
64. 2.] 


4. L. 10. tmnpyxe (from imdpye) 7a K., § 403. 





























advdpes, § 443. 














fe 11. yeirwy oik® rH “Edad, L dwell a neighbour to Greece, 
§ 599. Neyerat *A. éxdetpat (1 aor. of exdépw) M., § 551. 12. 
Zn, § 33..a. 13, téoxero, from imicyvéopat. 


[e. How are the themes fi; ({ 12) and <i; (4 21) obtained from the roots 
puv- and tv-? §9 58, 105. 

f. Decline fis, eis (which has a feminine from another root, § 137. 6), and 
its compound ot3<is (F 21). 

g- Decline riccages. § 21; §§ 59.8, 70. 1. 


54 NOTES ON 


h. Decline cis, which has also irregular forms in the gen. and dat. sing., 
and in the neut. pl. § 24.B; §§ 105. 6,152. See §§ 517, 518.] 


5. L. 16. rH, § 133. y, 8. ——18. mvpds, § 108. For a plur. 
of Dec. II., see § 124. B. 20. Ovdcis nudpravey avdpds, no one 
[missed] fazled of hitting a man, § 347. 21. Mndeis. Why is this 
used rather than ovdeis? *"Héuxnoapey rovrov ovdev, we have 
[wronged this man nothing] done this man no wrong, § 435. 











[i The Interrogative ris, and the Relative Indefinite gers. 24. B; 
§§ 152. 2, 153, 519 £535 f, 539.) 


6. L. 23. Goris od Botdera, [who does not wish] that he does not 
wish, § 531. 24. Tpiv dydov eva (§ 657. N. 2), 6 te (§ 16. 2). . 
amroxpwvovvrat, § 535, 27. ddror, § 347. —— 28. rade, § 513. 1. 
Eine (§ 747. c) .. mopeias, § 536. 


7 +L. 29. <Ackare . . yere, § 536. 32. gupBovtdrevoov . . 
xpovoy, [advise us whatever seems] give us that advice, which seems to 
you to be most appropriate and useful, and which will bring you honor 
an coming time. [P. 26.] 2. "O re 8€ woman, but what he would 
do, § 608. “Orw Soxet radra, to whomsoever these things seem best. 




















[j. Declension of Comparatives in -wy (paradigm mwtiZav). § 107; 117.) 


8. L.4. Go dpa Bérriov, sees [another thing better] another 
course which is better. 5. mévre kai exo, § 140. 1. 7. Ka- 
kious . . nas, they are worse towards us. 








XIV. 


[a Review. Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs. §§ 155-163, 
460 — 466. 

b. In the genitive 2‘ovres (masc.), what are the affix and root? What 
would be the theme without euphonic change? In Aéoyr-s, what becomes of 
7? What then becomes of ¢ (§§ 57, 109)? What does the dat. pl. Atovr-cx 
become (§§ 55, 58)? Why does aAfovr become Aéoy in the yoc.? Decline 
rtwy (FJ 13). 

ce. Decline devs, yiyas, and Arvepav (Y 13), explaining their euphonic 
changes. | 


I. L.8. xddas, J 11, § 112. a. 
§ 434. 


[d. Feminine of Adjectives of Dec. III. andI. § 132. 

e. Decline rz ({ 19), explaining its euphonic changes. | 

2. L.11. Mavres of, § 472. a. 12. €oprijs, § 367. —— 14. 
ovdé GAXo ovdev S€évdpor, [nor no other tree] nor yet any tree, )§ 457. e, 
664. a. Wrr . « xopa, § 472. a. 


[f- Decline the Participles Bovasdwv, avwdy, and dgas (F 22), explaining 
their euphonic changes. See § 133. 1, N.] 

3. L. 15. AaBwv, [having taken] taking, § 631. A ae 
cor, that being a Greek, he is such a coward, 18. mapa €rvyyxa- 
vev, § 633, 19. Gddore Kal @dore, § 542. y.——21. dua nrio 





9. dpyovra — ovvSeirrvov, 

















LESSONS XIII. — XV. 55 


dvvoyrt, [at the same time with the sun setting] at sunset, §} 399, 
485. a. 


4. LL, 25. Kipos ..M., § 631. 27. Kat ds, § 491. Rp. 
deirac, entreats him. 28. Aayas @yxeTo Onpacwy, had gone to hunt 
hares, §§ 579. ¢, 583. a, 635. ’E€emAer, from éxmAeo. 


5. [P.27.] L.1. adrod, § 379. a. 3. ev .. Acia, m the 
Thrace which is in Asia, a part of Asia Minor, so called from its hay- 
ing been settled by Thracians. 4. dpéapevn . . “HpaxXelas (§ 394), 
and this Thrace {is having begun from the mouth of the P. as far as 
H.] beginning at the mouth of the Pontus, extends as far as Heraclea. 
—— 5. én. . eiomdéovtt, § 410. 




















[g. Decline sizéwy and gavay (uncontracted gaviwy, § 56), applying the 
rules of contraction. § 22.] 


6. L.7. Nixadv rvyxdver, he happens [conquering] to be victor, 
§ 633. Zevoparte, §) 652. B, 1. 9. ray. . eoriv, § 390. 
11. epotvra (J 53, § 301. 7) . . xpngor, to say, that he wished to have 
an interview with him. 12. ds amoxrevar, § 583. a. 


deg li, 14, roy. 6 Aas} ATA. 15. Tov .. orparnyoi, but 
[during the before time] previously the generals did every thing [from 
the prevailing opinion] according to the vote of the majority, § 447. B. 

















8. L.17. 6 7 dy d€y [sc. macxew], meicopa (fut. of macyo), I 
will suffer, whatever [it may be necessary to suffer] may be necessary. 
How is wetoopae formed from the root wev- (§§ 58, 281.¢)? The fut. 
of wdoy must be carefully distinguished from the fut. mid. of wei, 
which has the same form (Less. XI. 4). 18. oneicacba (onevd- 
cacba), from orévdw. Show how this form is obtained. 





XV. 


[a. Decline the Pures éas, vows, xis, ois, and ixéds (§ 14), observing the 
contractions which occur. See §§ 34, 84, 114. 2, 115. 2.] 


H. L.19. rod Supias dpEavros, who had ruled over Syria, §§ 469.1, 
636. 20. mporépa (§ 457. a) Kupov (§ 351) reévre nucpais (§ 419), 
[sooner than C, by five days] five days before Cyrus. 21. "Ervyxe 
(from ruyxave) dé da pécov (§ 456) . . Sedtvovs, and there happened to 
be flowing through the midst of the estate (Xenophon’s at Scillus) a river 
Selinus. edwvods is contracted from Sewers, properly an adjective 
signifying abounding in parsley. See § 109. 2, and also ’Ozovs (YJ 13). 
24. ev auorepors, in both the rivers named Selinus. 











[6 Special Law of Greek Declension. § 110 f. 

c. Change of -es3 to-ews, &e. § 116. 

d. Decline irreds, rixus, and Swxeérn;, showing how all their forms are 
obtained. 1 14; §§ 111. 1,113-116.] 


2 L. 27. as Baoidéa, §§ 662. a, 485. a. [P. 23.) Task, 
SHevdornrayv, § 357. B. Thy tTaxiatny [sc. 6dov], [the quickest way] 
forthwith, § 440. 








Ss . NOTES ON 

3. L.4. wept rAnOoveay ayopay, about the time of full market, the 
latter part of the forenoon. 5. Ticoapépvovs. ‘This noun is of 
both the first and the third declensions (§ 124. a). The usual forms 
are, N. Tewoadépyns, G. -vovs, D. -ver, A. -vnv, V. - 6. iv & 
avtav ®. eis “EXAnv, [but there was of them P. one Greek] but one of 
them was a Greek, Phalinus, The construction is here changed from 
apposition to the form of a distinct sentence. 7. evtipws éxov 
(= évripos Hy, § 555. a), [having himself in a condition of honor] ¢o 
be held in honor. 8. nyepou, § 472. a. “Hpaxde?, § 115. B, 
q 14. 12. mpeoBes, §§ 111. 1, 136. a. 


[e. Decline xéa.s, explaining its forms. 7 14; §§ 111.2, 113.1, 114. 2, 
115. 2, 116. a, 3.] 


4 L. 14. wddw oikovpeévny, an inhabited city, as some of the cit 
ies upon the route of Cyrus were desert. 15, Midov, § 390. 
16. xepacas, 1 aor. of xepavvipu, § 293. 


























5. L.18. dwérepre . . Bacirei, sent to the king the tribute ac- 
cruing. 19. dy, for ds, § 526. 20. airy, § 473, N. TOU 
adOpoigew, §§ 395. a, 620, 622. 











[f- Decline re70; and derv, explaining their forms. 114.8; §§ 113. 
2,115. 1, 116. a.] 


G6 1.25. Tedos, § 440. 





7 L. 28. 1d evdpos, se. iy. 30. évopza, evpos, R. xxi1., § 437. 
dvo (§ 137. y) mA€Opawr, § 387. 31. ava xparos, [up to their 
strength] with all speed. "Hy . . érn, and he was, when he died, 
about fifty years old, § 480. 2. 33. érav, § 387. ws, 662. d. 


8. [P.29.] L.2. rotra, § 499. Tovrav (§652.a) . . emeu- 
eto, and these no one either sneered at as cowardly in war, or blamed 
et in respect to friendship. 3. jorTny, § 230. y. 4. dude, 


























9. L.5. Bdes, J 14. Explain its forms (§§ 34, 112. 4, 113. 3, 
114. 2 and 3). dpvides, § 123. y. 6. "Ev, a formof ev (§ § 648. 
B, 730), used even in the common Janguage with an ellipsis of the sub 
stantive verb, §§ 652. ¢, 653. e. 








[g- Decline ix and aids, explaining their forms. {J 14; §§ 112. 4, 6, 
113. 8, 114. 2, 115. 1,-e. 

h. Decline ceimens and cagys, explaining their forms. JY 14, 17; 
§§ 112. 3, 113. 1, 114.2, 115. 1] 


Ak. L.13. ev rotr@ [sc. rd xpdve, § 447. a], [in this time] 
meanwhile. 15. joav adaveis, [were out of sight) had disappeared. 
Ordket, § 610. 16. xara Tov mpavods, down the steep, § 447. y. 
17. "Eni 6€ 7d xarepyafeorOa [sc. radra, § 523] dv (§ 376. €) ém- 
Oupoin (§§ 205, 2, 606), to the [accomplishing what he might desire] 
accomplishment of his desires. 18. d:a row emvopxeiv, through [the 
swearing falsely] perjury. 19. 1d 8’ dmdowy . . eivat, §§ 449.4, 
400. 




















LESSONS XV.-— XVII. ay | 


{z% Decline #3¥;, explaining its forms. § 19; §§ 112. 3, 113.1, 114. 2, 
115. 2, 132. 1.] 


U2. L. 22. 7d péevordpa dorep ppéaros, the mouth [as the mouth 
of a well] like that of a well. ‘The part ordya is in apposition with the 
whole oikia, § 333.5. A more regular construction would have been 
TO pev oTdpa €xovoat, having the mouth. 23. wmep nucov, § 658. 
26. wodXod xpovov, § 378. routov, § 351. ow, § 652.1. 
27. erepwe, § 609.8. A change is here made to the words put 
by Cyrus into the mouth of the messenger. 28. ois, § 526. a. 




















13. L. 29. "Apibuds . . 60d, and the amount of the whole way 
travelled by the Greeks in the expedition with Cyrds and in their re- 
turn. 33. Tpets, J 21. 





XVI. 


[a. Remarks on the Declension of Pures. §§ 117-119. 
6. Irregular Nouns. § 122 f. 
ce. The irregular Adjectives wiyas and Tors. q 20; § 135.] 


BH. [P. 30.] L. 2. dumdewv, acc. sing. from eumdews, -wv of 
Att. Dee. Il. 


2. L.8. mr<Opov, § 387. mpacav, Ff 20, § 135. 9. adcKety 
ovk clay (from édaw), did not permit any one to injure them, § 627. 3. 
ovde Tas Tepiorepas, SC. adcKeiy Eloy. 











3. L.12. cot. . yevéoOar, it is in your power, X., to become aman 
(a great man), §} 408, 627. a. 13. “Eyes . - tooovtous, § 660.a. 
The omission of the conjunctions (asyndeton) increases greatly the vi- 
vacity of the expression. 15. évnoas, from dvivnuc, § 284. 


4. 1.16. svpa, 124.8. 17. kvKdo, [in a circle, §418] round. 
dpewv, uncontracted form, § 115. 2. vdwp . . odpavod, [there 
was much water from heaven] much rain fell. 18. Srparoredevo- 
péeveav 8 airav, and [they being encamped] while they are encamped, 
R, xxxu., § 638. 


5. L.20. cdo, § 135. 























21. rots . . xudvos, a protection to the 
eyes from the snow, §§ 347, 403. 22. péday, 4 19. Explain its 
forms (§§ 105, 132. 2). 23. Aci, FY] 16. Trodv, FY 16, § 126. 
2. 25. Macka (also accented Macxa), §§ 126. 2, 562. 














6. 1.29. Kipe rapicay, [were present to C.] came to the aid of 
Cyrus, § 652. 1. 30. vies, from vats, FJ 14, §§ 34. a, 114, 121.6. 
ex’ avrais vavapxos, as admiral over them. FPS 3h]. fet. 
vais érépas Kupov, other ships belonging to Cyrus. 2. emoAudpket, 
— ovverrohewet. The subject of these verbs is a pronoun referring to 
Tamos ; while airdv refers to Tissaphernes. 














XVII. 


{a. History of Greek Declension. §§ 83-91, 141, 143; { 6. 
b. Use of the Numbers and Cases. §§ 335-341. 


58 NOTES ON 


c. The Affixes of the Aorist and Future Passive. {J 30; §§ 198, 199. 
See 7 31. 
d. The Aorist and Future Passive of Bovrrdw. T 35.] 


I. L. 10. rhv ray M., se. xapay, §§ 385, 447. 8. ——11. Totro 
. tt, §§ 572, 431. a. 


2. L. 16. Kareméup6n (xara-e-réun-6n), § 52. 1.——18. édy- 
POnoay (€-A7nB-Onoav), from NapBavo. 


3. L.20. tmnpérar ravris Epyov, assistants [of] wn every work. 
—— 21. Kip@ eéxOnoav (€-A€y-Onaar, § 52. 2) yeverOar, [were said to 
be to C.] Cyrus was said to have, § 408. mpaxOncera (mpay- 
Onoera), from rpatrro, YJ 38, § 273. ——23. émi rerrdpwr, § 137. e. 


4 LL. 28. Tovros fobn (€-748-On, § 52. 3), § 406. 
§ 375. ——29. ’HvayxdoOny (€-avayxad-Onv), § 273. N.2. 
§ 404. a. 


5. L. 31. denbijva, § 222. 3. 
[P. 32.] L. 1. droonmdca, § 219. 2. py KuKA@Oein (§ 218), 
§§ GOL. y, 602. 2. 3. drt adT@ pedo, §} 407. 1, 546. 4. Orws 
kahdas €xot, that [it should have itself well] all should be well, §§ 546, 
555, GOL. y. katexavOn, from xataxaiw, § 267. 3. 


6 L.5. Acicavres, FY 58. 2, § 282. amroxXero beinoay, § 221, 
6. ’AvaurnoOnre, aor. pass. of dvapmrnokw, §) 221. a, 285. —— 
€v Troiois Tit mpdypaow, in what kind of circumstances, § 517. 
7. Tore dy Kat i (from yryyaoKw), [then now also] then it was 
at once perceived, 


7 L.9. 7nxdéoOn, § 222. a. 10. éxBrnOein, § 223. 
11. avnyOnoav (ava-e-ay-Onray), from avayo. avrotpnbevres (from 
droréuve, § 277. B) ras kepadds, § 437. 








, 
TOUT@Y, 
avtois, 








emdetéat, aor. Of exideikvipe. 






































8. L.13. mapadoéjoera, from rapadidom. Kal . . ovora- 
Onodpevos (from ovvicrnut), and also, when he was setting forth from 
Ephesus io be presented to Cyrus. 15. éavrd ($$ 410, 504) dekcdy 
(§ 457. 8), [on the right to himself] on his right. 


9. L.16. epavnoav, J 42, §§ 199. 11., 255. B. 18. ry Ao- 
my mopeiavy (§ 431. a) . - xp) (§ 284. 4) mopevOjva, whether [it is 














proper to travel] they should pursue the rest of their way. 20. dzas, 
how. 21. rapeinoay, from barra, §§ 272. a, 263. 
10. L.23. sapexdnOnoav, from rapaxadéa, § 261. 26. Od 





TOANG be Vorepoy, and {not later by much] not much after, or soon 
after. amd . . onpeiov, [from] at the same signal. oi rt’ évdov, 
§ 476. 27. xarexémnoay, from xaraxérre, § 272. a. 











XVIII. 


[a. Revrew. Declension. §§ 72-154; JY 5-24. 
6. The Reduplication. §§ 190, 191. 
ce. The Affixes of the Perfect and Pluperfect, in each voice. {J 29, 30. 


LESSONS XVII., XVIII. 59 


d. The Perfect and Pluperfect of Bovasdw, in each voice. YJ 34, 35. 
e. Remarks upon the Complete Tenses. §§ 233 f, 577 f.] 


ZA. L. 28. roaira, § 432. B. memotnke, perf. of morew, § 218. 
In looking for words in the vocabulary, allowance must be made for 
the reduplication, wherever it occurs. 29. avarebappixaow (ava- 
6e-Oappe-Kact-v), § 62. 30. emiwpxyxaar (émt-o-opKe-Kaar), § 191.4. 
31. éopaxa, §§ 189. 2, 190. olpae (§ 222. 3) de kai of addr 
mavres [SC. dopevoi oe éwpaxacw], and, J tlink, all the others also. 
[P. 33.]  L. 1. Kipos . . etpnxa (§§ 191. 1, 301.7), § 522. 

. amoha@dexev ($§ 191. 2, 295), § 567. B. 


2 L.4. *AmoXedoiraow, J 37, §§ 199. u., 236. 1. ——5. wav 
wyetrat, [thinks that he conquers] considers himself victor. amreKTO- 
vev, from dzoxteivo. 6. é€arnxe, stands, §§ 191. 4, 233. 
ypappara €xovoa, [having letters] bearing an inscription. 7. ‘EX- 
Anvides, § 134. 8. Ilponyetobe tiv mpos tovs evaytious [sc. 6ddv, 
§ 431. a] lead forward [the way against] directly against the enemy. 
9. Os par) EaTHK@pev (§ 234. a), eret GPOnpev (§ 301.4) . - wodeptous, 
so that we may not be standing still (as if afraid), [since] now that we 
have been seen, and have seen the enemy. 


B. L. 14. dvedndrAvdevar, perf. of duepxopar, §§ 301.3, 191. 2.—— 
evervxov 76n, they already [happened upon] fell in with. 




















2. ‘H 























[f- Decline <idé:, explaining its forms. (4 22. 7, 58. 1; §§ 103, 
112. , 132. 1, #, 301. 4..N. 2.] 


4. L.15. reOyyxdra, dead, from Ovicka, § 281. 16. odd’... 
édeyev, nor did any one [knowing] from knowledge say how he died. 
19. wezroinKas ein, $234, 611. 2. 21. nodero . . Hv, § 614. 
a. 22. Idvres 8¢ @ovto avohwdévar (from drd\dUpt), OS Eah@xvi- 
as (from dXicxopat, §§ 301. 1, 198. 2) rHs wédews, and they all thought 
they were lost, [as they would be, the city having been taken] as though 
the city had heen taken by an enemy, or inasmuch as (in their opinion) 
the city was taken, § 640. 23. eikds [sc. €ort], if is probable. 


5. L. 25. Eidndecay (Ae-AnB-cecay), §§ 61, 191. 1. 26. ei- 
ornket (€-e-ord-Ket), a second form of the plup. of tornps, in which the 
augment is prefixed to the reduplication, §§ 189. 3, 233. 27. re- 
teNeutnkel, § 194. 1. ddppaxov may (from mivo, § 278), muper- 
tov, [having drank a drug, being in a fever] through the effect of med- 
icine taken for a fever. 28. ra 0’ exetvov, § 477. a. 29. no- 
ket, from dXioKopat. 30. eiaOer, §) 236. c, 297. 31. Xirevi- 
okous O€ evededixecay (from évdvvw, § 278. y) imep yovarar (} 103. N.), 
and they [had put on] wore small tunics [above their knees] not reach- 
ing below the knee. 






































[g. Formation of the Tenses. { 28 (see 4.u.). Apply this table in 
parsing verbs, until it becomes perfectly familiar. ] 


6. L. 32. TWavé’ (for wavra, § 65) jpiv wemoinra, § 417. 
[P. 34.] L. 1. oddé . . peuynoa (§ 233), not even [seeing know] 
understand what you see, nor [hearing remember] remember what you 
hear. 2. “Oras . . dvdpes, § 602. 3. - d&vor THs ehevbepias 











60 NOTES ON 


(R. x11, § 374.8), fis (§ 526) Kéxrnode (§ 234.8), worthy of the free- 
dom which you [have acquired] enjoy. 5. ov . . ruxety, for itis not 
possible to attain this in any other way. 





7 %L.7. ‘Opodoyeis . . yeyerqoOa (from yiyvopa), § 627. a 
—— 10. dia 7rd SteordpOat (d1a-e-orrdp-cba, § 60; from diaoreipo, 
§§ 259. a, 268) aire (§ 412) 7d orpdrevpa, on account of [the army 
having been dispersed for him] the dispersion of his army. 


8. L. 11. Dapvodridos, § 390. 12. eis Cavnv Sedopevar (from 
did@p), having been given for the girdle, i. e. in accordance with a 
Persian custom, their income was appropriated to supplying the queen- 
mother with girdles. 14. reraypévos, from rarrw. 16. K. 
nentokora (from mint, §} 286, 236. a), that C. had fallen, § 633. 
epuyev, from devyw, § 270, 9. 17. ée¢evypévny (from ¢ev- 
yvipt, § 294) mroios (§ 416. 1) . . era, [connected by 37 boats] 
composed of thirty-seven boats connected together. 

















[{h. Connecting Vowels and Flexible Endings of Conjugation. §§ 202 - 
215s SU. 

i. Analyze the Affixes which have been learned in T% 29, 30, distinguish- 
ing in each the Tense-Sign, Connecting Vowel, and Flexible Ending (so far as 
they exist). Write the Affixes as analyzed, separating the elements by hy- 
phens, and verify the work by comparing T 31. 

j- Analyze the Forms of Verbs which occur in reading, distinguishing the 
following elements, where they exist :— 1. the Preposition with which the 
Verb is compounded ; 2. the Augment; 3. the Reduplication; 4. the Root, 
distinguishing all the additions made to the original root; 5. Letters 
inserted between the root and affix; 6. the Tense-Sign; 7. the Connecting 
Vowel; 8. the Flexible Ending; and 9. » paragogic. In Participles, the 
Flexible Ending of Conjugation may still further be resolved into (a) the Ad- 
dition to form the Root of Declension; () the Connecting Vowel of Declen- 
sion; and (c) the Flexible Ending of Declension (§ 133.1.N.). Continue this 
analysis until it becomes perfectly familiar. ] é 


9. 1.19. dyddrepa (§ 472. a) ra dra (FY 11, §33. y) rerpumnpe- 
vov (re-rpuma-pev-o-v), [bored as to both his ears] having both his ears 
bored, § 437. 20, ederEe (€-Serx-o-a-7, §§ 203. 8, 211), from dei- 
cuvretpipevovs (cvv-re-rpiB-pév-o-vs, §§ 34, 53), from 











KVUpL. 
ovrTpiBa. 22. xarewdnpper@ (kara-er-AnB-pev-o-t), from Karaap- 
Bdvw. —— 23. SreCedx Oar (dia-e-Cedy-cba, §) 60, 52), from diagev- 
VU: 





10. L. 25. #yOnoav (€-dy-e-cav, § 199), from dye. 
26. noOnvra (d-aicd-n-vra, § 222. 1), from aic@avopat. 
‘EAAnuixod, [being Greek] composed of Greeks. 

Uk. L. 32. mpoBdrav evexa, R. x1., §§ 372. y, 674. 3. 
drobdedevypéevor hoav (ss 53, 213. 2), perf. mid., feed, expressed their 
opinion, \ 558. [P.35.] L. 1. eéxéxNewro (€-xé-Ker-vro), were 
kept closed, § 577. 

R22, L.3. dcémdevoay (dia-€-7Ae F-c-a-vr), § 220. —— 5. rod. . 
yeypaddros, who painted the Dreams in the Lycéum. —— 6. éaéawaro 
€-cé-cw-o-T0, § 221. a), from catw, § 282. 


” 
ovTos 











LESSONS. XVIII., XIX. 61 


13. L.8. dua tadra rovovvrwy (rove-d-vt-wv) judy, [at the same 
time, we doing these things, § 638] as soon as we do ths, § 616. a. 
9. apeornéer (from apiornur, § 239) . . Nedelyerar (Ae-Aciz-o- 
e-rat), § 582. Ei yap twa addndows paxny cuvawere, vopicete, 
for of you [shall join any battle] engage in any battle with each other, 
consider. ll. xataxexéWeo@ar, ) 582. 











XIX. 


[a. Reyrew. Consonants and their Euphonic Changes. 1 3. 11, §§ 49 
-71. 

b. The Nude Affixes of the Present and Imperfect, in each voice. IT 29, 
30. 

ce. Verbsin-gzs. § 224 f.] 


R. L.12. toravra (i-ora-vra), YF 48, §§ 283. c, 284. —— 13 
éniotacbe, indicative. 14. dépet, [carries] blows. 16. hypi 
(a-pi, §§ 209, 224. t, 284. R.), FY 53, § 301. 7. 17. adros, § 627. a. 
"Apa Oe TH nuepa, and [at the same time with the day] at day- 
break, § 399. 18. cuvedOdvres, from ouvepxopat. 19. ove 
GdXov réprrot (§ 608) enpavodvra (§ 583. a), 6 re xp7 (§ 284. 4) woreiv, 
neither sent another to signify what they must do. 




















2. L. 21. orpatiwrav—ris, § 362. 8. — 22. inor (i-e-o1, 
] 54, §§ Q11, 224. 1, 229, 284) rH d&ivn (§ 416. 1), lets fly with his 
axe, throws his axe at C, 23. aadporqre, § 603. B. ToUTov 
(§ 435) rdvavria (ra evavria, § 39. N. 1) .. movodar (§ 546), [you will 
do to him the things contrary than they do to dogs] you will treat him 
ina manner the reverse of that in which they treat dogs. 24. Tas pev 
neepas (§ 439) did€aor (di-Be-vor, §) 58, 284; ef. riBeaor, FY 50), they 
te up [through the days] by day. ad.aor (aro-i-evor, § 229. b). 


3. L.27. Aidaor (di-b0-c1), FY 51, § 284. —— 28. mwapadiddaow 
(wapa-6i-80-vor-v), § 58. 














4. L. 29. cuppryridow (ovv-piy-v-vor-v), § 294; cf. Seckviaor, 
52: 30. dmoxtrwviacr, § 295. 31. Setxvvovor, § 225. R. 
Tovro.. tis, § 638. [P. 36.] L. 2. rév Ogov, the god, 
who was supposed to have caused the sneezing as an omen of good. 














5. L. 3. enidow (éni-t-vor-v, § 58. a), they will advance, FJ 56, 
§§ 224, 231. 4. Gripen (amd-t-pev) . . émtxpareias, we shall depart 
hence out of the power of these men. 5. eloerot, § 224. 1. 


{d. Formation of Words. §§ 302-316; { 62. A, B.] 


6 L.6. Wriy.. xcepadny, § 472. a. 
to, stationed himself for the battle. 8. ws edvvavto taxiora, as fast 
as they could, § 525. a, *Ex rovrou, [from] upon this. eorah- 
pévos (from oréd\dw, § 277. a) . . KdAdoTa, arrayed for war as hand- 
somely as [he could array himself] was in his power. 10. én 
(e-pa-r, §) 211, 224.1), said he, F 53. Tt (§ 432. 3) avrerera- 
xarat (avri-ré-ray-vrat, § 213. 2, R.), why they are drawn up against 
us, id. Figeoa, § 182, 11. 12. éemnpero (emt-e-ép-e-ro), § 298. 

’ 











A , 
eis THY waxny Kabicra- 























62 NOTES ON 





13. 6 & &py [se. ddyOh radr eivar], and he sad [that they were 
true] ves, § 624. p. ovk &pn, § 616. b. 


[e. Formation of Words (continued). §§ 317-328; TT 62, 63. Ap- 
ply the rules of derivation and composition in explaining the forms and signi- 
fication of words until they become perfectly familiar. In this way, the labor 
of learning the language will be greatly diminished.] 


7% L.14. émeridevro (émt-e-0i-Ge-vro, § 62), YY 50, § 284. 
Tos KataBaivovot (xata-Ba-iv-o-vr-at, § 278), those who were descend- 
ing, 9) 636, 215. 2. 15. Sedouxdtes, FJ 58, §§ 282, 236. a. 
16. tevto, Sorrep dy Spapor (301. 5) epi vixns, they [threw themselves] 
rushed forward, as one would run for [victory] a prize (as one would 
run if he were running for a prize, § 604. 8), 18. AapBavewy, [tc 
take] permission to take. edidov, § 225. 19. edidoro Nevers 
($$ 546. 8, 620. a) 7G Bovdopevm (} 636), [it was given to speak] per 
massion to speak was given to any one who wished. 























8. L. 20. émedeixvvoay (ém-e-deix-ve-cay), YJ 52, § 294. —— 
22. vdpw tii adovres, singing [with] a certain tune. 23. éempyw 
ro, § 294, 24. dryer, 7re, J 56, § 231. b, 237. 








9. L. 26. Of d€ wodepior, @s HpEavro (€-dpy-c-a-vro) Oeiv, ovxére 
éornoay (€-cra-car, §§ 224. 2, 257. 8B), and the enemy, when they (the 
Grecian targeteers) began to run to the assault, no longer [stood] hela 
their ground. 27. dpa . . aveorn, § 616. 3. 28. aveBn, §§ 227, 
278, YJ 57. 30. moddGv kai (§ 655. 6) dyabay yepoveas, [full of 
many and good things] abundantly supplied with excellent provisions. 
—31. iarpods xatéornoav (1 aor., § 257. 8) oxrm, they appointea 
eight surgeons. 32. retpwpevor, from titpwcke, § 285. 


[f Review. Greek Characters. 11,3; §§ 10-23.] 


10. [P. 37.] L. 1. eOevro (9 50) ra dra, [put their arms] stooa 
in arms (a military phrase). 3. mapedocay, § 224, 2. E. —— 
4. éyvocav, J 57, § 285. Why must this 2 aor. have the nude form? 
5 5. frAwocav— édro, §) 301. 1, 189. 2. 7. evedv, FY 57, 

278. 























AB. 1.10. emiordcOocay, dri otre arodeSpdxaow (§ 285), ofda 
(J 58, § 301. 4) yip dan otyovra (§ 579. €)- obre aromedevyaow, let 
them know that they have neither escaped by concealment, for I know 
whither they have gone; nor have they fled beyond my reach. —~ 
12. dove éreiv (§ 301. 1), § 628. 


{g. Review. Quantity. §§ 675-693.] 


12. LL. 14. céowora, § 549. a. 15. dcabépevor Siadore, hav- 
ing disposed of them by sale, make distribution of the proceeds. 
16. "16 (YJ 56, § 210. 2) 8), dvapvnoOnre (dva-pvd-o-Ge-Or, §§ 62. 3, 
221. a), . . Karaorpeyydpevos exes (§ 637), come now (or well then), 
call to mind, how great an ohject you then deemed it to obtain what [now 
having subdued you hold] you have now conquered and possess. 
18. dmre, imperative, 9 56. 19. xeXevow. In what mode and 
tense is this (§ 606)? mapeore (mapa-e-o-re, § 230. 8), imperative 
idvrav, § 208. 2. 




















LESSON XIX. 65 


[A. Accent. §§ 722-733. 

i. What words in paragraph 12 are accented as far back as possible ? 

j. In reading paragraphs 13 and 14, observe the illustrations which occur 
of the rules of accent already learned. } 


BS. L.23. redevrey exadtérawer, [closing] at last he became 
angry, § 632. of . . ov yap [sc. épacay, § 661. 8) ay dvivacba zo- 
pevOnvar, and they bade him slay them; for they said that they were not 
able to proceed. 26. BapBapixe [sc. orparevpare), § 447. 


N4. L.29. dyayeiv (from ay), § 194. 3, N. BO. 9 Tet 
erbeivar (§ 224. 2. £) ait@, he sard that he wished to inflict upon him 
the punishment due. 31. rods hev-yortas mpocrba (FJ 54), to be- 
tray [those fleeing] the exiles. 














{k. Accent (continued). §§ 734-750. 
7. Explain the accentuation of all words which occur (so far as determinea 
by general or special rules), until the subject becomes perfectly familiar. ] 


15. [P. 38.] L. lL. Bodvae, § 224. 2.2. “Qore . . waideiav, 
so that itis time for you also to exhibit your training. 2. knpv& 
iévae (§§ 208. 2, 746. a), to go as herald. 3. amextoves, § 747. a. 
Adros .. lévat, but he said that he should not himself go, §§ 510. 
1, 616. 8. 


46. L.4. Atedéyorro . . ef éavrois, they both talked to themselves, 
and laughed at (or by) themselves. 5. éepiordpevor, Grou Tvxotev, 
stopping wherever they happened to be. 6. @xorvTo dmeXavvor- 























res, § 637. 8. ovotavres adOpdot mov, collecting somewhere in a 
body. —— 9. vuxrés, § 741. amodpas ({] 57, § 285) @yxero, ran 





off, § 637. 
[m, Review. Syntax. §) 329-344; TT 65, 66.] 


EY L. 10. ’Eyedérov.. paxpay, they practised [to shoot] shoot- 
ing, sending [up far] jagh into the ar. 12. ra mAelorov (§ 374. B) 
aga évOenevor, putting on board [the things worth most] their most 
valuable effects. 14, avrov, § 379. a. Tas . . Gévras, placing 
their shields against their knees, ready for action. 











[m. Reyrew. Syntax (continued).— Syntax of the Genitive. §§ 345 
-370.] 


BS. L. 22. raéewv, $726. 8. idvros, §§ 208.2, 749. e. 
23. “Qeyero, §§ 25. 3, 26. —— 24. eis riy emiodoay Ew (§ 97.3), upon 
the following morning. 


[o. Review. Syntax of the Genitive (continued). §§ 371-396. 

p- Make a Table presenting a general view of the various uses of the 
Genitive, according to their divisions and subdivisions. 

Remark. The similar reduction of other great divisions of Syntax to a 
tabular form will be found an exercise of great utility. ] 








19. L. 26. dy rs rayd duory (§ 226. 1), if one rouses them sud- 
denly. éott, § 732. c. 29. 6 Te dy dvvw@pat (§ 728. 4), duas 
ayaOdv (§ 435) moeiv, [whatever I may be able, to do you good] to do 
you whatever good I may be able. —-"Emepave . . kai xedevovart, § 544. 








64 NOTES ON 


—— 31. xehevovor pudrdrrec Oar, they bid you be upon your guard. 
—— 32. r@ mAngiov, the neighbouring, ) 475. 


[g. Review. Syntax of the Dative. §§ 397-421.] 


20. [P.39.] L.2. pi (§ 602. 2) otk Ey (§ 601. a) . . ois dw 
[lest] that I may not have [what I may give to each] enough to bestow 
upon each one of my friends, if [it should be well] J succeed, but [lest] 
that I may not have friends enough [to whom I may give] upon whom 
to bestow. 6. dre ($673. 8B) mempdcera (§ 285), § 610. —— py 
exdare, § 598. 1. 


[r. Review. Syntax of the Accusative and Vocative. §§ 422-443.) 


24. L. ll. Tair eyo fomevdov, § 432. 3. 12. dvvaiuny 
(duva-i-pnv), § 205. pOdoa (§ 278) . . imepBorny, to [anticipate] 
arrive before the pass should be occupied by the enemy, or to anticipate 
the seizure of the pass. 15. d:aBaiev (d:a-Ba-t-ev), §§ 205, 1, 213. 


[s) Revyrew. Syntax of the Adjective. §§ 444-466.] 


22. L.17. "Oras .. dddots, in order that he might [put] pro 
duce fear in others also. Tedos, § 440. 18. mpociowro, 
§ 226. 3. 19. ’EmédecEev abrov (§ 144) . . ei ro [= ren, §§ 152, 
732. 11.] omeioarro, he [exhibited himself, § 425. 4] showed that he 
[made it to himself, § 558] regarded it of the utmost consequence, if he 
had made a treaty with any one. How is the simple indefinite pronoun 
distinguished from the interrogative, and from like forms of the ar- 
ticle ? 20. civOorro, § 226. 3. 21. simdcxorro, § 292. 
pndev WevderOar, [to falsify nothing] in nothing to prove false. 
































[t. Review. Syntax of the Article. §§ 467 -493.] 
24. L.28. ei edidov, emi rovre dy edidov, if’he gave, he would 
give for this end. 


XX. 


[a. Review. Syntax of the Pronoun. §§ 494-518. 
b. Nude Forms of Second Perfect and Pluperfect. § 237.] 


AK. [P.40.] L.1. épéoracay (ém-€é-cra-cay, §213), YJ 48, § 237. 
—— 3. xayaOo, for cai ayaa, §§ 38. 1, 40. 8. reOvaroy, ) 237. 
-— 4. dvehéoba, §§ 301. 1, 746. d. 


[e. Revrew. Syntax of the Pronoun (continued). §§ 519-542. 
d. Decline icra, and explain its forms.” T 22; §§ 132. 6,179, 237.] 


2. L.9. Gre . . ein, that these were public property. 
ras, § 237. 


{e. Revrew. Agreement of the Verb. §§ 543-—552.— Use of the 
Voices. §§ 165, 166, 553 — 564. 
Jf. Repeat and explain the forms of oe. ¢ 58; $$ 237, 301. 4. n.] 


3. L. 13. ‘ore, indicative. 14. Svvoida euavrd (§ 652. a) 
mdvra (} 437, or 432) eyevopevos (} 746. c) airév, [I know with my- 
self having deceived him as to all things] J am conscious to myself of 
having deceived him in every thing. 





TeOvea- 








LESSONS XIX. — XXII. 65 


[g- Review. Use of the Tenses. % 263; §§ 167, 168, eae 


4 L. 16. "Io&.. dv, § 633. over, § 210. d. Tept- 
yever bar a av, could prevail over, §§ 615. 2, 604. a. eo § 726. 
B. iore, imperative. avtl .. wavrov (§ 741. a), instead of 
all things which I have, §§ 525, 526. a. 


[&. Review. Use of the Modes. 4 27; §§ 169, 586-600.] 


dB L. 23. der. . Zyor, § 425. 4. 24. reOynkdra, § 633. 
Acdias (YJ 58, % 237, 282) . . ravra, fearing lest this should take place. 


[i. Reyuew. Use of the Modes (continued). §§ 601-619.] 


6. L. 26. rouoor, § 587. 2. 28. éxdOnvro, FJ 59, §§ 192. 3, 
275. ¢. 


[j- Review. Use of the Modes (concluded). §§ 620-644.] 


7% L.3l. &xewro, J 60, § 232. [P. 41.] L.1. domep efov 
(§ 638), [as we might lie down, it being permitted] as if it were per- 
mitted, § 640. Be Be passed the word (along 
the line of march) ¢o halt. 
































X XI. 
{a. Reyrew. Syntax of the Particle. §§ 645-674. 
b. Verbal in -ries. §§ 314. f, 407. x, 642 - 644.] 


i. L. 3. TKETTEOY . . etvat, § 642. 4. éddxer . . elvar, § 642. 
6. dm SvvawrTo Tax.ora, [in what way they could most rapidly] 
as rapidly as possible, § 525. a. mpw 7, §§ 657. n. 4, 629. 2. 











[e. Reyrew. Conjugation. §§ 164-186.] 


2. L.8. “Hyiv . . rounréa [se. eivar, } 547], § 407. x. emt Tols 
BapBdpors, [dependent upon] zm the power of the barbarians. 
10. "ANN . . wavra (§ 643. a) womréov [sc. eoriv], § 601.8. Cf. 
mavta trowntéa above, and observe the freedom with which either the 
personal or the impersonal form of construction was used. 11. Xe- 
KTéa, SC. €oTl Ta’Ta. 











XXII. 


[Review. Conjugation (continued). I 28-35; §§ 187-215. 
Remark. Lessons xxu.—XXty. consist each of a single extract.] 


L. 14. ’Eee . . éyévovro, and when both the libations had been made, 
at a feast given by the Greeks to the ambassadors ef Corylas, king of 
Paphlagonia. These libations introduced the second part of the feast, 
which was especially devoted to pleasure. 15. mpos avdov, to the 
music of a flute. 17. eypavro, [used] flourished. 18. wemXn- 
yevar, to have wounded. 6..mas, and he fell [somehow] quite 
artfully, so as to imitate the fall of a wounded man. 22. nv de 
ovdev merovOas, but he [was having suffered nothing] had received no 
harm, § 637. 23. Thy kapTaiay kaXouperny, the Caves so called, 
or the dance called Carpean (sc. épxnow). 28. . » avdov, [in 
time to the flute] keeping time with the music of the flute 31. To 
xetpe, §§ 133. 8, our” 


























66 NOTES ON LESSONS XXIII., XXIV. 


XXIII. 
(Review. Conjugation (continued), 11 36-52; §§ 216-253.] 


[P.42.] L.1. 1d dSeimvov, the supper given by Seuthes, a Thra- 
cian prince, to the Greek generals and captains. 3. kal. . 1é- 
Aews, and [if any embassy was present from a city] whatever ambassa- 
dors from any city were present, § 663. 6. 4. 7d . . Kikdo, [the 
supper was to them seated in a ring, § 408] they were seated in a ring 
Sor the supper, while the Greeks at this period were accustomed to 
recline at their meals. 5. elonvéxOnoay (from eiopépw) racw, were 
brought in for the supply of all. 7. Kata tovs E€vous, beside the 
guests. 10. xara puxpov, [by little] ento small pieces. 11. dcov 

. katadurov, § 628, 12. xara raira, [according to the same 
things] in ike manner. 13. hayeiy deuvds, § 620. 14. 7d pev 
Siappirreiv cia (from edw) yaipew, [permitted] bade [the distributing 
farewell] farewell to all distribution to others, i. e. entirely neglected it 
15. écov tptxoivxoy dprov, [a loaf containing as much as three 



































chenices] a full three-quart loaf. —— 19. én, § 552. 22. nmi- 
araro, § 192. 3. 
XXIV. 
(Review. Conjugation (concluded). TT 53-61; §§ 254-301.] 
L. 24. rovr@vy — mapypednkos, § 376.5.— 26. Tov . . arodpain, 


Sor I neither know [from what kind of speed] with what speed any one 
[fleeing could escape] could escape by flight the [war] hostility of the 
gods, nor into what darkness he could run for concealment. —— 
29. mavrwy, § 350. 30. ivoy used adverbially. With these 
noble words of Clearchus to Tissaphernes, we close our extracts. 








EXERCISES 


IN 


TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH INTO GREEK 


- 


1. I am plotting. We plot. You plot*. You two are plot 
ting’. They advise’. We are throwing and striking. They 
two advise. To plot. To strike and throw. Let him advise. 
Let them advise*. Do you be plotting. Let them strike and 
throw. Advise*. Do you two be throwing and striking. Let 
us advise’. Letusstrike. You two are plotting. Let us plot. 
Let them two strike and throw. 

2. He says. They wonder. Let him learn to rule. Do 
not? delay. You do notdelay. He does not advise. Let him 
not advise. We do not wonder. Let us not wonder. They 
are not willing to learn. Do not burn. Let them not rule. I 
do not wish to speak. We are learning toteach. If indeed we 
should advise. But" let him consider. If he should wish te 
advise. Let them not arrest. 


jas 


1. Cyrus sends Lycius'. Chirisophus apprehends Phalinus. 
Lycius and Phalinus plot against Callimachus. Let us bring 
stones, and not delay. Thereupon [now] Cyrus wonders. 
Let the Lacedzemonians rule. O Cyrus, they wonder. I do 
not wonder, [O] Cyrus’. 


(a) This may be either singular or plural. When the English admits more 
than a single form in Greek, it will often be useful to write all the forms which 
are admissible. (b) Dual. (c) Observe carefully in respect to the use of » 
paragogic, § 66. (d) § 213. 3. (e) 2 Pers. Sing. or Plur. Imperat. 
(f) Subj., §§ 597. 6, 598.1. (g) Observe carefully the distinction between 
ov and #7. (h) Use great care in respect to the position of particles, and of 
other words in connection with them. (i) Arrange this in six different ways. 
(j) The Greek sign of address 4 is less emphatic than the English O, and is 
hence more frequently used. 


68 EXERCISES ON 


2. Cyrus sends vessels. Thence Clearchus advances five 
day’s-marches. O Lacedemonians, send vessels and money to 
Cyrus". If indeed the sun should rise. ‘They suddenly hear 
a tumult. Cyrus has no vessels’. Clearchus, carry back word 
to Cyrus. Arizeus has indeed no money, but he has five vessels. 
We bring no money. Do notsend vessels. ‘They send no ves- 
sels. Let them send no vessels. ‘Thereupon Proxenus burns 
five vessels. Let us go up, for the sun is rising. 


Iii. 


1. Let us take counsel. Let them learn both to rule and to 
be ruled. Clearchus, if you wish‘, speak. But, if they will, 
let them remain. Let Proxenus march. Clearchus is not will- 
ing to journey with Arizus*. Let us not march with Cyrus. 
O Lacedzemonians, let us consult® together'’*. Let them 
march’, if they will. 

2. Thereupon Cyrus sends for Clearchus. Clearchus and 
Proxenus are persuaded. We are not willing to obey, nor to 
follow. But, if you desire, go up. Do not, by the gods, be 
insane. Do not, then, depart. Suddenly the sun appears. 
And may they arrive safely! But now let us go forth with 
javelins. Lycius brings five leathern bags to Chirisophus*. 
They are not ashamed before either men or gods. May you 
now depart safely! Do not suppose, Lacedemonians. We 
are not mad, 


IV. 


1. Cyrus sends for Ctesias. Orontes is arrested. Cyrus 
advances five parasangs. Agasias of Stymphalus, a captain, 
comes up and arrests five robbers. Thereupon thirty robbers 
approach with javelins and leathern bags. A robber wounds 
Agasias. It is said. Do not wonder, Agasias. Orontes, are 
you not" ashamed before either men or gods ? 

2. Phrygia produces barley, wheat, sesame, millet, and pa- 
nic'. Mithridates writes a letter, and sends it) to Cyrus. They 


(a) Dat., §§ 398, 399. (b) C. has not vessels. For a negative adjective 
before a substantive, the Greek often employs a negative adverb before a verb. 
(c) "EééAw and Bodrouas are nearly synonymous, and in many cases either may 
be used. *Eéiaw, however, expresses the wish or will more as a feeling; and 
PovAeuas, More as a rational purpose or preference. (d) Dat., §§ 648, 652. a. 
(e) Middle Voice. (f) § 213.3. (g) Dat., § 399. (h) The general distinc- 
tion between od and y% in interrogative sentences is the following : Od expects 
an affirmative answer ; wx, a negative. (i) Barley and wheat and sesame, &c. 
In such cases the conjunction is usually repeated in Greek. (j) The Greek 


LESSONS II. —Vv. 69 


bring” five wagon-loads of large stones. Seuthes has no sol- 
diers. Thence he advances through Phrygia five stations, 
thirty parasangs. From sea to sea. Soldiers, do not approach. 
Abrozelmes comes with thirty robbers. 


ve: 


1. A narrow pass appears. A thousand wild asses approach. 
White clouds appear. ‘They march through Phrygia, a friendly 
country“. ‘Two carriage roads', very steep and narrow. Cyrus 
sends to Clearchus fourteen hundred" heavy-armed men. We 
have no strongholds. Agasias goes forth with hoplites and other 
soldiers, twenty-four hundred in all". They carry goat-skins, 
sacks’, and other receptacles. 

2. The robbers bring stones. The soldiers so judge. And 
on the fourth day, Cyrus with two thousand heavy-armed troops 
descends into the plain. On a sudden’ Lycius closes the 
gates, and inserts a strong bar. But let us not leave the place 
by flight. The soldiers are in great need of? a common de- 
liverance. 

3. Buton the fourth day the trumpeters give asignal. There- 
upon the heads of the robbers are cut off. If indeed’? the 
deity should so direct. Mithridates flies at full speed, and 
throws himself into the sea. ‘The truce remains. ‘The soldiers 
wonder at'*° the truce. 

4. Mithridates therefore comes again to Orontes. But Seu- 
thes escapes into the stronghold. He descends into the vil- 
lages upon the springs of the river Centrites. Proxenus there- 
fore ascends into the citadel above the plain. He escapes into 
the village over the plain which lies along the river Marsyas. 

5. The master of each village. Let us strive for an honor- 
able death". The hoplites fly at full speed through the midst 
of the plain. The soldiers of Cyrus come against my country. 
The friends of our brother leave the citadel by flight. From 
this day let the truce remain. Let us cease from that design. 
They flee out of that country. 

6. From that day the Lacedzmonians rule upon the sea and 
upon the land. Seuthes rules at the present time®. It is said 
in the preceding narrative. ‘The heavy-armed cross with diffi- 





usually omits pronouns which will be readily understood, and which have 
no emphasis. (k) § 331. (1) Dual. (m) § 140. 1. (n) to the number 
of two thousand and four hundred men. (0) and sacks. (p) need strongly. 
(q) In respect to the position of the article and a limiting word or phrase, and 
the frequent repetition of the article, observe carefully § 472 and the usage of 
Greek writers. The position of the genitive partitive (§ 358) conforms to 
§ 472. a. (x) about the dying honorably. (s) during the now time. 


70 EXERCISES ON 


culty the river Centrites. Ctesias says that the Persians also 
expose themselves in war with their heads unprotected. Clear- 
chus sends two thousand heavy-armed troops, and about ten 
thousand targeteers*. Cyrus is plotting against’*" his? brother. 
They traduce Seuthes to the friends of his brother. 

7. Suddenly" the rest of the enemy appear upon the plain 
beside the sea'*''*, The one traduces the other. The barbari- 
ans slay both Clearchus and many of the others. The rest of 
the soldiers give way and flee. 

8. But on the next day Cyrus sends for the rest of the gen- 
erals. The enemy quit the plain without resistance. Cyrus 
sends back Proxenus and his men into Lydia. The men from 
the villages upon the right descend"? into the plain. On the 
fourth day”-*, Tissaphernes and Ariceus with their men® leave 
the hill. He sends for the Cilician queen. 

9. Come into the centre of the plain. For they have our 
property. On the next day Cyrus sends for the Arcadian 
infantry. They wonder at the fate of Clearchus. One 
teaches’ one thing, and another another. The physician has 
come opportunely. ‘The soldiers take supplies. Do not wonder 
at mn affairs. They die’’'® in the midst of the way home- 
ward. 

10. And HE" is both persuaded, and sends away" his broth- 
er. He arrests Lycius the son of Phalinus a Syracusan. But 
THEY have the fruits of my toils. 

11. Cyrus sends back the two messengers, and Orontes with 
them. ‘Tissaphernes falsely accuses Cyrus of plotting against 
his brother. Tissaphernes and those with him burn the very* 
wood from the houses. ‘They burn the wood from the same 
houses. They burn the wood from the very houses. ‘The sol- 
diers themselves gather wood from the same place. ‘The same 
soldiers gather wood. Upon the same day they themselves 
bring him to Chirisophus. They bring the man himself‘ to 
Clearchus. You yourselves are burning the houses. And let 
us take some of the colts ourselves. 


(a) targeteers about the ten thousand. (b) When the possessives my, thy, his, 
&c., are not emphatic, and the reference is obvious from the connection, they 
are commonly expressed in Greek by the simple article (§§ 482, 503). When 
the possessive is used in Greek, the article may be joined with it or omitted, 
according as the reference is definite or indefinite ; as, 6 iuds &dsApes, my brother 
(definite) ; t2ds 23:AQés, a brother of mine (indefinite). (c) those about T. and 
A. (d) Observe carefully in respect to the use or omission of the pronouns in 
Greek, according to their prominence or want of it. And in respect to the 
third personal pronoun, observe the various ways in which it is supplied, ac- 
cording to the nature and degree of its prominence. See § 502 f. (e) The 
position of airés in its different uses must be carefully observed ($§ 508. IL, 
509, 510. a). (f) To show that airéy is used as the emphatic, and not as 


LESSONS V.— VII. 7a 


VI. 


1. The barbarians said to Clearchus, that they had come? re- 
specting a truce. The soldiers themselves said, that they were 
deliberating in common about the rest of their journey. ‘Tracks 
of horses appear. ‘Thereupon the targeteers themselves take 
some of “** the same horses. On the same day Seuthes was 
hunting on horseback. And he cheerfully complied, for he 
confided in the Lacedemonians. 

2. The barbarians wondered that Cyrus made war upon his 
brother Artaxerxes. The soldiers wondered that the generals 
nowhere appeared. The captains were angry with the soldiers. 
But he himself, with the rest of the captains, remained at the 
door. And again upon the fourth day they consulted the gods 
by sacrifice” in respect to the way homeward'*''. The barba-. 
rians remained, for they trusted in their strongholds. 

3. Two young men’ ran forward from the trees. Clearchus 
sends for the rest of the heavy-armed, and with them ascends 
upon the second hill. The unprincipled plot against the 
good’**, And others, when the day began to dawn, descend- 
ed in silence into the plain, and made a secure attack“ upon the 
enemy” *. 

4, The friends of Cyrus were taking' Orontes by the gir- 
dle. The soldiers were inflicting severe blows. But the bar- 
barians turn in flight, one one way, and another another. They 
were put to death” by Cyrus. The generals took each his share 
of the money. The enemy leave only thirty alive. ‘The rest 
are said to have met with their end. When the rout of the bar- 
barians had taken place, the soldiers are said to have divided 
among themselves the prizes. 


VIL. 


1. The Chaldzans are in the midst of the park®*. The 
other barbarians are said to be friendly”. For the road was 


the common personal pronoun, place it at the beginning of the sentence 
(§ 510. #). (g) The oratio obliqua, or indirect quotation, freely employs in 
Greek either the distinct modes with connectives. or the incorporated modes 
without (§§ 607. N., 614, 619). When the distinct modes are used in con- 
nection with past time, the forms of expression in §§ 608 and 610 are both 
common. (h) sacrificed. (i) the. (j) For the use of both the dual and the 
plural, when two are spoken of, see § 237. When it is designed to give ex- 
press information in respect to the number, as in the example above, it is usual 
to employ the numeral, whether with the dual or the plural. (Kk) made an 
attack securely. (1) Observe carefully the distinction between the aorist and 
the definite tenses. (m) died. 


72 EXERCISES ON 


said to be very steep**. Be ready. If indeed'*:’ we are men. 
The fountains beside the road were beautiful. And the gods 
are judges of the contest*.. And the judges of the contest are 
gods. Let the soldiers be brave. 

2. The Chaldeans wish to be friends” and allies. Upon 
this'* "', the soldiers inquired about the Pisidians, whether they 
were friends or enemies. And Seuthes told where the villages 
were’. For thus the matter stands. ‘The expedition is said to 
be against the Lacedemonians. And Orontes the Chaldzean is 
also present. 

3. For there is a narrow pass between the trench and the 
Euphrates. There are beautiful villages beside the Euphrates. 
For I hear that there are suspicions. For it was now becom- 
ing’ dark. For it was now dark. But when it was now eyen- 
ing, he came® to Cyrus. It was necessary to fight, for there 
was no money’. It is necessary to march'** along side of 
the river, for we have'*"’ no vessels. Let us march, for it is 
now daybreak. 

4. Here Orontes had a palace, a park’, and beautiful villages. 
The generals have a suspicion. Here again the soldiers were 
dejected?. The targeteers’-* begin to run of their own accord 
upon the villages. Artaxerxes made war upon the Mysians and 
Chaldzans. 

5. Let us give the signal’ °, for it is now late. It is growing 
late. And when it was now about sunset, suddenly the barbari- 
ans appear upon the plain. The sun is setting. For it was 
now towards day. 

6. It was not possible to take the villages. It is permitted to 
take some of ** the horses”. For we cannot have* money. 
But we could not obtain supplies. 

7. It is now time to depart**. The soldiers have leisure to 
hunt’®*’ in the park. For it is necessary now to consult to- 
gether’ *, ‘The circuit of the palace” was a parasang. 


VIII. 


1. You' are generals, but we are soldiers. We advise you, 
Clearchus, to follow.and obey Cyrus. We flee’ *, and you pur- 





(a) Observe, that the subject of the sentence and an attribute are often dis- 
tinguished by the article’s being used with the first and not with the second. 
See § 487. 3,4. (b) both friends. Té in Greek implies less emphasis than 
both in English, and is therefore much more frequent. (¢) told the villages, 
where they were. (d) Observe the distinction between siai and yiyrouas. 
(e) comes. ‘The Greek makes great use of the Historic Present, and unites 
past and present tenses much more freely than the English. (f) and a park. 
(g) there was dejection to the soldiers. (h) it is not tohave. (i) You on the one 


LESSONS VII. — IX. 73 


sue!”?, I, Seuthes, am neither so thoughtless nor so foolish. We 
thought you an enemy’. Send me’ away, and think me no 
longer a friend. Send away both me, and the army with me. 

2. We plot against them with good reason, for they have our 
property’* °. Do not wait for others to come to you. You and 
I have the same enemies*. We can! now take pledges from 
them. 

3. They ride back to their own village. What age do you 
now wait for? Let them inflict severe’* blows upon each 
other. It is time for us to be upon our guard against them, as 
enemies. It is necessary’ for you to deliberate for your own 
interest™. For I am no longer general, but Clearchus. 


LX. 


1. It is safer for you to pursue”, than for them. It was 
said, that Cyrus was both more kingly, and more worthy to rule, 
than his brother". We suffer most unjust treatment in being 
cast out among the barbarians. The soldiers were far more 
zealous than their generals. Let us knock upon the door'’* 
ourselves’® "°. 

2. O Seuthes, most wonderful of men. O Tissaphernes, and 
ye others, as many as are friends of Artaxerxes, have you no 
respect for? the gods? Thence Cyrus advances” through 
Phrygia by the shortest and safest way. The Cilician queen 
sends back the most of her friends into Cilicia. 

3. The worst men are worthy to suffer the severest punish- 
ment. For, first and greatest, your oaths by the gods forbid 
you to depart’ °. The good counsel the best measures. Clear- 
chus was nearer than Proxenus. 

4, But Lycius made much the greatest haste’. The barbari- 
ans escape” " into the nearest villages. ‘The enemy were now 
coming’ nearer. The targeteers*” ran much faster than the 
heavy-armed troops” “. The soldiers ascend’ '* into the high- 
est village. They watched” each other more negligently. 





hand [13.7]. See § 502.1. (j) In the oblique cases of tys, the emphatic 
forms are iod, éuoi, and iwé; while the wnemphatie are mod, woi, and wt, which 
are enclitic, and do not begin a sentence (§§ 142. 1, 502, 732). After a 
preposition, use the longer forms (9 732. b. 4). In general, avoid placing an 
unemphatic pronoun at the beginning of a sentence. (k) There are the same 
enemies to you and to me. (1) It is permitted us to take. (m) in behalf of your- 
selves. (n)Gen., § 351. (0) are you not ashamed before? (p) hastened much 
the most. (q) becoming. 


74 EXERCISES ON 


xX. 


1. You honor me. You are honored by me. They were 
honored by us. The soldiers see two eagles. With the aid of 
the gods, we conquered many times our own number. The 
generals called aloud to the soldiers, both in Greek and in Per- 
sian. Honor the good. Thence we attempt to enter into Cappa- 
docia. Let us strive to conquer the enemy. Strive to become 
good", ‘They said to the messenger’ *, that they were now 
conquering the enemy. Do not encamp ina bad place. He 
cried out in Greek, that Seuthes was near with few attend- 
ants 

2. The rivers flow through the plain’** of Cilicia into the 
sea'8, The river was called Meander. The barbarians call 
the river Marsyas. The soldiers ask Seuthes’for money”. 
Ask Cyrus for your pay. Ask Cyrus for our pay*. They en- 
deavoured to rob us of our pay. Soldiers, let us bring stones, 
and erect” a mound. 

3. The soldiers brought stones, and threw them into the sea. 
You fear us, as you yourselves acknowledge. Weare the very 
persons whom they seek. ‘To me, therefore, it seems to be no 
time for us to call the Persians together. Let us not neglect 
ourselves. It is time for Cyrus to apprehend Orontes. On the 
same day, Lycius arrives with four hundred targeteers. Epyaxa, 
the Cilician queen, summons to* her tent the seven best of her 
attendants*. 

4. The soldiers encamp in the open air. Let Clearchus and 
Chirisophus take the lead, since they are also Lacedzemonians. 
With no good reason surely could you envy us. Let us no 
longer'’® envy the wicked*'*. We labor cheerfully, and ac- 
quire securely’*. First carry back word to the army’ ', that 
there is need of silence’. In the first place, Cyrus appears 
to be more modest than the rest; and in the second, to obey the 
most implicitly his elders. Callimachus was fonder of horses 
than Clearetus, and managed them* with more confidence’. 

5. It is now time to feed the horses. ‘The worst'’-~’ men are 
thought worthy to rule. They claim to be honored by us. He 
engages in earnest conversation, in order that he may show* 
whom he honors. They engaged in earnest conyersation, in 
order that they might show whom they honored". He learn- 
ed'** to obey, in order that he might be thought worthy to 
rule. 





(a) Why is it necessary to express the possessive in this example, but not 
in the preceding, or the following? (b) make. (c) calls together into. (a) of 
those about her. (e) the horses. (f) § 162. (g) §§ 592, 601. (h) What 


a 


LESSON X. 75 


6. The soldiers were exceedingly angry with their generals. 
I asked them how much gold they had. ‘The two admirals were 
sick. On the next day’®*, the messengers brought back word, 
that both Darius and the rest of the Persians commended us. 
He said that the robbers" had again assembled. He said that 
the robbers were again assembling. ‘They endeavoured*:”* to 
pass by force. 

7. They commended the captains. They asked*’* Cyrus 
for money and vessels. THEy had come, but Clearchus was 
still riding up. Here were found many vessels. They used 
the cords' which they found in the villages of the barbarians for 
their slings. _ The men whom Darius supposed to be faithful to 
himself, [them] he soon found to be more friendly to us than 
to him. We saw each other joyfully and embraced as friends. 
They said, that the Taochians inhabited strongholds. The 
others had not yet come. ‘They used the lead in various 
ways’. 

8. Would that Clearchus were living‘! They had for arms 
small spears’. Would that the Chaldeans were free! 
Cyrus did not permit the generals to collect an assembly of 
their own soldiers. Permit us to open the door'’*. They saw 
the messengers at the door. One waited for” another. We 
gladly opened the gates. ‘The targeteers were drawing up the 
hoplites. Would that you were ruling’® justly”*! 

9. For this was a custom with the Chaldeans’. Let these 
things be. He commanded these to remain, but the rest to pro- 
ceed. This passage was narrow. ‘These two passed through, 
and came within the inclosure”® *. 

10. We had such an opinion respecting you. The admi- 
rals"' said the same things. For these same persons com- 
mand us to remain. They said thus much. And there are so 
many vessels. So great is the number of the enemy™. Such 
were the wishes of the soldiers”. 

11. We say, when the north wind blows against us, that it 
is bad'**’ sailing. ‘Tamos the admiral is well-disposed. He 
commanded the well-disposed to follow. Would” that the 
gods were propitious! He bids Tamos conduct these from 
Ephesus. ‘The dawn is beautiful. They fear®* the north 
wind. As soon as the day began to appear, they crossed the 
river. They waited for'** the morning. 





two modes could be here employed? (i) Dat., § 419. 5. (j) some in one 
way and others in another. (k) C. ought to be living, §§ 567. y, 599. N. 
()) to the C. (m) The enemy are so many. (n) Such things the soldiers wished. 


76 EXERCISES ON 


XI. 


1. When they have arrived there, they will deliberate in 
view of this. ‘Tamos the admiral excluded them from Ephesus. 
I would most gladly close the gates. Hear that’ * tumult'* ”. 
He called the Scythian archers. He called the generals into* 
his tent'*'* as advisers. We will hear you. 

2. I will conduct you in ten days to a spot from which you 
will see Byzantium. If® the gods are propitious” “, and so di- 
rect” *, you will take Byzantium without a battle. If you are 
well disposed", you will follow me. They will tarry the 
present day. Send me to Arieus. We will send with you 
bowmen, who will forthwith turn the enemy to flight. He sent 
for Proxenus. 

3. But they said to him, “Do not close the gates.” And on 
the other hand do you show us, from what source you hear about 
us. And you yourself shall lead. We will follow them, and 
endeavour to imitate them. We hear, that you say to Artaxerxes, 
that Mithridates would never have attempted to burn the 
houses”:'°, if we had not commanded him. Do not hear these 
men. But this robber'*’® may the gods requite ! 

4. They hunted in the park’, whenever they wished to 
exercise themselves and their horses. We will comply with 
this custom. 

5. It will be difficult both to speak and to hear. At present* 
he is satrap of Lydia. 

6. We will provide pay for the soldiers. The enemy will 
not be able to march rapidly ; and perhaps also they will be in 
want of provisions. ‘They will not fight within thirty days. 
They took leave of us, as now upon the point of setting sail. 
But upon the fourth day, if*™ the north wind*" blows, we 
shall sail away. And it is now time for us to consider, how we 
shall fight most successfully. When it is dark“, I shall put 
them on board. 

7. I gave him a thousand darics. If he speaks the truth, I 
will give him a talent. ‘The ten thousand darics we paid at that 
time, since the thirty days had passed. 


XII. 


1. His wife will persuade him. He sent his wife. They 
had golden flesh-combs. And the prizes were linen corselets. 


(a) within. (b) In a conditional sentence great care must be taken to em- 
ploy the appropriate mode and tense, and also the proper connecting particle. 
See § 603 f. (c) During the now time. 


LESSONS XI. — XIII. 77 


And, when they were sending the heralds to the Thracians, it 
was already’** midnight. Do not make war against the Arca- 
dians. When we have arrived there ", we shall be at the door 
of Greece. The Thracians send heralds by night*. 

2. Darius wished Parysatis, and the two children Artaxerxes 
and Cyrus, to be present. 

3. ‘They sailed five days and five nights with a contrary 
wind. The Cerasuntians weregmaking a din with their spears 
against their shields. For he had nothing harsh in his disposi- 
tion, but was always friendly’** and kind*". We should like 
extremely to hear® the affair. When the soldiers were out of 
bread’, they came to us. 

4, When I had gained this success, I sent for'*® the Thra- 
cians; and they came without trouble. 


22. 10 


XIII. 


1, And they asked again, “‘ Shall we report war or peace ?”’ 
We shall remain here ten days. He will certainly reply to you 
soon. Clearchus waited for the targeteers. 

2. Each one of the soldiers receives a daric a month; and 
each one of the generals fourfold. He gave golden crowns to 
the Greeks. We disembark at two fine’ harbours, about the 
middle of Cilicia. ‘The young men’ answered, some with 
laughter, and others without™ ”. 

3. They asked Cleanor for guides. Meno the Thessalian 
took the lead of the left wing, and Clearchus, the Lacedzemoni- 
an exile, of the right. On the next day he sent for two compa- 
nies of Meno’s army. ‘Thereupon he commands his attend- 
ants” *° to cut off the head and the right hand of Cyrus. I sent 
this messenger to? Babylon to Artaxerxes. 

4. Do not call me mother. Darius the father favors Artax- 
erxes. This" man [here”-°] dwells a neighbour to us. Do 
you, men of Greece, carry back this word to Cyrus. Apollo 
flayed Marsyas. He promises, that he will give to each one of 
the Greeks five mine, when he arrives at Babylon. O father, 
answer™**! me.- We will obey'” our fathers. 

5. Some said, that the two lines were five stadia apart’. Let 
no one’ fail of hitting a man. No one of us says this“. Some 
of the soldiers pass the night without food or fire’. Let no one 


(d) § 378. (e) most gladly hear. (f) bread had failed ithe soldiers. 
(g) Observe carefully the distinction between «iz and xeos with the accusative. 
(h) § 473. 8. (i) were distant from each other. (j) Observe the distinction 
between oidcis and wndeis. See Notes on Less. 1.2. (k) § 451. (1) and 


without fire. 
7 * 


‘4 


78 EXERCISES ON 


pass the night without food. No one of the Greeks perished 
Let no one wrong us. We took some of the ostriches. Let 
no one of the villages’ * be inhabited**”. 

6. Men of Greece” ”, who of you is so mad, that he is not 
willing to follow Cyrus? Say, Clearchus, what* opinion you 
have respecting the march, whether we shall follow Cyrus or 
not. Hereupon®:* Meno, before it is evident what reply the 
other Greeks will make, assémiples his own soldiers apart from 
the rest. It is evident what he will do. 

7. This woman asked him, who he was. This will bring us 
honor in coming time. But what they would do, they did not 
signify. Do you then, as friends, give us that advice which 
seems to you to be most appropriate and useful. Tell us then, 
Seuthes, what you have in mind. To whomsoever it seems 
ee make the journey with us, let him hold up his right’* ® 

and. 

8. But if any one of you sees another course which is more 
honorable", let him mention it. The two lines were not 
more than four stadia apart®*. More than six hundred soldiers 
arrive at the village. Cyrus is worse towards you, than you 
are towards him. 


XIV. 


1. The rulers of these villages made” Xenophon a companion 
at table, and bade him have no fear. The soldiers used the 
thongs* for their slings’ *. 

2. He made all the citizens his friends. All the Lacedemo- 
nians, both men and women, took part in the feast. ‘They rule 
the whole country. 

3. Tissaphernes therefore goes up to Babylon, taking cer- 
tain® ” of the Greeks as friends. These men disgrace both their 
native city and the whole of Greece, that being Greeks they are 
so senseless’ *, Being such, he will disgrace all the citizens. 
But the younger™:° of the children happened not to be present. 
The brazen shields*" now and then shine through. For, when 
it had become dark'*"", they marched, having the Euphrates 
upon their right, supposing that they should reach* the village 
by sunrise. 

4. The exiles, hearing this, laughed. The Thracians, raising 
an army, besieged Perinthus both by sea and by land. They 
sailed forth to make war upon the Greeks. Their husbands 


(a) In respect to the different forms of complementary pronouns, see § 535. 
(b) Why is the middle voice here used? (c) Dat., § 419.5. (a) come to. 


LESSONS XIII. — XV. 79 


had gone hare-hunting’. And she‘, going to Xenophon, en- 
treated him, not to slay her husband. 

5. And this country®: “, beginning at® the mouth of the Eu- 
phrates, extends as far as Babylon, upon the right as you sail 
into the river’: '*. During this night, then, they lodged there 
upon the beach by the harbour of Calpe. This harbour is in 
Asiatic Thrace’. 

6. We happened to be victors’. He sent some one to put to 
death the two young men. It is the part of the victor’ to pur- 
sue’”*, but of the vanquished to flee’**. And whoever desires 
to conquer, let him be brave’”*. He happens to be at break- 
fast‘. They arrest Orontes in order to put him to death. 

7. Parysatis loved Cyrus her' younger son more than Artax- 
erxes the king". But at the present time’*' the admirals”*” 
do every thing according to the major vote. 

8. We will suffer with Cyrus whatever may be necessary. 
He said, that he would suffer* with us whatever might be 
necessary. If it is necessary°®, we will make a treaty. They 
gladly” * made peace. 


XV. 


1. Here Belesys, the satrap of Syria, had’ 7 a palace and 
park. We arrived at Tarsus four days before Meno. There 
are many*™ fishes and muscles in the river Selinus. There 
was at Ephesus a most beautiful’ '' temple of Diana. 

2. It was evident, that the horsemen were somewhere near. 
These animals the king sometimes chased. There is immedi- 
ate? need of an interpreter. Epyaxa sends her own interpret- 
er toCyrus. They made us interpreters. ‘The horsemen pro- 
ceed to the king. ‘They thought that the letters were ready for 
them. He wrote a letter to Belesys, who had been ruler of * 
Syria. 

3. And when they had come back, they relate the affair" 
to Tissaphernes. When it was now about the time of full mar- 
ket, there comes a herald from the Sinopians. We followed 
Stratocles THE Cretan as our guide, and exhorted each other by 
name. The Sinopians entertain the generals of the Greeks. 





(e) about to hunt hares. (f) Use both the form of expression in § 490. 1, 
and also that in § 491. Rr. (g) having begun from. (h) the Thrace the in 
Asia. (i) happened conquering. (j) Sing., the one conquering. (k) breakfast- 
ing. (1) the. (m) the reigning A. (n) Fut. Opt., §$ 587. 2, 608. (0) Subj. 
with é¢y. When the conclusion is expressed by the future indicative, the con- 
dition is commonly expressed by the subjunctive. See § 603. (p) the quick- 
est way. (q) the one having ruled. 


80 EXERCISES ON 


This wild beast Hercules pursued. In these places the target- 
eers’*” were more useful than the heavy-armed. But one of 
the heralds was a barbarian, Arizeus, who happened to be an 
attendant of * Cyrus, and to be held in honor by him. 

4. By this fountain Midas, the king of Phrygia, caught the 
Satyr. He is said to have mixed the fountain with wine. This 
brings honor®:? to the whole*:” city. 

5. And these again were other pretexts to Orontes for writing 
the letter” to the king. Here Cyrus gave ten talents to Sila- 
nus, the Ambraciot soothsayer. He sent to Artaxerxes the trib- 
ute accruing from the city which this satrap happened to have. 

6. And the depth of the fountain was two fathoms. He flees 
to the mountain with his wife and children’. At last they de- 
serted their houses. We have need* of *:' brazen helmets, and 
purple tunics, and greaves. 

7. The width of the river Cydnus was two hundred feet. 
Through the midst of the plain”-* flows a river four hundred 
feet in width. The Cretans, deserting the city, fled with all 
speed to the mountains. And they were about fifty years old, 
when they died’. 

8. No one either sneers at you as a coward in war, or blames 
you in respect to friendship. Agias and Socrates were both, 
when they died, about thirty-five® years old". 

9. And in the sacred district they found” oxen, swine, 
sheep, goats, fowls, and their young’. In the sacred groves 
were many goats and swine. But there is in this country’*" a 
mountain covered with® trees, capable of supporting" oxen and 
horses” *. The meadows were full of oxen, sheep, and goats. 

10. The barbarians gazed upon the Argo in silence” ™. 
They sailed with a fair wind along the Jasonian shore, where 
the Argo came to anchor. 

11. And meanwhile a false report goes abroad, that Cyrus 
will pursue them with a trireme. But these things indeed were 
true. The Cretans fled down the steep, and disappeared’. 
They thought that the shortest way to the accomplishment of 
their desires was through sincerity and truth’; and falsehood" 
they considered to be the same with folly. All men blame* ® 
perjury’ and deceit. 

12. They cross'*:* a ravine very broad and deep. They re- 
quest us to drink this wine to-day with our dearest friends”. 





(a) to be with or near. (b) having also wife and children. (c) There is need 
to us [dat.]. (d) Express these sentences variously, according to the models in 
the Greek text. (e) § 140. (f) the young of these. (g) full of. (h) compe- 
tent to nourish. (i) became [17.23] invisible. (j) the sincere and the true. 
(x) the false. (1) the to perjure one’s self. (m) with those whom we love most. 


LESSONS XV., XVI. 81 


They said, that for a long time certainly they had not met® with 
a finer" harbour than this. They said, that above half of the 
whole army were Arcadians. The mouth of the river is broad 
and deep. He sent to his friends a jar of wine half full. 
Falsehood’ is often more agreeable than truth”. 

13. The amount of time occupied by the? journey’ was 
four months and ten days. The breadth*:* of the river was 
three stadia. 


17.1 


XVI. 


1. And thence they march‘ through” a plain large and 
beautiful, well watered, and full of trees of every kind. 

2. In the river Chalus are large and tame fishes, which the 
Syrians regard as deities. They permit neither’ fishes nor 
doves to be injured". 

3. They rushed up to Xenophon, saying: ‘* Now, Xenophon, 
it is in your power to become great.” He has so many cities 
and men. Now, Thracians, if you were willing, both you 
might benefit me, and I would make you free” ”. 

4, And while the Greeks were encamped, much rain fell in 
the night. The women wept for a long time upon the moun- 
tains. 

5. The Greeks regarded” *® Jupiter as king of all the gods. 
They sacrificed to Hercules in respect to the journey™'. So 
he arrived at his tent'*’ safe. The name of this city is Cor- 
sdte. The river Mascas flows around the city. He wore® 
something black before his eyes, as he marched’. 

6. He remained three days in Issus, the last inhabited city of 
Cilicia upon the sea-shore", a city large and prosperous. And 
here Pythagoras, the Lacedzemonian admiral, came to the aid of” 
Cyrus with” the ships from the Peloponnesus. With these tri- 
remes” *, five-and-twenty in number, Tamos besieges Miletus, 
and assists Cyrus in the war against Tissaphernes. Anaxibius 
was admiral over these ships. He anchored™:" the vessel be- 
side the camp*”. The vessel of Tamos lay at anchor in the 
harbour**. The two generals arrived” ” in* the ship, having 


been sent for by the king 


(n) not yet surely within much time had they met. (0) The false. (p) the true. 
(q) of the. (r) They do not permit to injure neither the fishes nor the doves. 
(s) had. (t) marching. (u) sea. (v) was presentto. (w) having. (x) upon. 


82 EXERCISES ON 


XVII. 


1. This river separates the country of the Thracians from* 
that of the Mysians. In this way he marched three parasangs ; 
and when he was marching the fourth, he saw an eagle 
upon the right’**. No one of the Greeks was shot in this battle. 
Three horsemen” were shot upon the left wing. Nor did 
ANY OTHER ONE of the soldiers find” any thing in this 
march"”', 

2. The robbers" will all** be apprehended. He was said 
to have been sent down by the great king as satrap of Phrygia. 
Very many were taken, and very few were left behind. 

3. He asked® *', what” would be done®*. ‘They were arranged 
four deep, the troops of Clearchus upon®™:” the left, those of 
Meno‘ upon the right, and the rest in the centre. Cyrus was 
said to have been greatly disturbed. He said that this had been 
done. He had? the worst'*” assistants in every work. 

4. Cyrus often sent wine to his friends, whenever he obtain- 
ed any which was very pleasant™”, bidding those who bore’ it 
also to say, ‘* Cyrus was greatly pleased with this; therefore he 
wishes you also to taste of it.” We shall be compelled to 
flee®:*. Brazen helmets and purple tunics*’* will be provided 
for the soldiers. 

5. And the citizens*" hearing this were greatly disturb- 
ed*''”, fearing lest the whole city should be consumed. Cyrus 
exhibited his whole army to the Cilician queen at her request’. 
The generals took care, that all should be well’. They with- 
drew the left wing from the sea. We were afraid lest we 
should be surrounded by the enemy on both sides. 

6. Fearing lest we should be intercepted, we fled with all 
speed. Then it was at once perceived, in what kind of cireum- 
stances we were. Then we suspected*'’, that the man had 
been insidiously sent by Tissaphernes. For let him recollect, 
in what circumstances he happened to be. 

7. The generals feared lest they should be taken' and be- 
headed. ‘They were said to have been vexed, and to have been 
afraid lest they should lose’ the friendship of the king. They 
will be carried up to the king and beheaded. 

8. They feared lest they should be delivered up to the satrap. 
He was carried up to Babylon, to be beheaded“. They set 
forth from the camp”, to pursue the barbarians. They recol- 
lected two eagles screaming upon their right. 





(a) and. (b) § 535. (c) §§ 608, 610. (d) the of M. (e) There were to him. 
f) bearing. (g) having requested. (h) It was a care to the generals, that it 
uld have itself well. (i) § 205. 1. (j) should be cast out of. (k) § 583. a. 


INI Y 
LESSONS XVII., XVIIK\ © 83° 


9. Show yourself the best of the soldiers.™ 
the enemy would appear upon the next day. 
we deliberated with the ambassadors*”, whether we shuld 
pursue the rest of our way by land or by sea. The next day, 
the soldiers assembled and deliberated’, how the dead might be 
buried. 

10. When the generals had been called into the tent'® ” of 
Tissaphernes, they were seized by the barbarians. And not 
long after they were delivered up to the king. At the same 
signal, both those within the tent will be apprehended, and those 
without at the door will be cut down. 





XVIII. 


1. Such has been™ the conduct of the men, and such are 
their words". You, Tissaphernes, have perjured yourself and 
broken the truce. For good order has saved many armies™', 
and disorder has destroyed many. The generals whom we 
have mentioned, set forth from Sardis with Cyrus. We have 
now regained our courage, and, methinks, all the other soldiers 
also. 

2. At the present time”, the Lacedemonians preside over 
the Grecian cities. Lead forward directly against the barbari- 
ans, so that you may not be standing still, since you have seen 
the enemy and been seen by them. Xenias has deserted his 
friends. The Persians consider themselves victorious, since 
they have slainCyrus. There stand in the sacred grove”:’ two 
pillars, bearing inscriptions. 

3. Thereupon certain men of the army came to the generals, 
saying that they understood the language of these barbarians. 
We have been slaves at Athens. And before he had slain his 
brother”, he thought that he was already victor. 

4. It is probable that the city will be taken at daybreak. 
Having heard this statement’, the generals said, that they did 
not commend the messengers, if they had pursued such a 
course’. On the next day he sent messengers to say’, that Xe- 
nias and Pasio had deserted the army” 1” After this, Orontes 
was never seen" by any one’ either dead or alive. ‘The city is 








(1) having assembled deliberated, § 631. (m) In respect to the complete tenses, 
observe carefully when the simple forms should be employed, and when the 
forms compounded of the participle and the verb eiui (§§ 213. 2, 234, 637) ; 

and also when it is better to employ the more familiar forms of the aorist 
(S$ 580). (nm) The men on the one hand have done such things, and on the 
other say such things. (0) these things. (p) done such things [22. 6]. 
(q) § 583. a. (r) Aor. Pass. See § 301. 4. (8) no one. 


84 EXERCISES ON 


taken*, and all are lost. They said, that the barbarians had left 
the heights. 

5. He wore a small tunic, not reaching below the knee. 
They were standing beside the door. They said, that the rob- 
bers '® had taken many sheep. On the same day messengers 
came with the intelligence’, that many had climbed up, and 
that the place had been taken. The enemy had regained their 
courage *. Who will take the place of Neon the Asinzan ? 
Advise the citizens®:" to sacrifice to the gods as they have been 
wont to do. 

6. Fellow-citizens’, your work is done*. See, then, that you 
be a man worthy of the honors®:' which you possess, and for 
which I congratulate you. And whoever of us desires to be- 
hold his native land*:"*, let him be a brave man. Remember 
to be bold'** men; for it is not possible to obtain freedom in 
any other way. 

7. We confess, then, that we have been unjust towards our 
allies'’**, Sothat we, from what we hear, judge no man to have 
been more prosperous. No man has ever*' been more" 
loved, either by Greeks or barbarians. He is not willing'** to re- 
main, on account of the dispersion of his heavy-armed troops’ *. 

8. These villages, in which we are now encamping, are said 
to have been given to Parysatis for her girdle. After this, Xen- 
ophon, encamped near the city, waited for the heralds®# more 
than ten days. ‘These happened to have been stationed upon 
the right" * near the cavalry; and, when they perceived that 
the general was dead*:", they fled with all speed**, And 
when now it was’ evening" "the Greeks cross the bridge, 
formed by the union of twenty-three boats. 

9. And at the same time he showed them‘ Lydians with their 
ears bored. We saw a man with both his legs crushed*. In 
our march we found" villages beside the river in possession of! 
the Thracians. ‘They find many soldiers separated from the 
rest of the army. They pointed out a man with both his’ hands 
cut off”: *, 

10. And, after the woman had been brought to the generals, 
they ask her, if she has anywhere seen other companies”! 
composed of Greeks. 'The messengers said, that the hill above 
the way had been seized by the barbarians. When he had 
been brought to 'Tissaphernes, he related every thing that had 
taken place. ‘The Pisidians are said to have all gathered in a 
circle around the exiles**', 


(a) has been taken. (b) came saying. (ce) § 443, (4) ail things have been 
done by you. (e) had become. (f) Dat., § 404. y. (g) crushed as to both the 
legs. (h) Marching we found. (i) having been seized by. (j) See § 133. 3. 


LESSONS XVIII., XIX. 85 


11. They said, that the houses had been palisaded around on 
account of the oxen®°. These satraps had been honored by 
the king by reason of their fidelity. The soothsayer had ex- 
pressed the opinion, that there would be a rout’-* of the enemy. 
The result of the battle will be favorable. Let the gates be 
kept closed, and let arms appear now and then®' upon the 
wall. 

12. At* Lampsacus, Euclides, the son of the Cleagoras who 
painted the picture of the Dreams, congratulated him upon his 
safe return’. 

13. Upon your doing this”, I shall immediately withdraw ; so 
that you will have no guide”? left". For, af you will do this, 
consider that no friend will be left you. Upon the same day, 
both I shall be immediately cut down, and you yourselves not 
long after. Arizeus stood aloof®. They had been cut down by 
the horsemen. 


XIX. 


1. We gladly*** saw the enemy no longer standing their 
ground, but flying with all speed*°. O most wonderful®* * man, 
you surely do not even*:' understand this, that the south wind 
carries us within the Pontus to Phasis. And they say that 
they themselves healed the wounds of the king. At daybreak, 
he sent certain persons” to signify, what the soldiers must 
do?. 

2. Certain of the soldiers of Meno, as they see Clearchus 
riding back'** to his own tent, let fly with their axes. We tie 
up across dog through the day, but let him loose at night’. 
But if we are wise, we shall treat this man in a contrary man- 
ner. 

3. They give to him twenty horses. Having bound the 
prisoners’ * he delivers them up to the king. 

4. He puts to death both Clearchus himself, and the other 
generals. You mingle with the citizens®". While they are 
speaking, I sneeze. 

5. If you are wise, you will depart hence out of the power 
of this man. If you enter‘, you will be apprehended by the 
guards”-*. He will advance silently’. 

6. The Persians station themselves for the battle with their 
heads unprotected*. He asked the heralds*-**, if all this were 





(kK) In. (1) that he had been saved. (m) At the same time you doing this. 
(n) no guide will have been left to you. (0) Plup., § 233. (p) what it is neces- 
sary that the soldiers should do (acc. with infin.). (q) through the night. 
(r) shall enter, §§ 231. a, 587. 2. (3) having the heads bare. 

8 


86 EXERCISES ON 


false; and they said ‘yes. He asked them if they were 
targeteers”™; they said ‘no.? They are unable to march 
rapidly. As the general himself said. He marches as rapidly 
as possible. ; 

7. He threw off his purple cloak, where he happened to be 
standing. He gave to the soldiers permission to take whatever 
they pleased. As he was speaking, they both*:* sneezed. 
After this, permission to depart'*® is given to all who wish. He 
feared lest he should be intercepted. They rose, arrayed as 
handsomely as was in their power. He rushes forward, as one 
would run for safety’®*, 

8. He exhibited the head of the satrap both to the Thracians 
and to his own soldiers. And upon these mountains® they 
found*"* much snow, and cold so intense that even the wine * 
which they carried in goat-skins'*” froze. They all deserted" 
to Cyrus. No one of you came into this city. We departed 
with good courage. 

9. As soon as they had said this, they rose tp. And the 
enemy, as soon as they had heard this’, departed. ‘The barba- 
rians, having erected a trophy as victors’, ascended upon the 
mountain. And when we had descended into the plain, we 
sacrificed an ox’, and erected a trophy. We appointed three 
surgeons only’ *', for the wounded were few”. 

10. And leaping down from their horses, they put on linen® * 
corselets. And, when the messengers had said this, he knew 
that his fear was groundless, and that the army was safe. He 
delivered" the skins of the oxen to the young men". We at- 
tacked the rear® of the barbarians, and slew many. And tri- 


remes™:'* were taken to the number of twenty, and all the trans- 


ports”: 14 

11. Pasio has deserted us; but let him know well, that he 
has neither escaped by concealment nor by flight. For we 
both know whither he has gone, and have a swift trireme, so 
that we can take‘ his transport vessel. Be well assured, that 
we are friends. 

12. But let him go, conscious® that he is vile and worthy” * 
of blows’ *. We deliver these things to you, Charminus ; and 
do you, having disposed of them, make distribution to the sol- 
diers. For the present therefore, Xenophon, depart, leaving 
these men; and when we bid, be present at the trial. 

13. Set the sentinels for the night, and give out the watch- 


(a) departed. (b) at the same time having heard these things. (c) as conquer- 
ing (33. 5}. (d) Observe carefully the use of the 1st and 2d aorists of ci¢nss, 
Biduur, and imu, § 201, nN. TT 50, 51, 54. (e) last. (f) so as to take. 
(¢) knowing. 


i aes eee 


» 


LESSON XIX. 87 


word. It is not possible for the soldiers to buy either’ bread or 
wine in the market-place. Fellow-soldiers, arise and cross the 
river. 

14. Stand to your arms around the tent. He bade the cap- 
tains“ “ inflict punishment upon the fugitives**. He com- 
manded the Pisidians to give up the exiles; and they gave them 
up. 

15. The king gave to Orontes a large sums of money’. Ex- 
hibit your training. But he said that he should not’ himself be 
present at the trial’. For who will be willing to go as 
heralds, after having slain a herald ? 

16. Having mounted his horse in the night, he rode off to his 
own country”. On the next day’? they all ran off. He 
stopped, wherever he might happen to be. ‘The enemy col- 
lected in a body. I am afraid, that they will run off* in the 
night. 

17. Place your shield against your knee. Read the letter, 
Socrates, and then advise’? me’ respecting the expedition"® *. 
Give and take the right hand™. Read these letters. Embark 
in the vessel, and put on board your most valuable effects. He 
practised shooting, sending high into the air. ‘They had as 
guides the women who had been taken prisoners”. 

18. The cold*-* froze both my ears*:'*. They asked, who 
was the satrap of the country. A noise ran® through the ranks 
of the army. He said, that upon the following morning the 
Persians would come to give battle. Depart in the night. 

19. Endeavour, so far as you may be able?, to do good to 
others. Be upon your guard, lest the king attack you in the 
night. ‘There were many barbarians in the neighbouring vil- 
lage”. They roused many partridges in the park. 

20. He said that he would not remain’: *, unless they would 
give him money. Therefore we do not fear this, that we may 
not have enough to bestow upon our friends, but that we may 
not have friends enough to receive’. If you are taken within 
the city, you will be sold. The king says, that, if we go to 
him, he will treat us well. Let us not go against the Pisidians. 
If yousgo against the men, you will conquer” “. Deliver him 
up to the citizens to judge, and then to do" with him whatever 
they may please. 

21. On this account we did not wait for you, that, if possible, 
we might cross*, before the bridge» should be occupied by 


(h) neither, § 664. 8. (i) much money. (j) Observe carefully the position 
of the words. (kk) lest they may run off. (1) having read the letter, advise me. 
(m) right hands. (n) the having been taken women. (0) went. (p) whatever 
you may be able. (q) to whom we may give. (1) having judged to do 
(s) if in any way we might be able to cross. 


88 EXERCISES ON 


the enemy. He considered, how he might cross the river best, 
and both conquer those before and suffer no evil from those be- 
hind. 

22. ‘They showed*, that they regarded it of the utmost conse 
quence, if they had made an engagement with any one, to ob- 
serve it implicitly’. They inflicted punishment” upon this 
man, in order that it might produce fear in others also. May 
the gods not allow the war! 

23. They asked him, if he would give them money. The 
Greeks gave a lance to the Macronians. 

24. He said, that he would sooner die, than deliver up his 
shield*:", We answered, that we would sooner die, than be- 
tray the exiles”, If they gave, they would give for this end, 
that giving to us a smaller, they might not pay to you the larg- 
er sum’. He deliberated, whether’ he should send another, or 
go himself to assist. 


XX. 


1. And another also stood* without the walls®'. Let one 
company stand among the trees. They said that two noble 
and good men were dead. They were not able to bury the 
dead** 2h 

2. The women stood a long time and wept’. Those of the 
soldiers who stood around drove him away, and said that the 
sheep*'’ were public property. ‘They answered™:*', that they 
thought they should find the robbers ° all dead. 

3. “Cleander, you know not, what you are doing. We are 
conscious to ourselves of having deceived Cyrus in every thing. 
The generals do not yet know ‘the affair?" 

4. For know, Persians, that you are senseless, if you suppose 
that your gold*'* could prevail over our valor. For be well 
assured?, O king, that we would choose freedom, i in preference 
to" ot the wealth®:™ which you possess**, 

5. They wish to know, what would be done’. They were 
Soservitg carefully, what the enemy would do. We knew that 
the Lacedeemonians occupied’ the centre of the Grecian*-*° 
army. I fear that" this may take place. We feared that this 
might take place. 

6. We were at a loss, what we should do; for we happened 


(a) exhibited themselves. (b) to falsify nothing. (c) the more. (a) if. 
(e) § 287. a. In verbs, in which some of the forms of the perfect and plu- 
perfect active are nude, be careful in respect to the use of the different forms. 
(f) standing wept. (g) know well. (h) instead of. (i) §§ 608, 610. 
(j) knew the L., that they occupied. (Kk) lest. 


LESSONS XIX, — XXIV. 89 


to be sitting, as honored guests, upon the seat nearest to the 
king. He sat down in the tent, and said that he would not rise 
ap”. Do not sit down. 

7. You are lying down, as if it were permitted tosleep™” 
securely"'°. The barbarians fled, whenever we pressed upon 
them vehemently. Let us lie down beside the river” ™. 


XX. 


1. It seems necessary to march! as rapidly as we can™. It 
seemed to us, that we ought to consider, how we could march 
most securely. We must pursue forthwith” *. 

2. I must do every thing, that I may never be in the power 
of the king". Virtue’ should be pursued by all". We ought 
to say what we know. 


XXII. 


The Macronian leaps both high and nimbly, and flourishes 
his sword. After this, the Thracians went out, singing the 
Sitaleas. But they had received no harm. ‘They bound the 
robber; and having fastened’ him beside the horses, drove him 
on with both hands tied behind. 


XXIII. 


They asked the messenger, what the king said. He is ac- 
quainted with the Greek?. They bid farewell to tears’. The 
supper was served to" them reclining” *' around” ® the foun- 
tain*”. But Arystas, who was a terrible fellow to eat, said to 
the cupbearer, “‘Give the cup [said he] to Xenophon; for he 
seems"° to be already at leisure, while* I am not yet so.” 


XXIV. 


I am conscious (to myself], that I have treated with neglect 

both gods and men. For I neither know how the wicked” '* 
could escape by flight, nor into what darkness they could run 
for concealment. Whosoever is an enemy to the good, him no 
one* '® could ever' deem happy. 
(1) that it is to be marched. (m) §§ 592, 606. (mn) Express these sentences 
variously, according to the models in the text. (0) yoked. (p) understands 
to speak Greek. (q) they bid the weeping [40. 7] farewell. (r) was to. 
(s) but. (t) never. 


8 * 




















4 ; 
y 
* 
“a La 
4 
* a 
rs 





eS. eh 
kl ; ‘ 
, - 
s 
te 
é (= 
_- 
‘ rte 
a 
- »* d ‘ 
P . dyes 
ns  .m. 
3? ee t45 
> 2 at. ge y 
in < 
~ > 
, 
. 
“ ‘eo 
‘ 
¥ Wis 
* 
. P 
“7 
« sf +) 
oe 
i 
“A & ¢ 
. 
x > 


1: 





VOCABULARY. 


> 
a- 


pe 


[a-, an inseparable particle, com-jdywvobérns, -ov (dyov, riOnps), @ 


monly denoting privation or ne- 
gation, and then called a- priva- 
live (akin to dvev, without). See 
§ 325. a.] 

"ABpocéehpns, -ov, Abrozelmes, in- 
terpreter to Seuthes. 

ayabés, -y, -dv, good; good in war, 
brave. For its comparison, see 
§ 160. See xadds. 

*"Ayacias, -ov, Agasias, a Stympha- 
lian, one of the bravest of the 
Greek lochagi. 

dyyetov, -ov, vessel (for containing), 
receptacle. 

[ayyAAro, f. ayyedo, pf. FyyeAxa 
(S| 41, § 277. a), to announce, 
carry or bring tidings.] 

ayyedos, -ov, 6 (ayyeANw), Messen- 
ger. Der. ANGEL. 

*Aylas, -ov, Agias, a Greek general 
from Arcadia, slain through the 
treachery of Tissaphernes. 

ayopa, -ds (dyeipw, to assemble), 
place of assembly, market-placé, 
market. 

dyptos, -a, -ov (dypds, Lat. ager, 
field), wild. 

dyw, f. do, pf. xa (in composi- 
tion), 2 a. #yayov (§ 194. 3.N.), 
to lead, conduct, bring (by lead- 
ing); direct; jovxiay aye, to 
lead a life of quiet. 

dyav, -Gvos, 6 (yw), contest. Der. 
AGONY. 

ayovitoua (ayav), f. -icopa, pf. 
nyovicpat, to contend, struggle, 
strive. Der. AGONIZE. 


judge of a contest. 

aeurvos, -ov (d-, Seimvov), supper- 
less. 

adeddds, -00, brother. 

a0tKéw (ddckos), f. -jow, pf. 75iknka, 
to mjure, wrong. 

Gdtxos, -ov (d-, dikn), unjust, un- 
principled. 

ado, f. dropar (§ 260), to sing. 

del, always, ever. 

deTds, -0v, 6, eagle. 

’AGnvaios, -ov, 6 (A@jvat, Athens, 
chief city of Attica), an Atheni- 


an. 

’AOnvnat, at Athens, prop. old dat. 

“pl. of "A@nvat (§ 320. 2). 

GOXor, -ov, prize of acontest. Der. 
ATHLETE, ATHLETIC. 

aOpoife (aOpdos), f. -oicw, to col- 
lect, assemble, trans. 

dOpéos, +a, -ov, thick together, in a 
body. 

aOvupia, -as (aGipos), dejection, de- 
spondency. 

GOvpos, -ov (d-, Oipds, spirit, cour- 
age), sprritless, disinclined. 

aiyiadés, -ov, 6, beach. 

Aiyirtwos, -ov, 6 (Atyurtos, AE- 
gypt), an Al gyptean. 

aidnpay, -ov, g.-ovos (aidas, shame, 
modesty), modest. 

Ainday, -avos, 6, an ®nianian. 
The Afnianians were a tribe in 
southern Thessaly, occupying 
the upper valley of the Sper- 
chius. 

aif, aiyds, 6, 7, goat. 


92 aipew 


aipéw, f. -now, pf. ypnxa, 2 a. 
eidov (§ 301. 1), to take, cap- 
ture; Mid., to take for one’s 
self, choose, See dd\ioxopat. 

aicOdavopa, f. aicOjcoua, pf. 7- 
oOnpat, 2a. no Odpny (§ 289), to 
perceive. Der, xSTHETIC. 

aicxtve (aioxos, shame, disgrace), 
f. -tva, to shame, disgrace; 
Mid., to be ashamed; with acc., 
to be ashamed b®fore, to have re- 
spect for. 

airéw, f. -how, pf. nTNKa, to ask for 
a thing, demand. 

aiypddoros, -ov (aixpn, point of a 
spear, ddiokopar), Laken in war; 
oi aixpadorot, prisoners of war ; 
Ta aixpadorta, things taken in 
war, prizes of war, including 
both prisoners and booty. 

dkovo, f. dxovoouar, pf. axijKoa 
(§ 269. 7), to hear. Der. 
ACOUSTICS, 

dixpos, ~a, -oy, at the end or top; 7 
axpa, subst., citadel; 7d dxpov, 
subst., herght or summit; ra 
axpa, heights. 

aktn, -Hs (dyvipu, to break, from 
the breaking of the waves), 
strand, shore. 

adnbeva, -as (adnOijs), truth. 

dAnbeio (adnOns), f. -evow, to 
speak the truth. 

adnOns, -és(d-, NavOava, to lie hid), 
true. 

dXioxopa, f. dkooopar, pf. édtwxa 
and 7jA@xa, 2 a. €adoy and For 
(§ 301. 1), ¢o be captured or 
taken; used as the passive ofa 
aipéw. 

diAKytos, -ov (adn, valor), warlike, 
brave. 

adhd, but; originally the neut. pl. 
of d\Xos, and denoting that dif- 
JSerent things follow from those 
which have preceded. It ex- 
presses opposition more strongly 
than 6é. 

G\AnA@v (dXos), of one another, 
of each other. See § 145, 
#23. C. 

GAopat, f. ddodpar (} 277), to leap. 





VOCABULARY. 


dvaytyvookw 


@dos, -7, -o (§ 97. 2), other, 
another, else; adn, dat. fem. 
as adv., another way, else- 
where. 

@ ore (GAXos), at another time. 

@ ws (Mos), in another way, 
otherwise. 

adddy.oTos, -ov (d-, Aoyi€ouat), zn 
considerate, thoughtless. 

@\oos, -eos, Td, sacred grove. 

dpa, at the same time. 

dpaka, -ns, carriage, 
hence, wagon-load. 

dpakirés, -dv(duaka), for carriages; 
600s duagirés, a carriage-road. 

dpaptave, f. dyaprnoopa, pf. n- 
papryxa, 2a. Faproy (} 289), Zo 
err, miss. 

dpuaxet (d-, wayn), without a battle. 

duaynti (d-, payopa), without 
Sighting or resistance. 

’AuBpaxtorns, -ov Ap Bpakia, Am- 
bracia,acity in Epirus), Ambra- 
ciot or Ambracian. 

dpedéw (d-, pedo), f. -how, pf. jue- 
Anka, lo neglect, be careless of. 

Gprendos, -OVv, 7, Vine. 

dupi, about; akin to aude, and 
signifying originally on both 
sides. 

dupdrepos, -a, -ov (appa), both; 
little used in the sing. 

duo, -oiv (§ 137. y, FY 21), doth. 

dv, —1. at the beginning of a 
clause, a shortened form of the 
conj. eav, if; — 2. elsewhere, a 
particle expressing contingency, 
in connection with which a verb 
is usually translated into Eng. 
by the potential mode, See 
§§ 587, 588, 603 f, 606, 615. 2, 
616. b. 

avd, prep., up; ava kparos, [up to 
one’s strength] with all speed, 
at full speed. 

avaBaive (ava, Baive, f. Bnooua, 
pf. Bé8nxa, 2 a. €Bny), to go up, 
ascend, mount, climb up. 

dvaBaots, -ews, 7 (avaBaivw), as- 
cent, expedition up from the sea~ 
coast into central Asia, 

dvayryvoocka (avd, yryvooKe, f 


wagon , 


= 


dvaytyvooke 


yroooua, pf. éyvaka, 2 a. €- 
yvov), to read. 

avayka¢@ (dvdykn), f. -dow, to 
compel, force. 

avayxn, “8; necessity - 

avdyw (ava, aya, f. dé, pf. ixa, 
2 a. ifyayov), to lead, carry, or 
bring up; hence, to bring upon 
the high SEQ; Mid., to pul out to 
sea, set sail. 

dvabappéa (dvd, Oappéw, f.-now, pf. 
reOappnka), to regain courage. 

avatpew (ava, aipéw, f. -no, pf. 
npnka, 2 a. eidov), to take up; 
Mid., ¢o take up what is connect- 
ed with one’s self, as the bodies 
of friends for burial, food placed 
before one, &c. 

avaxowvde (ava, kowvda, f. -do, to 
make common, from kowds), 10 
communicate. 

avaxpa{@ (ava, kpad¢o and 2 pf. 
kexpaya, to cry, f. pf. Kexpa&o- 
pat, 2 a. expayoyv, § 274. 6), to 
raise a cry. 

dvapéva (dvd, peva, f. pevd, pf. 
pepernKa), to wait for. 

aVapLUpLYNTKO , (avd, pupynoke, f. 
punow), to remind; Mid. and 
Pass., to recollect, call to mind. 

“AvatiGioe: -ov; Anaxibius, a Spar- 
tan admiral. 

avarreiOw (ava, riba, f. meio, pf. 
memetka), to persuade, induce. 

avareiva (avd, Teva, to stretch, f. 
Teva, pf. réraxa, § 268), to stretch 
up, hold up. 

avaté\X@ (ava, TéAXq, to raise, rise, 
f. reAXG, a. €recha), to rise, of the 
sun, 

dvehopevos , 2 aor. mid. part. of 
avapeo. 

civepos, -ov, 6, wind. 

dvev, without; opposed to avy, 
with, 

avnp, g. avdpds (§ 106.1), 6, man, 
in distinction from woman; hus- 
band. See avOparos. 

dyOparos, -ov, 6, 7, man, in distinc- 
tion from beast. *Avnp and ay- 
O@peros are distinguished from 
each other as vir and homo in 


VOCABULARY. 


arrépxopat 93 
Latin; the former signifying a 
MAN, in a more special or em- 
phatic sense; and the latter, 
simply one of the human race. 
Hence the former usually im- 
plies honor, and the latter often 
contempt. 

aviornpe (dvd, torn, f. orjoa, pf. 
€oTnka) , to raise up, rouse; in 
the intrans. forms, to stand Up, 
rise. See ae 

aviocxo (ava, tox, prolonged form 
of €xw), to rise, of the sun. 

avontos, -ov (d-, voew, to think), 
senseless. 

dvoiy and dyotyvipe (ava, otye, 
poet. ,zo open), f. dvoi&a, pf. avé- 
@X4, impf. dvéwyov and later 
ijvoryov (§ 294), to open. 

avri, over pee instead of. 

avrirdtTT@ Eo tatTw, f. ra&o, pf. 
réraya), to arrange or draw up 
against. 

avo (ava), adv., up, upwards. 
Comp. dvarépa, sup. averdta. 

agivn, -ns, axe. 

duos, -a, -ov, worthy of, worth; 
a&vos eivat, With inf., to be wor- 
thy, deserve. 

dé (aE£os), f. -ac@, pf. 7Etoxa, 
to think worthy, think fit, claim. 

dmayyEXo (amd, dyyedXo, f.-eha, 
pt. ifyyeAka), to carry or bring 
back word or tidings, report. 

dmayopevo (dz, a ayopeto, to speak 
in public, f. -vo@), to [speak off 
from a thing] give up, become ea- 
hausted. 

araya (amd, ayo, f. dE, pf. jxa, 
2 a. #fyayov), to lead away. 

dmavtdw (amd, avrdw, to come op- 
posite to), f. -7o#, commonly 
-noopat, pf. drnvtnka, to meet. 

amas, dmaoa, dmav, £. adraytos, 
daons (apa, was), all together, 
the whole. 

dey (dd, eipt), to go away, de- 
pat. 

dmedavva (ard, édavva, f. éhaow, 
pf. €Andaka), to drive away, to 
ride off or away. 

amépxopat (amd, epxopat, f. edev- 


94 drépxopat 


coat, pf. edndrvba, 2 a. 7AOor), 
to go away, depart. 
dm)dos, -dn, -dov, Contr. dAovs, -7, 


VOCABULARY. 


dpioros 


aroreure (ard, méure, f. réuyyo, 
pf. wérouda), to send away or 
back, to send (what is due). 


-oty (dpa, -7Ados,§ 138. 4), sim- | dtomhéw (ard, TAEw, f. TAEVTOMA 


ple, sincere. 

dé, Lat. ab, from. In compos., 
off, away, back, See e&. 

aroBaive (ard, Baiva, f. Byoopat, 
pf. BeBnxa, 2a. €8nv),to step off, 
disembark. 

amodeixvipe (amd, Seixvipe, f. dei- 
Ew, pf. dédecxa), to show forth, 
appoint, express; Mid., to express 
one’s opinion. 

amobipacka (dd, didparKa, to 
run, f. Spdcopa, pt. dédpaxa, 
2a. edpav, § 285), to run away, 
to escape by stealth. 

arobidwpt (dd, Sidwpt, f. Soo, pf. 
dedaxa, a. €daxa), to give back, 

ay. 

drobyncko (amd, Oviocka, f. Oa- 
votpat, pf. réOvnxa, 2 a. €avor), 
to die off, die, be slain or put to 
death. 

arroxaio (ard, kaiw, f. kavow, pf. Ké- 
kavxa), to burn off, wither, trans. 

amok\eiw (ad, kKNeiw, f.-o7w), to 
exclude, intercept. 

drroKxdrre (dd, kore, f. Kovvo, pf. 
kéxota), to cut or beat off. 

arroxpivopat (amd, Kpiva), f. -Kpivov- 
pat, pf. -Kéxpiyge, 0 answer, re- 
ply. 

droxreivm and amokrivvipe (ard, 
kreiva, to kill, f. ereva, pf. éxro- 
va, § 295), to kill off, kill, slay, 
put to death. 

amroXeir@ (ad, deta, f. -yro, pf. 
héAoura, 2 a. Edurov), to leave 
behind, desert. 

droop (ard, OAADpL, to. destroy, 
f. d\€ow, commonly oda, pf. 
dd@AexKa, § 295), to destroy; Mid. 
(2a. drwddpny), to perish ; 2 pf. 
éX\eAa, intrans. as pres., to be un- 
done or lost. 

’ArddXor, -wvos (§§ 105. n., 107. 
n.), Apollo, one of the chief 
divinities of the Greeks, regard- 
ed as the patron of soothsaying, 
music, poetry, archery, &c. 


or wAevoodpat, pf. wémdevka), to 
sail away. 

drropéw (d-, mépos, passage, way), 
f. -now, and aropeopat, f. -yoo- 
pat, to be at a loss. 

dmoorda (and, ondw, to draw, f. 
oraow, pf. omaxa, § 219), to 
draw off, separate, withdraw, 
trans. 

dmooréNX@ (ard, orédAXQ, f. oTEAA, 
pf. €oradka), to send away or 
back. 

amoorepew (ard, orepéw, to deprive, 
f. crepnow, pf. éorépnka), to de- 
prive, rob. 

drrorepve (ard, rénva, f. rena, pf. 
Terpnka, 2 a. érepoy and €rapov), 
to cut off, intercept. 

arotive (ard, Tivw, to pay, expiate, 
f. tiow, pf. rérixa, § 278), to 
pay back; Mid. drorivopa, f. 
-rioopat, to take vengeance upon, 
requite, punish. , 

dropevyw (and, petyw, f. pev&o- 
pat, 2 pf. wépevya, 2a. epvyor), 
to flee from, flee beyond reach, 
escape by flight. 

dpa(dp-, to fit, § 285), accordingly, 
then, therefore. See § 673. a. 

*Apyeios, -ov. 6 (“Apyos, Argos, 
chief city of Argolis), an Argive, 

dpyvpvor, -ov (dim. of dpyupos, sil- 
ver), silver-money, money. 

*Apy®, -dos, 7, Argo, the ship in 
which Jason sailed to Colchis 
in quest of the golden fleece. 

apern, -is, virtue, valor. 

apnyw, f. -Ew, to succour, assist. 

*Aptaios, -ov, Arieus, commander 
of the Asiatics in the army of 
Cyrus. 

aptOpuds, -od, 6, number, amount. 
Der. ARITHMETIC. 

dpirtdw (aéporor, breakfast), f. 
-how, pf. npiornxa, to breakfast. 

dpworos, best, noblest, sup. of aya- 
Obs; neut. pl. dpuora, as adv., 
best, sup. of ed or kadas. 


—— 


- 


eae eee eT 


ee 


*Apxaduds 


Apkadixés, -7), -dv (Apxadia, Ar- 
cadia, central province of the 
Peloponnesus), Arcadian. 

"Apxds, -ados, 6, an Arcadian. 

dpua, -atos, Td, chariot. 

“Appnyn, -ns, Harmene, a harbour 
of Sinope. 

dprato, f. dpwdce, pf. jpmaxa, to 
snatch, snatch up. 

Aprdofos, -ov, Artaozus, a friend 
of Cyrus. 

"Apra&épEns, -ov, Artaxerxes, sur- 
named Mnemon from his great 
memory, eldest son of Darius 
Nothus, and his suecessor upon 
the throne of Persia. 

“Aprepts, -vdos, Diana, sister of 
Apollo, goddess of the chase 
and of virginity. 

dpros, -ov, 6, loaf of bread. 

*Apvaras, -ov, Arystas, an Arcadi- 
an, a great eater. 

“np yaybna, -ov, Archagoras, an 
exile from Argos, one of the 
Greek lochagi. 

apxn; -Hs (cipxa), rule, govern- 
eke province; beginning. 

apy, f. dpEo (§ 222. 1), to take 
the lead, to rule, to command; 
to begin (§ 350. r.); Mid., to be- 
gin. In the sense éo begin, the 
active rather denotes do begin 
for others to follow, and ‘the 
middle simply to begin for one’s 
self. Der. arcu-. 

adpxav, -ovros, 6 (prop. part. of ap- 
xo), commander, ruler. 

acbevéw (dabevns, weak), f. hoa, 
to be weak, feeble, or sick. 

’ Acia, -as, Asia, the largest of the 
three grand divisions of the old 
world. 

*Aawdatns, -ov, Asidates, a rich 
Persian, taken and despoiled by 
Xenophon. 

*Agwaios, -ov (Acivn, Asine, a 
town of Laconia), an Asinean. 

aairos, -ov(da-, ciros), without food, 

doxés, -od, 6, leathern bag, goal- 
skin. 

aopevos, -n, -ov, glad, joyful. 

domaopat, f. -dcopar, to greet, em- 
brace, take leave of. 


VOCABULARY. 


BaBviov 95 


doris, -iSos, 7, shield, the large 
round shield of the Greeks. 

dopadys, -€s (a-, opdadXopar, to 
stumble, fall, fail), safe, secure. 

dopares (arpadns), safely, Se- 
curely. 

draéia, -as (d-, ravtw@), disorder, 
want of discepline. 

ad, again, on the other hand. 

addiCowat (addi, court-yard, lodg- 
ing), f. “tropa, to lodge. 

avNds, -0v, 6, flute, differing from 
that common with us, in having 
a mouth-piece, anda fuller tone. 

avtixa (avtos), forthwith. 

avToparos, -n, -ov (adrds, Y. pa-, to 
endeavour), self-moving ; amd 
TOU avTopaTov, Of one’s own mo- 
tion or accord. Der. auToma- 
TON. 

autos, -, -0, very, same, self ; 
avtds, the same; in the oblique 
cases not beginning a clause, as 
the common pron. of the 3d 
pers. him, her, it; gen. avrov 
[Se. rémov or Xepiou, ”§379], as 
adv., there. See §§ 149, 508 f. 

aurTov, - Ras contr. from ¢ EaUTOU, -7S. 

apatpeo (ad, aipew, f. -noa, pf. 

npnxa, 2 2a. eidov), and oftener 

abarpéopa, to take away, de- 
prive, rob. 

aavns,-és (d-, paiva), unseen, out 
of sight, invisible. 

aint (ee inpt, f. How, pf. etka, 
a. nxa), to let loose. 

pe abe (amd, ixvéopar, to come, 

f. ifopat, pf. typar, 2 a. ixduny, 
§ 292), to arrive, come to. 

pres (amo, immevo, to ride, f. 
-evoo), to ride off or back. 

apiornur (dd, torn), f. aroory- 
ow, pt. aearyKa, 1 a. aréorn- 
oa, 2 a. améarny, to withdraw 
from, trans.; in the intrans. 
forms, to stand off from or aloof, 
withdraw, retire, 

"Axauds,-0, an Achean, an inhab 
itant of Achaia, the northern 
province of the Peloponnesus. 

ax Oopat, f. a, nxOeoOnv 

(§ 222. a), to be vexed, 
8 a ene 7, Babylon, a cele- 


96 BaBvAdy 


brated city upon the river Eu- 
phrates. 

BaBvAwmos, -a, -ov (BaSvdor), 
Babylonian. 

Bdos, -eos, 76 (Babds), depth. 

Babs, -cia, -v, deep. 

[Baive, f. Byoopa, pf. BéBnxa, 2a. 
€Bnv (§ 278), to step, go.] 

Baddo, f. Bada, pf. BéBAnxa, 2 a. 
éBadrov (§§ 223, 277. a), to 
throw, cast. 

BapBapixés, -7, -dv (SapBapos), bar- 
barian, 

PapBapuxds (BapBapixds), in the 
barbarian tongue, in Persian. 
8apBapos, -ov, barbarian; BapBa- 
pos, Subst., a barbarian, a term 
applied by the Greeks to those 
of all nations except their own. 

Bacidetos, -ov (Baorreds), belong- 
ing to a king, royal; rd Baai- 
Aevov [sc. d@pua], and oftener ra 
Bacitera, palace. - 

Baoirevs, -€ws, king, esp. applied 
by the Greeks, and often with- 
out the art. (§ 485. a), to the 
King of Persia. 

Bacreto (Bacirevs), f. -etow, to 
reign. 

Baovtukés, -7, -dv (Bacrrevs), king- 
ly, royal. 

Bédeous, -vos, Belesys, a satrap of 
Syria. 

BeXriov, better, and PédrioTos, 
best, comp. and sup. of dyads. 

Bia, -as, force, violence. 

Bikos, -ov, 6, jar. 

Bios, -ov, 6, life. 

Boaw, f. Bonoopat, to cry out, call 
aloud, 

Botwrios,-ov, 6, @ Beotian, an in- 
habitant of the Grecian province 
northwest of Attica. 

Bopéas,-ov, contr. Boppas, xa (} 94), 
BOREAS, the north wind. 

Bovretw (Bovdy, plan, counsel, 
from PovdAopat), f. -evow, pf. 
BeBovrevxa, to plan, counsel; 
Mid., to take counsel, deliberate, 
consider, purpose, resolve. 

Zotropa, f. BovrAnoopa, pf. Be- 
BovAnpat (4 222. 2), do will, be 
wiliing, wish. See p. 68. ¢. 


VOCABULARY. 


youd 


Bots, Bods, 6, » (§ 112. 4), Lat. 
bos, ox, cow. 

Bpaxus, -cia, -¥, short; Bpayv, as 
adv., a short distance. 

Bufdvriov, -ov, Byzantium, a city 
on the Thracian Bosphorus, 
now Constantinople. 

yarnyn, -ns, a calm. 

yap, conj., for; never the first 
word in its clause (§ 673. a), but 
usually the second. 

yé, at least, certainly, surely; a 
particle, whose chief use is to 
add emphasis or force to the 
word preceding. See § 673. a. 

yelrav, -ovos, 6, 7, neighbour. 

yeddo, f. -doopa, a. éeyédaca 
(§ 219. a), to laugh. 

yéXos, -wros, 6 (yeAdw), laughter. 

yé4@, used only in pres. and impf., 
to be full of. 

yeved, ~Gs (yiyvopat), birth. 

yéppov, -ov, a wicker shield (of 
osier, covered with ox-hide). 

yevonat, f. yedooua, pf. yéyevpat, 
to taste. ‘The act. yedo is causa- 
tive, 2o make to taste, give one a 
taste of. 

yépipa, -as, bridge. 

yi, yns (contr. from yda), earth, 
land. 

yiyvopat, f. yernoopat, pf. yeyevnpat 
and yéyova, 2 a. éyevduny ($286), 
to come to be, become, be born, 
take place, be, come. ‘The gen- 
eral distinction between eiui and 
ytyvopar is the same as, in Eng., 
between be and become. 

yryvooka, f. yvdoouar, pf. éyvaxa, 
2 a. éyvar (§ 285), Lat. nosco, 
to KNOW, understand, determine, 
judge. 

Trois, TAod (§ 126. 2), Glus, a 
son of the Agyptian Tamos, 
and a favorite officer of Cyrus. 

yvopn, -ns, judgment, opinion. 

yovu, yovaros, 76 (§ 103. N.), knee. 
ypdupa, -aros, Té (ypape), letter. 
Der. GRAMMAR. 

ypapa, f.-po, pf. yéypada (4 36), 
to wrile, 

yupvato (yupvds, naked, from the 
Greck habit of engaging in ex- 


yupvato 


ercise naked), f. -dow, to exer- 
cise, train. Der. GYMNASTICS. 

yern, yuvatkds (§ 101. y), woman, 
wie. 

Saxpvo (daxpu, tear), f. -iow, to 
weep. 

Sapeckds, -od, 6 (Aapeios), daric, 
a Persian gold coin, = about 
$ 4.00. 

Aapetos, -ov, Darius, surnamed 
Nothus, king of Persia, natural 
son of Artaxerxes Longimanus, 
and father of Artaxerxes Mne- 
mon and Cyrus. 

Saopos, -ov, 6 (Satopat, to divide), 
tribute. 

dé, but, and; on the other hand, 
also (§ 657. y); the common 
particle of contradistinction, in- 
termediate in its force between 
the copulative cai, and, and the 
adversative ad\Ad, but. Kai 
unites without implying dis- 
tinction ; while dé implies some 
distinction, and adda not only 
distinction, but opposition. Ae, 
like pev (which see), is usually 
the second word in its clause, 
never the first (§ 673. a). 

dedorxa and éd:a, f. (epic) Seicopar, 
a. edevoa (Ff 58, §§ 237, 282), to 
be afraid, fear. 

dei, see d€w, to need, 

Oeikvupe and decxvia, f. deiEw, pf. 
dederxya (FY 52, § 294), to pornt 
out, show. 

deiAn, -ns, evening, afternoon. 

dewvds, -n, -6v (S€os, fear), terrible. 

deervéw (detrvov), f. deexvnce, pf. 
dcdeimvnxa, to sup, take one’s 
supper. 

Seimvoy, -ov, supper. 

déka, indecl., zen. 

Sexarevre, indecl., fifteen. 

d€vdpor, -ov (} 124. B), tree. 

deEvds, -d, -dv, Lat. dexter, right 
(as opposed to left), on the right ; 
7 Oe£ca [Sc. xeip], the right hand; 
To SeEvdv [sc. xépas], the right 
wing of an army. 

Acéurros, -ov, Dexippus, a Laconi- 
an in the army of Cyrus, who 


VOCABULARY. 


Stadap Barve 97 
proved false to his tfellow-sol- 
diers. 

d€ppa, -atos, Td (Sepa, to flay), skin, 
hide. 

Seomdrns, -ov (§ 742), master. 
Der. DEsPorT. 

Sedpo, hither. 

devrepos, -a, -ov (dv0), second. 

d€xopat, f. SéEouar, pf. dédeypar, to 
receive, take, 

dé and rarely didnt, f. Snow, pf. 
dedexa (§ § 219, 284), to ind, tie 
up. 

déorf denoa, pf. dedénxa (§ 222. 3), 
to need; commonly impers. in 
the Act., de@, there is need, it is 
necessary, f. denoe, &e.; Mid. 
déopar, f. Senoopat, pf. dedénuac, 
a. edenOnv, to need, want, desire, 
beg, entreat, request. 

5 (a shorter and weaker form of 
70n, now, and used, like our 
unemphatic now, without any 
distinct reference to time), now, 
then, so, indeed. See § 673. a. 

djAos, -1, -ov, evident, manifest. 

dnAdw (d7Aos), f. -dow, pf. dedqro- 
ka (9] 47), to manifest, show. 

Snpdocos, -a, -ov (Sjpos, people), be- 
longing to the people, public. 

dud, through ; w. gen., more liter- 
ally, through place, time, &c. ; 
w. acc., through means of, on 
account of, by reason of. 

diaBaivo (did, Baive, f. Byoopat, 
pf. BeBnxa, 2 a. €Bnv), to go 
through or across, to cross. 

diaBadro (dia, Badrw, f. Badd, pf. 
BeBXnxa, 2 a. €Badov), to tra- 
duce, slander, accuse falsely. 

Sradid@pe (did, Sidape, f. doa, pf. 
d€dexa, a. €Soxa), to distribute. 

ScaCed-yvope (Sta, Cev-yvip, f. Cevéw), 
to disjoin, part, separate. 

Scaxevdvuveve (did, cevSuveta, to risk, 
f. -evow), to risk throughout, ex- 
pose one’s self. 

dtaxAd@ (61a, kAdw, to break, f. ka- 
ow), to break in pieces, break up. 

Scaxdorot, -at, -a (dis, Exardv), two 
hundred, 

d:adapBave (da, Kap Bdve, f. AnwWo- 


’ 


98 dtrarapBave 


pat, pf. eiAnda, 2 a. €daBor), to 
take each his share of a thing, 
divide (as a company among 
themselves). 

Siaréyouar (did, Neyo), f. Suad€£o- 
pac, pt. dreiheypar, a. Sree Onv, 
to converse. Der. DIALOGUE. 

didvota, -as (did, vdos), thought, 
design. 

diamrew (did, Tew, f. wAEVoopaL, 
pf. wémAevxa), to sail across. 

dtappurréw (did, purréw, f. pivo, 
pl. €ppida), to throw [through a 
company] about, distribute by 
throwing. 

Staonpaive (did, onpaive, f. -avd), 
to signify, indicate, make known. 

duaorreipw (did, oreipa, f. orepa), 
to scatter abroad, disperse. 

diardtrw (dia, tarrea, f. rao, pf. 
téraxya), to arrange, draw up 
in order of battle, set in order. 

StariOnpe (did, Tine, f. Onow, pf. 
téOexa, a. €Onxa), to dispose; 
Mid., to dispose of (for one’s self, 
especially by sale). 

diarpiBa (did, rpiBa, to rub, wear, 
f. rpipa, pf. rérpupa), to [wear 
through] spend time, delay, tar- 


ry. 

diahaiva (did, paiva, f. hava, pf. 
mépayka), to show through; Mid., 
to appear or shine through. 

diddoxw, f. didakéo, pf. dedidaya 
(§ 285), ¢o teach. Der. pipac- 
TIC: 

didnpu, see déw, to bind. 

didom, f. dec, pf. dédaxa, a. 
€dwxa (9 51), to give, present. 

Svekavva (did, edavva, f. edo, 
pf. édjdaxa), to ride through. 

di€pyopar (did, Epyopat, f. éhevoo- 
pat, pf. ékndvOa, 2a. 7rOov), to 
go through, pass over; go 
abroad. 

diéx@ (did, yw, f. €Ew and cyjoo, 
pf. €oynxa, 2a. €or), to | hold 
apart] be distant. 

Stkaiws (Sikatos, just, from din), 
justly, with good reason. 

dixn, -ns, justice, punishment. 

dumdéos, -dn, -dov, contr. durdods, 


VOCABULARY. 


édw 


-j, ~ovv (dis, arAdos, § 138. 4), 
double. 

[dis (dv0), twice.] 

OioxirLot, -at, -a (Bis, xiALoL), two 
thousand, 

didpos, -ov, 6 (dis, pépw), seat (prop. 
for two). 

Stwxréos, -a, -ov (Su@kw), to be pur 
sued. 

didke, f.-Eo and -Eopuat, to pursue, 
chase. 

doxéw, f. dd (§ 288), to seem, 
appear; think. Impers. doxet, 
it seems, appears, f. dd&et. 

Sopartoy, -ov (dim. of dépu), a small 
spear, gavelin. 

ddpv, Séparos (§ 103. N.), spear. 

dovredw (SovdA0s, slave), f. -evow, 
pf. dedovAevka, to be a slave. 

Souréw (Sodros, din), f. -jow, to 
make a din. 

Apaxévrtios, -ov, Dracontius, a 
Spartan exile, chosen by the 
Greeks to superintend the 
games celebrated on account 
of their safe return to the sea- 
coast. 

Spapeiv, 2 a. infin. of rpéxa. 

Spdpos, -ov, 6 (Tpéxw), running, 
race. 

dvvapat, f. dvvyoopat, pf. Seddivnpar, 
a. eduvnOny, ndvvmOnv (§ 189. 1), 
and eduvacOny, to be able, can. 

Svvapts, -ews, 7 (Stvapat), power. 
Der. pyNAMIc. 

dive and dvopar, f. Svcopa, pf. 
déddxa, 2 a. edvv (§ 278), to 
enter, put on one’s self; of the 
sun, to set. 

dv0, dvoiv(} 137. y), Lat. duo, éwo. 

dvopn, -js (dvvw), setting (of the 
sun), scarce used except in the 
plur. 

éav (el, dy), contr. #v and dy, if, 
used w. subj. (§ 603); eay py, 
if not, unless. 

éavrod, -Hs, Contr. abrod, -ns (FY 23. 
B, § 144), of himself, herself, or 
itself. 

éda, f, -dow, pf. elaxa, to permit; 
€dw xaipewv, to bid farewell to, 
let alone. 


eyyus VOCABULARY. 


eyyvs, near. For its comparison, 
see § 163. 8. 

eyo, euov or pod (FY 23), Lat. ego, 
Rh) See. po 73.3. 

eywye (eyo, yé, §§ 328. b, 752. 
d. 8), I at least, I surely, I 
(more emphatic than éy). 

€dero, f. -now, pf. nOeAnKa (§ 222. 
2), to wish, will, be willing. 
See p. 68. ¢. 

ei, if, used w. ind. and opt. (§ 603) ; 
ei uy, if not, unless. ~ 

eidévat, eldas, inf. and part. of oda. 

eidov, 2 a. of épde. 

eixa Cw (eixds), f.-do, impf. eikagoy 
and yxafov (§ 188. N.), to liken, 

* conjecture. 

eixds, -dros (neut. part. of the perf. 
etka), likely, probable. 

eixoouv, § 66. a), indecl., dwenty. 

eidov, 2 a. Of aipéa. 

eipi, f. Zooper, impf. nv (FJ 55, 
§ 230), to be. See yiyvopuac. 

eit, impf. yew (Ff 56, § 231), to 
go, come. See § 301. 3. 

eirov, said, 2 aor., and etpnxa, pf. 
associated with gnpi (Ff 53, 
§ 301. 7). 

cis (ev, § 648. y), into; to; against, 
upon ; for, in respect to; to the 
number of. In expressing mo- 
tion to, eis is the common prep. 
with names of places, and mpés 
or wapa with names of persons 
(wapa expressing more precisely 
to the side or vicinity of, as to the 
court of a monarch). 

eis, pla, €v, g. évds, pas (FJ 21, 
§ 137. 8), one; used more 
strictly as a numeral than one 
in Eng. 

eiaBdadX@ (eis, Badd, f. Bada, pf. 
BéBXnxa, 2 a. €Badov), to throw 
one’s self into, enter into. 

cia Born, -7s (eiaBadAw), entrance. 

cicdvvm and cicdvopa (cis, dive 
and dvopar, f. Stoopuat, pf. dedvKa, 
2a. €duv), to enter into. 

etoetpue (eis, etc), Lo go into or in, 
enter. 

eioépxopuat (eis, Eepyouat, f. €Xevoo- 
pat, pf. €Andrvéa, 2a. 7APov), to 
come into or in, enter. 


expéepo 99 

cioméw (eis, TMéw, f. TAevoopaL, 
pf. mémXevxa), to sail into. 

eiaepa (eis, hepa, f. oicw, pf. 
evnvoxa, 1 a. AveyKa, 2 a. ivey- 
kov), to bring into or in. 

elow (eis), within. 

etra(ei rd, if those things are), then, 
an that case. 

elre .. etre (el, ré), whether . . or. 

elwOa (§ 297), plup. eimeuy, to be 
accustomed or wont. 

ex, see €€. 

€xaoTos, -1, -ov, each. 

éxatépwbev (éxarepos, each of two), 
Srom each side, on both sides. 

éxatov, indecl., one hundred. 

exBddro (€&, Barra, f. Bada, pf. 
BeBAnka, 2a. EBadov), to cast 
out. 

€xyovos, ~ov (ek, yiyvopat), born 
Jjrom; ta &xyova, offspring, 
young. 

exdepw (€&, dpa, to flay, f. depa, 
a. édeupa, § 259. a), to flay. 

exdidam (€&, Sida, f. daca, pf. 
d<daxa, a. €wxa), to give forth, 
deliver up. 

exet, there. 

exeivos, -7,-0 (eet), that, pl. those; 
as pers. pron., he, she, it. See 
§§ 97. 2, 502, 512 f. 

exeiae (exet), thither. 

exkAnaia, -as (éxxadéw, to call 
forth), an assembly (prop. called 
forth by a erier). 

exkdtve (e&, eAtve, to bend, f. dvd), 
to turn aside or away, give way. 

exdeitra (€&, Nei, f.-Wa, pf. re- 
Aouwra, 2 a. €durov), to forsake, 
desert. Der. ECLIPSE. 

exmive (e&, ive, f. riopa, pf. ré- 
moka, 2a. mov), to drink off or 


up. 

eso (e&, wréa, f. rrAevoopat, pf. 
meémhevxa), to sail forth. 

exrropiC@ (€&, mopite, to supply, f. 
-ic@), to provide. 

extpérw (€&, Tpera, f. >a, pf. ré- 
tpopa and rérpada), to turn out 
of or aside, trans. ; Mid., ¢o turn 
aside, intrans. 

exépo (€&, pepe, f. oicw, pf. €vn- 
voxa, 1 a. Aveyka, 2 a. AveyKor), 


100 expépw 


VOCABULARY. 


= 


éfaxeox Avot 


to carry out (esp. a corpse for | évdoy (ev), within. 


burial). 

edavvea, f. eAdow, eda, pf. énraka 
(§ 278), to drive, ride. 

éeiv, 2 a. inf. of aipéo. 

€devbepia, -as (eXedOepos), freedom, 
hberty. 

eevOepos, -a, -ov, free. 

edOeciv, 2 a. inf. of Epyopat. 

Axa, f.-Ee, impf. eiAcov ($$ 189. 3, 
298), to draw, draw up. 

“EdAds, -ddos, 7 (“EAAnv), Greece. 

“EAny, -nvos, 6, @ Greek. 

&Anvite ("EdAny), f. -icw, to 
speak Greek. 

“EdAnuixés, -7, -dv ("EXAnv), Gre- 
cian, Greek. 

“EdAnuikas (“EdXAnuixds), in Greek. 

‘EdAnvis, -idos, 7 ("EXAny, § 134), 
adj., Grecian. 

epavrod, -js (YF 23. B, § 144), of 
myself. 

ep Baiva (ev, Baiva, f. Byoopat, pf. 
BéBnxa, 2a. €Bnv), to go into or 
on board, embark. 

euBaddrw (ev, Barra, f. Bada, pf. 
BéBAnxa, 2 a. €Barov), to throw 
or put in or upon, insert, inflict. 

euBiBatw (ev, BiBatw, to cause to 
go, f. -dow), to put on board a 
vessel, make one embark. 

€uov, eo, e4é, Oblique cases of 
eyo. 

eds, -1), ~dv (eyed, €nov), my, mine. 

éprretpos, -ov (ev, metpa, trial), ex- 
perienced in, acquainted with. 

epminro (ev, winto, f. mrecodpat, 
pf. mwémr@xa, 2 a. erecor), to 
fall into, rush or throw one’s 
self into. 

éumews, -av (€v, mA€éws, § 135), 

ull. 


€p7rdptov, -ov (€usropos, trader), EM- 
PORIUM, mart. 

éumpoober (ev, mpdabev), in front, 

iafore, previously. 

ev, Lat. in, in; within, among; at ; 
on, upon ; in composition, often 
ito. 

évaytios, -a, -ov (€v, avri), over 
against, opposite, opposed to, 
contrary ; of évavriot, the enemy. 


evdtve and evdvopuae (ev, dive ana 
Svopa, f. dicopa, pf. dedvKa, 
2 a. edvv), to put on one’s 
self. 

eveype (€v, eiyi, f. Eropac), to be in. 

é€vexa, on account of, for the sake of. 

évOa (év), there, here; where; there- 
upon. 

éu, see Notes on Less. XV. 9. 

evauTés, -00, 6, year. 

eviore (€u, dre, § 523. a), some 
times. 

evvoew (ev, voew, to think, f. -jnow 
pf. vevdnxa, from vdos), to con- 
sider, reflect upon. 

évravéa (emphatic form of &6a; 
and more frequent in prose, 
[| 63), there, here; thereupon, 
hereupon, upon this. 

evreiva (ev, reiva, to stretch, f. revo, 
pf. reraxa, § 268), to [stretch 
out upon] inflict (blows). 

évredbey (emphatic form of évéer, 
thence, § 63), thence, hence ; 
thenceforth; hereupon. 

evriOnue (ev, TiOnur, f. Onow, pf. 
réOecka, a. €Onka), to put into or 
on board. 

évripas (€vtipos, honored, from ev 
and rip), in honor. 

evrvyxdva (ev, Tuyxave, f. revEo- 
pa, pf. rerdxynxa, 2 a. érvyxov), 
to happen upon, meet with, find. 

évirrviov, -ov (€v, Umvos, sleep), 
dream. 

e& (before a cons. éx, § 68. 1) out 
of, from. Amd expresses the 
simple idea of from, or from the 
surface; while é€ denotes from 
the interior, or from within ; and 
mapa, from the vicinity, or from 
beside. In composition, €€ some- 
times simply strengthens the 
meaning, by expressing the 
carrying out of the action. 

€&, indecl., six. 

eEayyedrAw (€&, ayyXa, f. ayyedo, 
pf. #yyeAxa), to bring out word. 

e€aidyns, suddenly, on a sudden, 

éEaxioyiriot, -aty -a (éfdxis, seat 
times, xQuot), six thousand. 


é£akdotor 


éfaxdotot, -at, -a (€&, éxaTdy), six 
hundred. 

efarataw (€&, award, to deceive, 
f. -yow), to deceive, cheat. 

efarivns, softer form for eEaidyns. 

e£euue (€&, eiui), only used in the 
impers. ¢£eart, 1¢ is permitted, 
possible, or in one’s power, f. e&€- 
ora, &c. 

Feu (€€, ete), Co go out. 

e£ehavva (€&, ehavvw, f. ehdo, pf. 
éAnAaka), to ride forth, march, 
advance; used of the leader of 
an expedition. 

e&€pyouae (€&, epxopar, f. edevoo- 
pat, pf. edndvOa, 2a. 7AOor), to 
come or go out or forth. 

e£odos, -ov, 7 (€&, ddds), gong 
forth, excursion. Der. Exonus. 

é&o (€€), without (opposed to with- 
7). 

€optn, ~Hs, festival, feast. 

erawvew (emi, aivew, to praise, f. 
-€aw, pf. jvexa), to praise, com- 
mend. 

emav (ere, av), after that, when. 

eret (emi), after that, when, since. 

erevoav (emevdn, av), when now, 
when. 

emetdy (eet, dn), Since now, since. 

€rreype (€ml, €ipc), C0 come upon or 
on, advance. 

émewra (eret Ta, since those things 
are), thereupon, then, after- 
wards, in the second place. 

erepataw (ert, epatda, f. éparnce 
and epyoopa., pf. npernka, 2 a. 
m. npounv), to ask or question 
further. 

emi, upon : w. gen. upon (rest strict- 
ly upon), on board of: w. dat., 
upon (rest upon, but less strictly 
than w. gen.) ; at, by ; for ; over; 
dependent upon, in the power 
of ; in addition to: w. acc., up- 
on (motion upon); against, to. 

ertBovrev (ert, Bovrevo, f.-evow, 
pf. BeBovdevea), to plun or plot 
against, to plot. 

emiBovrn, -7s (emi, Bovdn, plan, 
counsel), plot. 

emdeixvipe (eri, Seixvopn, f. deiEo, 

# 


VOCABULARY. 








eropat 101 
pf. dederxa), to exhibit ; Mid., to 
exhibit one’s self, or what be- 
longs to one’s self. 

ériOupéw (eri, Ovpds, spirit), f. 
-now, to [set one’s heart upon a 
thing] deszre. 

emikeywat (emt, ketpat, f. Keioopar), 
to press upon, as an enemy. 

emikovpnpa, -atos, TO (emiKoupEew, 
to aid, protect), protection. 

emtxpareta,-as (emi, kparéw), power 
over, dominion. 

emthéyw (eri, eyo, f. KeEw), to say 
in addition or also. 

emtrelr@ (emi, A\eiza, f. po, pf. 
héAourra, 2 a. CAurrov), to fazl, be 
wanting to. 

eripeéopat (emi, pedo), f. -noopaz, 
pf. émipepeAnpat, to take care of, 
observe carefully. 

emtopkéw (emt, Opkos), f. -jnow, to 
swear falsely, perjure one’s self. 

emippuros, -ov (emi, pew), well-wa- 
tered. 

eriorapa, f. emuornoopar, impf. 
ymitdapny, to understand, know, 
be assured. 

emtaroAn, -ns (emiaTeddw, to send 
to), EPISTLE, (etter. 

emitnOetos, -a, -ov (emurndés, On pur- 
pose), suitable, serviceable; ra 
erurnoeta, the necessaries of life, 
provisions, supplies. 

emutiOnpt (emi. TiOnpu, f. Onow, pf. 
téOetka, a. €Onka), to put upon, 
inflict ; Mid., to throw one’s self 
upon, fall upon, attack. 

emitvyyava (emi, tuyxava, f. rev 
Eopat, pf. rervxnka, 2 a. érvxov), 
to happen upon, meet with, find. 

exipaive (eri, paiva, f. pave, pf. 
mepayka), to show upon or forth ; 
Mid., to show one’s self or appear, 
especially for an attack wpon 
another. 

emixapts, -t, g. -wros (emi, xapts, 
grace), pleasing, agreeable. 

emtxetpew, f. -now (emi, xeip), to 
[put one’s hand to a thing] 
undertake, attempt. 

€ropat, f. &rouar, impf. eimduny, 
2a. eondpnv (§ 300), to follow. 


102 énra 

énra, indecl., seven. 

énraxdotot, -at, -a (émra, éxatdv), 
seven hundred. 

’Ervata, -ns, Epyara, wife of 
Syennesis, king of Cilicia. 

épyafoua (épyor), f. -dcopat, pf. 
eipyacpat, to, work, 

épyov, -ov, work. 

€pnuia, -as (€pnpos), solitude, lone- 
Iness. 

€pnuos, -ov, deserted, desert, unin- 
haluted., 

€ppnvevs, -€as, 6 (“Eppns, Mercury, 
the god of speech, and messen- 
ger of the gods), interpreter. 

€ppapevas (€ppapévos, strong, reso- 
lute), strongly, resolutely. 

épxouar, f. ehevoopar, pf. ekndrva, 
2 a. 7dOov, to come, go. See 
§ 301. 3. 


€p@, see dpi. 

eparda, f.épwrnow and épyoopat, pf. 
npeTnka, 2 a. m. npdpnv (§ 298), 
to ask for information, question. 

éobia, f. €Souar, pf. edndoxa, 2 a. 
epayor (§ 298), to eat. 

€oxaros, -n, -ov (e&, § 161. 2), 
uttermost, extreme, last. 

’Eredvixos, -ov, Eteonicus, a Spar- 
tan officer at Byzantium. 

érepos, -a, -ov (§ 316. 2), other of 
two; one of two, § 542. y. 

ert, still, yet, more, longer. 

érowpos, -n, -ov, ready. 

€Tos, -€0s, TO, year. 

ev, well. 

evdapovil@ (evdaiper), f. -icw, to 
think or deem happy, congratu- 
late. 

evdaipar, -ov, g. -ovos (ed, daipwr, 
fortune), happy, prosperous. 

evs, straightway, immediately. 

Eixdcidns, -ov, Fuclides, a sooth- 
sayer from Phlius, and a friend 
of Xenophon. 

etvowa, -as (eUvoos), good-will, af- 
fection. 

etvoos, -oov, contr. evvous, -ovy (ed, 
véos), well-disposed, kind. 

cipioxa, f. eipnow, pf. evpnxa, 2 a. 
edpoy or nipov (} 296), to find. 

edpos, -eos, 1d (evpis), width, 
breadth. 


VOCABULARY. 


Tryeopae 


evpus, -€la, -U, wide, broad. 

evragia, -as (ed, ratrw), good or 
der or discipline. 

evrvxéw (evruxns, fortunate), f 
“now, pt. evrvynxa (§ 193. 111.) 
to succeed, be successful. 

evrixnpa, -atos, Té (evTUXEw), SUC- 
cess. 

Evdparns, -ov, the Euphrates, a 
celebrated river of western Asia. 

evavupos, -ov (ev, Gvoua), left (op- 
posed to right) ; rd evavupor [Sc. 
kepas], the left wing of an army. 

"Edeaos, -ov, 7, Ephesus, an Ionian 
city upon the western coast of 
Asia Minor, having a celebrated 
temple of Diana. 

ehiornue (eri, tornus, f. ornoa, 
pf. éornxa), to stop, trans.; in 
the intrans. forms, to stand by; 
to stop, intrans. 

exOpds, -a, -dv, hostile, inimical; 6 
€xOpés, foe. 

exupds, -d, -dv (€xa), strong (easily 
held or defended), secure. 

exo and icya, f. &o and cxjco, 
pf. grynxa, 2 a. €rxov, to have. 
hold, occupy. See § 300. 

€ws, €w, 7 (§) 97. 3, 98), dawn, 
morning. 

€ws, while, whilst ; until. 

(aw, f. (now, to live. See§$33.a, 
280. +. 

Cevynraréw (Cevyndarns), f. -Aor@, 
to drive a team. 

Cevyndarns, -ov (Cedyos, ehavy@), 
teamster. 

Cevyvipe, f. Ced§w (§ 294), to yoke, 
join, connect. 

Cevyos, -eos, TO (Cev-yvdpn), @ yoke 
of oxen or other animals. 

Zevs, Ards (Ff 16), Jupiter, king 
of the gods. 

(nréw, f. -now, to seek, 

Cupirns, -ov, 6 (Cin, leaven), adj. 
leavened. 

(avn, -ns (Covvipu, to gird), girdle, 
ZONE. 

f, or; than; 4. .#, either . . or. 

7 (dat. fem. of ds, $421. 8), where. 

WYEHOY, -dvos, 6 (iyéopac), guide, 
leader. 


Hyéopat (dyw), f. -propat, pf. ifyn- 


Hyeopar 


par, to lead, take the lead, lead 
the way; to guide, conduct ; to 
think. 

7Oew, see oida. 

1d€as (ndvs), with pleasure, cheer- 
fully, gladly. 

76n, already, now. 

HOonat, f. noOnoopar, a. FoOnv, to 
be pleased. 

70vs, -eta, -J (FSopac), sweet, pleas- 
ant, agreeable. Comp. 7dtor, 
sup. fObdris 

yKo, f. Ao, : come, have come. 
See § 579. 

NALBtos, -a, -ov; « olish, silly, sense- 
less. 

nArtkia, -as (7Aikos, how old), time 
of life, age. 

NALKLoTNS, -ov (HAcKia), an equal in 
age. 

ios, -ov, 6, the sun. 

jets, we, plur. of é eyo. 

sieeve (jpeAnpevos, pf. part. 
of duedkéw), carelessly, negli- 
gently. 

7HEpa, -as, day. 

NMETEpos, -a, -ov (pets), our. 

i Bperos, -ov (jurous, BiBpackea, 
to eat), half- eaten. 

npdens, -€s (jusovs, dé), wanting 
half, half full. 

Hueous, -eva, -v, Lat. semis, half. 

qv, contr. from éay, tf. 

nvixa (4 63), when; more specific 
than 6re. 

“HpakXéns, -éeos, contr. ‘HpakAjs, 
-éovs (§ 115. 8), Hercules, son 
of Jupiter and Alceméne, the 
most famous of the Greek he- 
roes. 

“HpdkXera, -as (‘Hpakd7js), Hera- 
cléa, a city of Bithynia on the 
Pontus Euxinus. 

“Hpakneldns, -ov, Heraclides, a 
Greek from Maronéa in Thrace, 
an unprincipled agent of Seu- 
thes. 

novuxia, -as (jovxos, still, quiet), 
stillness, quiet. 

HTTdopat (irra, inferior), | f. -760n- 
copat and -jcopat, pf. Arrqpat, 
to be inferior, to be vanquished. 


VOCABULARY. 


Opacvs 103 

Oddarra, -ns, the sea. 

Oapuva (neut. pl. of Oapuvds, fre- 
quent) ), frequenth ly. 

Oavaros, ov, 6(OvnoKew, f. Oavodpat) 
death. 

Gara, f. Bara (§ 272), to bury. 

Oapparéws (Oapparéos, confident, 
from Oappos), confidently, with 
confidence, with good bbe 

Odppew (Aappos, courage), f. -noa, 

pf. reOappyka, to be of good 
courage, have no fear. 

Garrwv, comp. of rayvs. 

Bavpato (Gada, wonder), f. -dow, 
oftener -dooua, pf. reOavipaxa, 
to wonder, wonder at, admire. 

Oavpacros, -a, -ov (Gada), wonder- 
Sul. 

6€\o (a shorter form for the more 
common €6eAq@), f. -now, to wish, 
will, be willing. 

Geds, -o0, 6, 7, Lat. deus, god, 
deity. 

Gerradés, -od, @ Thessalian, an in- 
habitant of the fertile but rude 
province in the northeast of 
Greece. 

Géw, f. Ocvoomar (§ 220), to run. 

Gewpea, f. -now (Oewpds, spectator), 
to behold, view, gaze upon. 

OnBaios, -ov, 6 (OnBa, Thebes, 
chief city of Beotia), a Theban. 

[Onp, -pds, 6, wild beast.] 

Onpaw (Onp), f. -acw and -dooua., 
pf. reOnpaxa, to hunt wild beasts. 

Onpeto (Onp), f. -evow, to hunt, 
catch. 

Onpiov, -ov (Onp, § 
beast or animal. 

Oyvnoxw, f. Oavodpar, pf. réOvnKa, 
2 a, €Oavoy (§§ 281, 237), to 
die; pf., to be dead. 

A6puBos, -ov, 6, tumult, noise. 

Opakn, -ns (pas), Thrace, a coun- 
try in Europe, lying north and 
northeast of the A’géan. The 
name was also given to a coun- 
try upon the northwestern coast 
of Asia Minor colonized by Thra- 
cians. 

©paé, “ads, 6, a Thracian. 

pacts, -cia, -b, bold, courageous. 


§ 312. N.), wild 


104 Ovdakos 

OvXakos, -ov, 6, sack. 

OvpBprov, -ov, Thymbrium, a city 
of Phrygia. 

@vpa, -as, door ; often in the plur., 
even when a single entrance is 
spoken of. 

Oucia, -as (Gvw), sacrifice. 

Giw, f. dow, pf. réBixa (§ 219), 
to sacrifice; Mid., to sacrifice for 
purposes of divination, to con- 
sult the gods by sacrifice. 

Owpak, -axos, 6, breastplate, corse- 
let, coat of mail. 

idowat, f. iaropar, to heal, cure. 

*lavéuos, -a, -ov (Idcwv, Jason, 
the famous leader of the Argo- 
nauts), Jasonian. 

idrpds, -o0, 6 (idopa), physician, 
surgeon. ‘ 

ideiv, 2 a. inf. of épda. 

iepds, -d, -ov, sacred. 

inut, f. How, pf. eika, a. Hea (FY 54, 
§ 229), to send, let go or fly; 
Mid., to [send one’s self] rush. 

ixavds, -, -dv, sufficient, enough, 
competent, suitable. 

iAews, -wv (contr. from taos, -ov, 
§§ 98. 8, 726, 8), propitious. 

iuds, -dvros, 6, thong. 

wa, in order that. 

immevs, -éws, 6 (imos), horseman, 
knight. 

immxds,-1, -dv (tos), relating to 
a horse; rd immxoy (se. mAnOos 
or orparevpal, the cavalry. 

immos, -ov, 6, 7, horse, mare. 

io, imp. of eiui and of oida. 

igos, -y, -ov, equal; ivoy, as adv., 
equally, alike. 

*Ioaoi, -ay, of, also loads, -ov, 4, 
Issus, the most eastern city 
upon the coast of Cilicia. 

istnuat, f. ornow, 1 a. €ornoa, to 
place, station; 1 a.m. é€ornoa- 
pyv, to have set up or erected for 
one’s self: intrans. forms, pf. 
éornka as pres., 2a. €orny, and 
Mid. except la, to stand, stand 
one’s ground. See Gf 48, 
§§ 233, 237, 257. B. 

isxipds, -d, -dv (ioxds, strength), 
strong, severe. 


VOCABULARY. 


Kapdovxos 


icxvpas (ic xdpés), strongly, exceed- 

, mgly, very, vehemently, severely 

ioxX@, See Eya. ‘ 

iows (icos), equally, probably, per- 
haps. 

ixOvs, -vos, 6, fish. 

ixuor, -ov (tyvos, track, § 312. n.), 
track, footstep. 

kaa (xara a), according as. 

kabevdw (ard, evdw, to sleep, f. 
evdnow, § 222. 3), to sleep. 
For augment, see § 192. 3. 

KaOnpat (kara, jpat, to sit, 4 59, 
§ 275. ¢), to sit down. 

kadiornuet (kara, torn, f. orjoe, 
pf. €ornka), to station, appoint ; 
in the intrans. forms, to station 
one’s self, settle down. 

kai, and; also, even (§ 657. y); 
kat... Kat, both..and. See é€é. 

Kdikos, -ov, 6, Caicus, a river of 
Mysia. 

kai, f. kavow, pf. céxavea(§ 267. 
3), 10 burn, kindle, set on fire 

kaxos, -17, -dv, bad, evil, vile; bad 
an war, cowardly; 7d kakdv, 
subst., evil, harm. For com- 
parison, see § 160. 

kahéw, f. xadrteow, pf. KéxAnka 
(§ 261), ¢o caLL. 

KaAXipayos, -ov, Callimachus, a 
lochagus from Parrhasia in Ar- 
cadia, distinguished for bravery. 

kaos, -7, -dv, beautiful, fine, fair, 
Savorable, honorable, noble, good. 
Comp. xa\Xiav, sup. kaddLoros. 
*AyaOds refers more to the essen- 
tial quality of an object, and 
kadés more to the impression 
which it produces upon the eye 
or mind. 

KadAmn, -ns, Calpe, a harbour upon 
the coast of Bithynia. 

kadas (xadds), beautifully, honor- 
ably, well. 

xavdus, -vos, 6, a robe with sleeves, 
worn by Persians of rank. 

Karradoxia, -as, Cappadocia, a 
large province in the eastern 
part of Asia Minor. 

KapSovxos, -ov, 6, a Carduchian, 
or one of the Cardichi, a race 


Kapdodxos 


VOCABULARY. 


KAedperos 105 


of fierce and independent moun- | xatampatro (xara, patra, f.-fe 


taineers upon the east of the 
Tigris, from whom the modern 
Kurds have derived their lineage 
and name. 

Kapraia, -as, carpea, a kind of 
dance. ; 

Kata, prep., down: w. gen., down 
‘rom, down: w. ace., down 
along or down to; beside, by, 
at, over against ; according to. 
In composition, it usually signi- 
fies down or against, or implies 
completion. 

karaBaive (xara, Baiva, f. Bnoopar, 
pf. BeBnxa, 2 a. EBnv), to go 
down, descend. 

kataBacts, -ews, 7) (kataBaiva), de- 
scent, return from Central Asia 
to the sea-coast. 

Karayetos, -ov (kata, yn), under- 
ground, subterranean. 

Katayehdw (Kata, yeddw, f. -aco- 
prac), to laugh at, deride, sneer 
at. 

Kata ybve (kara, aloxtve, f.-vva), 
to disgrace. 

katakaivw (Katd, Kaive, to kill, f. 
kava, 2 a. €xavoy, § 267), to kill. 

Katakaiw (kata, kalo, f. kaioa, pf. 
xexavxa), to burn down, con- 
sume. 

Kardkeysae (Kata, Ketpat, f. Keioo- 
prac), to le down, recline. 

KataxéntT@ (kara, Kérra, f. Koro, 
pf. xéxoda), to cut down, cut in 
pieces. 

KatadauBdave (katd, AapBava, f. 
AnwWoua, pf. etAnha, 2 a. eda- 
Bov), to sevze, take possession of. 

cataeimrw (kara, deizra, f.~pa, pf. 
AéXoura, 2 a. EXerov), to leave 
behind or alive. 

Katapevo (kara, peva, f. pevd, pf. 
prepevnka), to stay behind, con- 
tenue. 

kataréumeo (Kara, Téa, f. -yrw, 
pf. wémopda), to send down, as 
from Central Asia to the sea- 
coast. 

katamnodw (kata, 7ydda, f. -now, 
to leap), to leap down. 


pt. wémpaxa), to accomplish ; 
Mid., to accomplish for one’s 
self, obtain. 

kataotpepw (Kata, otpepo, to 
twist, turn, f. »po, § 259. a), 
to overturn; Mid., to subject to 
one’s self, subdue, conquer. 

katepydtopat (kata, epyafopat, f. 
-acopa, pf. etpyacpar), to ac- 
complish. 

kato (kara), adv., down. 

Kéyyxpos, -ov, 6, 7, millet, a small 
grain. 

xetpat, f. Keioopar (Ff 60, § 232), 
to he; lie dead. 

KeAeva, f. -evow, pf. KexéAevxa, to 
command, bid. 

kevds, -f, -dv, empty, vain, ground- 
less. 

Kevtpitns, -ov, Centrites, a river 
flowing between Armenia and 
the land of the Carduchi. 

kepavvoju, f. Kepaow (§ 293), to 
mingle, mix. 

képas, képaros, contr. képas (§ 104), 
76, horn, wing of an army. 

Kepacovytios, -ov, 6 (Kepagois, 
Cerasus, a Sinopian colony in 
Pontus), a Cerasuntian. 

kebadn, -7s, head. 

Knpv€, -vKos, 6 (Knpvtr@), herald. 

knpitt@, f. -véw, pf. Kexnpuxa, to 
proclaim. 

Kattkia, -as (Kid), Cilicta, the 
southeastern province of Asia 
Minor. 

Kite€, -ixos, 6, a Ciliczan. 

KOuooa, -ns (Kiteé, §§ 311. d, 
313. r.), @ Cilicran woman 
(used in speaking of the queen 
of Cilicia). 

KXcayédpas,-ov, Cleagoras, a paint- 
er of Phlius. 

Kyéavdpos, -ov, Cleander, Lace- 
demonian prefect of Byzantium. 

KXeavep, -opos, Clednor, an Ar- 
cadian, chosen general in the 
place of Agias. 

K\edperos, -ov, Clearetus, one of 
the lochagi, who lost his life in 
a wicked enterprise. 


106 KAéapxos 

K\éapxos, -ov, Clearchus, a Lace- 
demonian exile, a lover of war 
for its own sake, and the gener- 
al most honored and trusted by 
Cyrus. 

kAeiw, f. -ow (§ 270. 10), to shut, 
close. 

kynpis, -tdos, » (kynn, the leg from 
the knee to the ancle), greave, 
a piece of armour for the leg. 

xéyxn, -ns, Lat. concha, cockle or 
muscle, a kind of shell-fish. 
Der. concu. 

Kowds, -7), -dv, common, joint; 
kown [sc. 606, § 320. 2. 6], in 
common, jointly, together. 

KoA@vds, -0v, 6, hill, mound. 

komTo, f. kdo, pf. céxoda (§ 272. 
a), to cut ; to strike or beat upon, 
knock at a door or gate. 

Kopowrn, -js, Corsdte, a large but 
desert city of Mesopotamia. 

Kovpas (kodpos, light), lightly, 
nimbly. 

Kpavos, -eos, Td, helmet. 

kparéw (xparos), f. -7o@, pf. kexpd- 
tyka, to control, govern, con- 
quer. 

kpatioros, best, noblest, sup. of 
ayabés. 

Kpdtos, -eos, TO, Strength, might. 

kpavyn, -js (Kpagw, to cry out), 
outcry, clamor. 

kpéas, 2. Kpéaos, contr. pews, pl. 
kpéaa, contr. kpéa, flesh, meat ; 
chiefly used in the plur. 

kpeitray, better, superior, comp. of 
ayaéés. 

Kpnvn, -ns, fountain. 

Kpns, -nrdés, 6, @ Cretan, an in- 
habitant of the large. island 
south of the Aogean, now Can- 
dia, 

xpiOn, ~js, barley; usually in the 
plur. 

kpive, f. kptv@, pf. Kéxpixa (§ 217. 
a), to judge. 

kplows, -ews, 1) (kpiva), trial by a 
judge. : 

xraouat, f. xrnoopat, to acquire; 
rhiechad at, 3 f. Kexryropat, to 
possess ()§ 233, 234). 


VOCABULARY. 


Aun 


Krnoias, -ov, Ctesias, a physician 
from Cnidus, who was in the 
service of Artaxerxes, and wrote 
a history of Persia. 

Kvdvos, -ov, 6, Cydnus, a river of 
Cilicia, flowing through the city 
of ‘Tarsus. 

KUKAos, -ov, 6, Lat. circulus, circle, 
ring, inclosure. 

KUKNO@ (KUKAos), f.-do@, to encir- 
cle, surround. 

Kupos, -ov, Cyrus (surnamed the 
Younger in distinction from 
Cyrus the Great, the founder 
of the Persian monarchy), 
younger brother of Artaxerxes 
Mnemon, against whom he 
made a disastrous expedition, 
B. C. 401. 

Kv@v, Kuvds, 6, 7 (§ 106), dog. 

kodvo, f. -tow, pf. KexodrJdKa, to 
hinder, forbid, prevent. 

kKapdpxns, -ov (Kaun, apxw), the 
head man of a village. 

k@pn, -ns, village. 

Aayas, -@, 6 (§) 98, 123. y), hare. 

Aaxedaydvios, -ov, 6 (Aakedaipwr, 
Lacedemon, also called Sparta, 
chief city of Laconia), a Lace- 
demonian. 

Adkoy, -wvos, 6, a Laconian. 

AapBave, f. AjWoua, pf. eiAnda, 
2 a. €haBor () 290), to take, re- 
ceive, obtain. 

Adpyfaxos, -ov, 1), Lampsacus, a 
city of Mysia on the Hellespont. 

Aéyo, f. A€E@, [pf. p. NeAeypar,] to 
say, speak, mention, relate, pro- 
pose. 

Aewwv, -Gvos, 6, meadow. 

Aeiro, f. -yo, pf. NedAoura, 2 a. 
€Xurrov (Vf 37), to leave, quit ; 
pf. p. A€Aequpar, to have been 
left, to remain. 

Nexréos, -a, -ov (Aéyw), to be said. 

Aeuxds, -7), -dv. while. 

Anitopat, f. -ivopar (Aelia, dooly), 
to plunder, ravage, rob. 

Anarns, -ov (AniCopa), plunderer, 
robber. 

Aidos, -ov, 6, a stone. 

Aiunv, ~€vos, 6, harbour, haven. 


Alveos 


Aiveos, -a, -ov, contr. Awods, -7, 
-ovv (Aivov, flax), flaxen, LINEN. 

Aoyifopae (Adyos), f. -icopat, to 
reckon, calculate, suppose. 

Adyos, -ov, 6 (Aéyw), word, dis- 
course, narrative, report. 

Adyxn, -ns, spear-head, LANCE. 

ourds, -n, -dv (AelT@), Temaining, 
rest, 

Adghos, -ov, 6, ridge, hill. 

Aoxayds, -od, 6 (Adxos, ay), the 
commander of a Adxos, captain, 
centurion. 

Adxos,-ov, 6, a company of soldiers, 
usually containing about 100 
men. 

Av6dia, -as (Avdds), Lydia, a rich 
province in the western part of 
Asia Minor, once a powerful 
kingdom. 

Avéuos, -a, -ov (Avdds), Lydian. 

Avdds, -ov, 6, a Lydian. 

Avkeiov, -o0, the Lycéum, a public 
gymnasium with covered walks, 
in the eastern suburb of Athens. 

Avkwos, -ov, Lycius,—1. son of 
Polystratus, an Athenian, ap- 
pointed commander of horse 
among the Greeks; —2. a 
Syracusan, under the command 
of Clearchus. 

vw, f. Atco, pf. AeAdxa (§ 219), 
to loose, undo, break or violate a 
treaty or oath. 

pa, adv. of swearing, by. See 
§ 426. 8. 

Mayvns, -ntos, 6, a Magnesian, an 
inhabitant of Magnesia, a part 
of Thessaly upon the eastern 
coast. 

MaiavSpos, -ov, 6, the Meander, a 
river separating Lydia from 
Caria and from a part of Phry- 
gia, so remarkable for its wind- 
ing course through its rich al- 
luvial plain, that it has given a 
name to the winding of rivers. 

paivoua, f. pavodpar, pf. pewnva, 
lo be mad, frenzied, or insane. 

praxpos, -d, -dv, long; paxpay [sc. 
dddv, § 439. B], as adv., a long 
way, far. 


VOCABULARY. 


pero 107 


Mdkpov, -vos, 6, a Macronian, or 
one of the Macrdnes, a tribe 
living near Trebizond. 

pada, adv., very, very much ; comp. 
paddov, more, rather ; sup. pd- 
uora, most, especially. 

pavOave, f. pabjnoopat, pf. wepd- 
Ona, 2 a. euabov (§ 290), to 
learn. 

pavreia, -as (pavtis), divination, 
oracle. 

payris, -eas, 6, 4 (patvouat, to be 
frenzied), diviner, soothsayer, 
prophet. 

Mapovas, -ov, Marsyas, a Phry- 
gian, the reputed inventor of 
the flute. From the tears shed 
by the shepherds and rural di- 
vinities of Phrygia for his cruel 
fate, is fabled to have arisen the 
river bearing the same name. 

Mdoxas, -a, or Maoxas, -a@ (§ 126. 
2), the Mascas, a river of Meso- 
potamia. 

pacrds, -0d, 6, breast (one of the 
breasts), pap. 

payarpa, -as, sword. 

paxn, -ns (waxopar), batile. 

payoua, f. payécopa, in Attic 
always payovpar, pf. pepaynpat 
(§ 222. a), to fight. 

Meyapevs, -€as, 6 (Méyapa, Mega- 
ra, chief city of Megaris), a 
Megarian. 

péyas, peyddn, péya (§ 135), 
great, large. omp. peitwr, 
sup. peyioros. 

peiwy, less, comp. of puxpds. 

HéAas, peAawa, peray (FJ 19), 
black. 

pererdw (puedo), f. -4ow, to prac- 
tise. 

pedtvn, -ns, panic, a grain resem- 
bling millet. 

HeAX@, f. pedAnoo, a. euedAAnga 
and medAnoa ($$ 189. 1, 222. 
1), to be about to; to delay. 

pedo, f. pednow, pf. pepednxa 
(§ 222. 2), to concern, be a care 
to; commonly impers., pede, zt 
concerns or is a care to, f. pedn- 
ae, &. 


108 peprnpar 


He“ynpal, SCC pLywnoKo. 

Henpopat, f. ~ropat, to blame. 

pev, a prospective particle, mark- 
ing the words with which it is 
connected as distinguished from 
others which follow and with 
which the retrospective particle 
d€ is commonly joined. Mer. . 
dé may be translated on the one 
hand. .on the other hand, or 
indeed .. but. Often, however, 
pév is better omitted in transla- 
tion. It is usually the second 
word in its clause, never the 
first (§ 673. a). 

peévror (yev, Tol), however, yet, 
certainly. 

peévo, f. pevd, pf. pepernxa (§ 222. 
2), Lat. maneo, to REMAIN, wait, 
wait for. 

Méver, -avos, Meno, from Pharsa- 
lus in Thessaly, a general of 
the Greeks, whose character is 
drawn by Xenophon in dark 
colors. 

pécos, -n, -ov, Lat. medius, mzd- 
dle; 75 pecov, the middle or 
centre. 

pearos, -n, -dv, full. 

perd, among: w. gen., among 
(beng among), with: w. acc., 
among (going among), after. 

peraéu (pera), between. 

perdmepmros, -ov (ueramepume), sent 
or. 

peranéur (pera, méura, f. -Yro, 
pf. wéropa), to send one after 
another; Mid., to send for to 
come to one’s self, to summon. 

petaotpepo (pera, otpepa, to 
twist, turn, f. otpéo, § 259. 
a), to turn about, trans.; Mid., 
to turn one’s self about, turn 
about, intrans. 

petéexo (pera, exo, f. ew, pf. 
éaynka, 2 a. €oxov), to partake 
of, take part in. 

péxous, 67. 2), as far as, until. 

pn, adv., not; conj., lest (§ 601). 
For the distinction between j7) 
and od, as negative adverbs, see 
§ 647. 2, Notes on Less. I. 2, 


VOCABULARY. 


vads 


and page 68.h. Ina condition- 
al sentence, py is commonly 
used in the condition, and ov in 
the conclusion. 

pndeis, pndepia, pndev (pnd, not 
even, eis), no one, no. 

Mndoaadns, -ov, Medosades, am- 
bassador of Seuthes. a 

pnxere (yn, ert, § 68. a), no longer. 

By, pnvos, 6, Lat. mensis, month. 

pny, indeed, surely, certainly. 

pyrore (1, Tore), never. 

pntnp, pytpés (§ 106. 2), Lat. ma- 
ter, MOTHER. 

pia, fem. of eis, one. 

Midas, -ov, Midas, king of Phry- 
gia, famed for his power of 
changing all he touched to gold, 
and for having the ears of an 
ass. 

MiOpiddarns, -ov, Mithridates, sa- 
trap of Lycaonia and Cappado- 
cia, and friend of Cyrus. 

puxpds, -d, -dv, smnall, little. For 
comparison, see § 160. 

MaAnros, -ov, 7, Milétus, an lonian 
city upon the coast of Caria, 
famed for its early commerce, 
arts, wealth, and refinement. 

pupeopat, f. -horopat, pf. pepipnpar, 
Lat. imitor, o IMITATE. 

pupnoke, f. pynow () 285), fo re- 
mind; pf. p. wepynpar as pres. 
(§§ 233, 234. 8), 3 f. pepynoo- 
pat, 1 f. pynoOncopar, a. enyy- 
oOnv, Lat. memini, fo REMEM- 
BER, make mention of. 

puobds, -od, 6, hire, pay, wages. 

pda, -das, contr. pra, -ds, a mina, 
=about $ 17.60. 

ports, with  difficully, 
scarcely. 

pdrvBdos, -ov, 6, lead. 

pdvos, -n, -ov, alone, only. 

pov, poi, pe, Oblique cases of eya. 
poydds, -od, 6, bar. 

puptot, ~at,~a, ten thousand. Der. 
MYRIAD. 

Muods, -od, Mysus, a Mysian in 
the army of the Greeks. 

vadg,-od, contr. veds, -@ ($98. 8), 
6, temple. 


hardly, 


vavapxos 


vavapxos, -ov, 6 (vais, apxw), ad- 
mural. 

vais, vews, 7 (§ 121. 6), Lat. na- 
vis, ship. Nais was commonly 
applied to ships of war, and 
motor to other vessels. 

veaviorkos,-ov, 6 (veos), young man. 

veKpos, -ov, 6, dead body, corpse. 

vena, f. vena, pf. veveunka (§ 222. 
2), to distribute, portion out. 

véos, -a, -ov, NEW, young. 

vevpov, -ov, cord. Der. NERVE. 

veheXn, -ns (vedos, cloud), cloud. 

Newy, -wvos, Neon, an Asinean, 
lieutenant and successor to 
Chirisophus. 

VES, -@, SCe vads. 

Nikavdpos, -ov, Nicander, a Lace- 
dzmonian who slew Dexippus 
in Thrace. 

vixa@ (vikn), f. -yow, pf. vevixnka, 
to conquer, win. 

vikn, -ns, victory. 

vopit@ (vdpuos), f. -iow, pf. vevdprxa, 
to think, consider, regard. 

vopmos, -ov, 6 (véuw), law, custom ; 
tune. 

vdos,vdov, contr. vods, vod, 6, mind, 
intellect. 

vOTOS, “Ov, 6; sede wind. 

vuxtepevo (vv&), f. -etow, to pass 
the night. 

vuxropura€, -axos, 6 (vié, dida€, 
guard), a night-sentinel. 

vov, Lat. nune, Now, at the present 
time. 

vo&, vuxtos, 7, Lat. nox, NIGHT. 

Zevias, -ov, Xenias, from Parrhasia 
in Arcadia, a general in the ser- 
vice of Cyrus, who took offence 
and deserted. 

Eevi€w (E€vos), f. 
as a guest. 

_ &€vos, -ov, 6, stranger, guest, host. 

Eevopev, -avros, Xenophon, an 
Athenian, distinguished as a 
general, historian, and philoso- 
pher, the principal leader of the 
Greeks in their retreat, and the 
author of the Anabasis. 

EvriCopar (Eddov), f. -icopat, to 
gather wood. 

10 


-ica, to entertain 


VOCABULARY. 


an 109 


EvXov, -ov, stick of wood, beam; 
pl. wood, timber. 

fiv. For &dv and its compounds, 
see avy, &c. 

6, 7s 76, the. See §§ 147 f, 

dySoos, -n, -ov (oxTo), eighth. 

de, 45e, Tdde (6, -Se, § 150), this, 
the following. See § 512 f. 

606s, -00, 7, way, road. 

66ev (ds), whence, from what source, 
from whom or which. 

oida, f. eicopat, plup. 7dev (FJ 58, 
§§ 237; 301.4), co know. 

otxade (otkos, -Oe, to, §§ 124. B. 
N., 322), homeward, home. 

eikeiae. -a, -ov (otkos), ielon ging to 
a house or family; ot oixetor, 
relatives, friends, 

oikéw (otkos), f. -yow, pf. dknka, to 
inhalit, dwell. 

oikia, -as (otkos), house. 

[otkos, -OU, 5 house. . 

oivos, rou; 6, Lat. vinum, WINE. 

oivoxdos, -ov, 6 (oivos, xéw, to 
, pour), cupbearer. 

otopat, f. oinoopar, a. @nOny, to 
think, suppose. For the ee 
forms otuat, @uny, see § 222. 

olos, -a, -ov, of ‘what nature, a 
kind of. 

ois, olds, 6, 7 (9 14), sheep. 

olr@, fut. of pepo. 

oiyopat, f. otxynoopat, pf. dynpac 
(§ 222. 3), to depart, be gone. 
Boe § 579. ¢. 

oxra, indecl., eght. 

OALyos, -1, -ov, litle ; pl. few. For 
comparison, see § 160. 

6Xos, -n; -ov, WHOLE. 

opohoyew (6pds, same, déyos), f. 
-now, to agree, confess, acknowl- 
edge. 

pas (duds), [just the same] never- 
theless, notwithstanding. 

dvivnut, f. dvngw (§ 284), to bene- 
Sit, profit. 

Gvoua, -aTos, Lat. 
name. 

évopagrti (évopa), by name, 

évos, -0v, 6 1, ASS. 


orn or Onn (FT 63, § 25. B), 


70, nomen, 


110 bin, 


which way; where, whither ; in 
what way. 

émia bev, from behind, behind. 

oriow, behind. 

érutrev@ (dmAirns), f. -edocw, to 
serve as a heavy-armed soldier. 

6mAitns, -ov (dmdov), a heavy- 
armed foot-soldier, heavy-armed 
man, hoplite. 

Omhurixds,-H,-dv (6mAitys), relating 
to a hoplite; 7d dmAurixdy (sc. 
mAnOos or orparevpal, the in- 
Santry. 

SrAov, -ov, tool, implement; pl. 
émAa, implements of war, arms. 

éroray (é7dre, av), whenever. 

érére (9 63), whenever. 

Grou (J 63), wherever, where. 

dros (9 63), how; in order that, 
that. < 

épaw, f. dyroua, pf. éwpaxa, 2 a. 
eidov (§ 301. 4), to see. 

dpyite (dpyn, anger), f. -icw, to 
make angry ; Mid., to be angry. 

dpyuta, -as, fathom. 

dpOtos, -a, -ov (dpOds, straight), 
[straight up] s¢eep. 

SpOpos, -ov, 6, early dawn, day- 
break. 

ép6as (dpOcs, straight, right), 
rightly. 

épifw (pos, boundary), f. -icw, to 
bound, separate as a boundary. 

Spkos, -ov, 6, oath. 

éppaw (spun), f. -yow, pf. Spunka, 
to put in motion, urge on; Mid., 
to set forth. 

éppéw (Gpyos, anchorage), f. -joo, 
to lie at anchor. 

dppn, -hs, impulse. 

éppiCw (Gppos, anchorage), f. -ice, 
to bring to anchor, anchor, 
trans. ; Mid., to come to anchor, 
anchor, intrans. 

bpuis, -tOos, 6, 7 (§ 123. y), bird, 
fowl, esp. cock or hen. 

"Opdvrns, -ov, Orontes, a Persian 
nobleman, put to death by Cyrus 
for treason. 

dpos, -€os, TO, mountain. 

dpxéopat, f, -jropat, a. Opxnrapny, 
to dance. 


VOCABULARY. 


‘ 


ovTos 


Spxnors, -ews, 9 (dpxeopat), danc 
wng, dance. . 

és, 7, 6, who, which, what, that; 
kal 6s, and he (§ 491. rn), See 
§§ 147 f, Sef. 

éaos, -n, -ov, as much; pl. as 
many}; Tocovrot door, as many 
as. = 

Goris, #ris, 6 Te (bs, Tis), whoever, 
whosoever, who, whatever, what. 
See §§ 153, 519 f, 535 f. 

ray (dre, dv), whenever. 

Gre (“J 63), when. 

6re (originally neut. of doris ; com- 
pare Lat. guod and our that), 
that, because. 

ov (before a vowel ovx or ovx, 
§ 68. 2), not. See py. 

ov (Ff 23, §§ 142. 2, 507. 6), his, 
her. 


ovdaun (ovdauds, no one), in no 
wise, by no means. 

ovdapyod (ovdapds), nowhere. 

ovdé (ov, dé), nor, not even. 

ovdeis (ovdé, eis), ovdepia, ovdev 
(9 21), no one, no; ovdéy, 
subst., nothing. 

ovdere (ovdé, ma), not yet. 

oux, not; see ov. 

ovkere (ovK, Err), no longer. 

ovy (contr. from the impers. part 
edv, it being so, from eiui) 
shows that the sentence which 
it introduces follows from, Or is 
connected with, something pre- 
ceding, either expressed or un- 


derstood. Itiscommonly trans- 
lated therefore or then, some- 
times yet. After the first place 


(§ 673. a), it comes as early in 
the sentende as other words will 
allow. 

ovmore (ov, more), never. 

otra (ov, mm), not yet; by no 
means. 

ovpavés, -od, 6, heaven, the heav- 
ens, sky. 

ods, ards, Td (§ 104. N.), ear. 

ovre (ov, ré), and not; ovre.. 
ovre, neither . . nor. 

ovros, alrn, Touro (6, ards), this, 


pl. these; as pers. pron., he, she, 


ovros 


it, See FY 24, §§ 150, 502, 
512 f. 

ovroct, strengthened form of otros, 
§ 150. y. 

oUTws (otros), commonly ovra be- 
fore a cons. (§ 67. 2), thus, so. 

ovx, not; see ov. 

ddpeira, f.-7oa, pf. apeiAnxa, to 
owe, ought. The 2a. apedov 
is used to express wish (§) 599. 
N., 567. y). 

opGadpds, -od, 6 (d7-, § 301. 4), 
eye. 

dxupés, -d, -dv (exw), strong (easily 
held or defended). 

ove, adv., late. 

dYrouat, fut. of dpaa. 

matdeta, -as (madevw), education, 
discipline, training. 

[matdev (ais), f. -evow, to edu- 
cate. | 

mais, matdes, 6, 7, child ; boy, girl; 
son, daughter. 

maiw, f. maicw, pf. mématka, to 
strike. 

mawvito (raw, pean), f. -icw, to 
sing the pean. 

wadw, again, back. 

mavranaoiy, § 66; mavra qact, 
from zras), all in all, altogether, 
entirely. : 

mavtaxn (mas), everywhere, every 
way. 

mwavtn (mas), throughout, every- 
where. 

mavrodards, -1, -dv (was), of every 
kind, various. 

mavu (ras), altogether, at all; very. 

mapa, beside: w. gen., from beside, 
from: w. dat., at the side of, be- 
side, near, with: w. acc., to the 
side of, to; along side of, along, 
beside. See eis, é&, mpos, and 
§ 651. y. 

mapayyeAhwo (mapa, ayyéedra, f. 
-eh@, pf. #yyeAxa), to pass the 
word. 

mapadetcos, -ov, 6, park. Der. 
PARADISE. 

Trapadidap (rapa, Sida, f. doce, 
pf. déd5axa, a. edwxa), to give 
over, deliver up, give out, 


VOCABULARY. 


marpis 1). 

Tapaxahéw (apd, xadéw, f. -écw, 
pf. xéxAnxa), to call to one’s self, 
call in, summon; to call to, ea- 
hort, encourage. 

Tapaketmat (apa, ketuac, f. Keioo- 
pear), to le beside or before. 

TapahepBave (mapa, NKapBdva, f. 
AnwWopua, pf. eiAnpa, 2 a. eda- 
Bov), to take or receive from 
another, succeed to. 

Tapapehéw (rapa, apedéa, f. -7ow), 
to disregard, treat with neglect. 

mapamhéw (mapa, mr€w, f. mrevoo- 
pat, pf. wémAevxa), to sail by or 
along side of. 

Tapappew (rapa, pew, f. punooua, 
pf. eppinxa), to flow by or beside. 

Tapacayyns, -ov, parasang, a Per- 
sian measure of distance, equal 
to about 34 miles. 

mapatiOnue (rapa, Ti@npt, f. Onow, 
pf. ré@ecka, a. €Onxa), to place 
beside; Mid., to place by one’s 
own side. 

mapeyst, (mapa, ecul, f. Zoopar), to 
be by or present; hence to come to 
the aid of. 

Tapepxonat (mapa, epxopa, f. 
éhevoopat, pf. eAnrAvda, 2 a. 
HAGov), to go by, pass by or 
through, pass. 

mapéxo (mapd, xo, f. &o and 
oxnoe, pt. €oxnka, 2a. eoyxor), 
to offer to, put in the hands of. 

mapooos, -ov, 7) (rapa, 666s), a way 
by, passage, pass. 

Ilapvaaris, -ibos, Parysatis, half- 
sister and wife of Darius No- 
thus, and mother of Artaxerxes 
Mnemon and Cyrus. 

mwas, waca, wav (YJ 19), all, the 
whole, every. 

Tlaciwy, -wvos, Pasion, a Megari- 
an general in the service of Cy- 
rus, who took offence and de- 
serted. 

macxe, f. meicopa, pf. wérovOa, 
2a. éaGov (§ 281. €), to suffer. 

maTnp, matpos ( 106. 2), Lat. pa- 
ter, FATHER. 

marpis,-idos, 7 (marnp), father-land, 
native land or city, one’s country. 


112 


mau 


mwavo, f. mavow, pf. rémavxa, to 
make to cease, stop, trans. ; Mid., 
to cease, rest from, stop, in- 
trans. 

Hap)ayav, -ovos, 6, a Paphlago- 
nian, one of a tribe dwelling 
upon the northern coast of Asia 
Minor. 

mediov, -ov (médov, ground), plain, 

melOw, f. meicw, pf. mémeixa, a. 
érevoa, to persuade; 2 pf. wé- 
vro.a, to trust; Pass. and Mid., 
to be persuaded, believe, listen to, 
obey, comply. See J 39. 

metpaw, f. -aow, oftener metpdopat, 
f, -avopua, to try, attempt, en- 
deavour, strive. 

Tlewwidns, -ov, or Ilicidns, -ov, a 
Pisidian. The Pisidians were 
a race of wild, tameless robbers, 
dwelling upon Mount Taurus. 

TeXordvyngos, -ov, 7 (IleXomos vi- 
gos, the island of Pelops), the 
peninsula forming the southern 
part of Greece, now the Morea. 

meAtaaTHs, -ov (wéeATn), targeteer. 

méAtTn, -ns, target. 

ge -n, ~ov (mevte), > 

repro, f. ie pf. wérropda (§ 236. 

a), to send 

TEVvTe, indecl. » five. 

mevTeKaioeka lone kai deka), fif- 
teen. 

mevrnkovra (mévre), indecl., fifty. 

mépd&, -tkos, 6, 9, partridge. 

mepi, around, about: w. gen., about, 
concerning, in respect to, for: 
w. acc., around, about, towards. 

meptytyvopar (seals yiyropat, f. 
yernoopat, pf. yeyéevnpat and yé- 
yova, 2 a. eyevounv), to be su- 
perior, prevail ¢ over. 

mepiex@ (mepi, exo, f. eo and 
oxo, pf. érxnka, 2 a. €oyxor), 
to encompass, protect. 

meptiornpe (rept, torn, f. oryoo, 
pf. €arnxa), to station around ; 
in the intrans. forms, to stand 
around or about. 

meptkuKAd@ (zrepi, KUKAd@, f.-do), 
to make a circle around; Mid., 
to gather in a circle around. 


VOCABULARY. 


mevpa 


mepieve (zrepi, pevo, f. pera, pf. 
pepernxa), to stay about, stay, 
wait for. 

TlépwvOos, -ov, 7, a city of Thrace 
upon the Propontis. 

mepiobdos, -ov, 1) (epi, ddds), way 
round, circuit. Der. PERIOD. 

rept pec (mepi, pew, f. punoopat, 
pf. eppvnxa), to flow around, to 
surround (of a stream), 

mepiotaupdw (epi, otravpdw, to 
palisade, f. -®ow), to palisade 
around. 

meptorepa, ~as, dove, Pig geon. 

Tepupepa (epi, pépa, f. otra, pi 
evnvoxa, 1 a. AveyKa, 2 a. 
kov), to carry round. Oe. 
PERIPHERY. 

Il€pons, -ov, a Persian. 

Ilepouxés, ~4, -dv (Ilépons), Per- 
Sian. 

méropat, f. TeTH}T OPAL, commonly 
mrnoopat, pf. remrdérnpat (} 287), 
to fly, as a bird. 

mérpa, -as, rock, mass of rock, large 
stone. 

™YyN> “7S, a spring. 

tt ad f. wnEo (6 294), to make 
Jast or solid, stiffen, freeze, 
trans. ; 2 pf. wémnya, as intrans. 
pres., to be stiff or frozen; Mid., 
to become solid , freeze, intrans. 

mive, f. miopa, of. mér@ka, 2 a. 
émtov (§ 278), to drink. 

mumpdacoKe, pf. mémpaxa (} 285), fo 
sell. 

minto, f. recovpa, pf. wérraxa, 
2 a. emrecoy (§ 286), to fail. 

muortevo (riots, faith, from sei- 
Ow), f. -evow, to put faith in, 
confide in, trust. 

moos, uD -dv (reibw), farthful ; ra 
mord, pledges. 

morétns, -nros, ) (miords), faith- 
Sulness, fidelity. 

mr€Opov, ov, a hundred feet, a 
measure of length. 

mrcloy Or mAéwv, more, and wre«i- 

atos, most, comp. and sup. of 

moNvs. ; 

mAevpa, -as, rib, side. 
RISY. 


Der. PLEv- 


mew 


mréw, £. rrevow, commonly w)ev- 
gouat or mAevoodpat, pf. zeé- 
mdevxa (§ 220), Zo sail. 
[wAéws, Ion. rréos (§ 135), full.] 
TAnyn -Is (mAnTT@), a blow. 
mAnGos, -cos, Td (wANOw), fulness, 
multitude; amount or length of 
time. 
mAnOw, pf. poet. méadnOa (7rEas), 
to be full. 
ayy, except, but. 
moe -es (mhEws), full. 
mAnovoy (reAas, near), adv., near ; 
comp. (§ 161. 2) eee 
nearer, SUP. mAnotairaTos, near- 
Ssh next. 
mantra, f. mAnEo, 2 pf. wemdrnya 
(§ 274), 2o strike, wound. 
mAotoy, -ov (7A€éw), vessel (for sail- 
ing), ¢r ‘ansport- vessel, ship, boat. 
See vais. 
mAdos, -dov, contr. mAovs, -ov, 6 
(wa), sailing, voyage. 
mvevpa, -aTos, TO (mvéw), breeze, 
wind. Der. PNEUMATICS. 
mvéew, f. rvevow, commonly rvevoo- 
pat OF mvevcodpa, pf. mémvevKa 
(§ 220), to breathe, blow. 
rouew, f.-now, pf. reroinxa, to make, 
do ; €d rrotetv, to do good to, treat 
well; Mid., to make to one’s self, 
esteem, regard. See mpdrro. 
Toinréos, ~a, -ov (rovew), to be done. 
Totos, -a, -ov (4 63), of what na- 
ture? of what kind ? 
modepew (mdAEpos), 
make war. 
ToNEmLOS, -a, -ov (rdAepos), hostile, 
of the enemy ; moheptos, subst., 
enemy ; ot troh€pmiot, the enemy. 
mONELOS, -OVv, 6, War. 
TrotopKew (mdXus, Epxos, inclosure), 
f. -now, to besiege. 
TONLS, -Ews, 1), CiLY/. 
moNtrns, -ov (7roNts), citizen. 
POLITICS. 
moANakts (7oAvs), many times, of- 
ten. 
moAAamAdotos, -a, -ov (roAvs, —7Ad- 
gatos, § 138. 5), many times as 
much or many. 
TloAvvixos, -ov, Polynicus, a Lace- 


to* 


f. -now, to 


Der. 


VOCABULARY. 





mpatTro 113 
demonian envoy, sent to the 
army by Thibron. 

TOUS, TOANH  TOAV (§ 135), much, 
pl. many; of time, long; wodv, 
as adv., much, very. 

Iodvortpartos, -ov, Polystratus, fa- 
ther of aa the Athenian. 

move (movos), f. -jow, pf. wemo- 
vynxa, to toil, labor. 

mrounpus, -d, ~bv (wévos), pernicivue 
mischievous, wicked, bad. 

m6vos, -0U, 6 (wevopa, to work for 
a living, be poor), toil, labor. 

Ildyros, -ov, 6, a2 name given both 
to the Euxine or Black Sea 
(wovros evEetvos, hospitable sea), 
and also to its southern coast 
(afterwards specially applied to 
the eastern part of this coast) 

mopeia, -as (mopevw), journey, 
march. 

qopeuTéos, -a, -ov (mwopeva), to be 
travelled. 

Topevo (mépos, passage, way), f. 
-<UTo, to transport; Mid. + TOpED- 
opal, '. ~evoopat, pf. memdpev- 
fiat, a. erropevOny, to travel, jour- 
ney, march, proceed upon a march 
or journey. 

mopitw, f. -icw, pf. memdpixa, to 

furnish. 

moppupeos, -ea, -eoy, contr. roppu- 
povs, ~a, -oov (mophupa, the pur- 
ple fish), purple. 

wda0s, -n, -ov (FJ 63), how much? 
pl. how many? 

TOTALOS, -OV, 6, Tiver. 

[more (VY 63), at some or any time, 
once, ever. ] 

wérepos, -a, -ov (J 63, § 316. 2), 
which or whether of the two? 
morepoy O© métepa, as adv., 
whether. 

mov (4 63, ‘y 732), somewhere. 

movs, modds, 6, Lat. pes, foot. 

mpaypa, -atos, TO (mpatTa@), thing 
done, affair, circumstance ; mpay- 
para, business, trouble. 

mpavijs, ~€S5 steep. 

mpaos, mpacia, mpaov (} 135), gen- 
tle, tame. 

mpatro, f.-Eo, pf. rémpaxa (YF 38), 


114 mpatra VOCABULARY. run 
to manage,act,do. Ypdrrwex-| addition to: w. ace., [to the 


presses rather the management 
of business or performance of an 
action; and rrotéw, the production 
of an effect. 

mpeoBela, -as (mperBevo, to go as 
an. ambassador) , embassy. 

mpeaBus, -ews, 6, old; subst., 
an elder, an ambassador (the 
plur. only, in the sense of am- 
bassadors, was in common use, 
§136.a). Comp. specBirepos, 
older, elder, sup. mpeoBiraros, 
oldest, eldest. Der. PRESBYTER. 

mplacba, 2a. inf. of dyéopat, to 


Ys 
mply, adv., before, before that. See 
657. N. 


mp, prep., before, in front of. 

mpoBara, -wy,-ois, Ta (rpoBaive, to 
go forth), animals that go forth 
to pasture, chiefly used of small 
cattle, esp. sheep. 

mponyeopat (spd, yyeopat , f. -noo- 
pat, pf. Hynpac), to lead forward. 

mpd0vpos, -ov (mpd, Ovpds, spirit), 
eager, zealous. 

mpoiderOa, 2 a. m. inf. of mpo- 
opda. 

point (mpd, tnt, f. joe, pf. etka, 
a. nka), to send forth; Mid., to 
send from one’s self, give up, 
betray. 

mpotornpe (mpd, torn, f. orjoe, 
pf. €ornxa), to place before; in 
the ‘intrans. forms, to stand at 
the head of, preside or rule over. 

Lpdéevos, -ov, Proxenus, a Beo- 
tian, a friend of Xenophon, and 
one of the Greek generals slain 
through the treachery of 'Tissa- 
phernes. 

mpoopaw (mpd, 6paw, f. dopa, pf. 
éapaxa, 2a. etdov), to see before- 
hand, to see one while yet ap- 
proaching. 

mpés (mpd, § 648, y; relating to 
front, as mapa to side, and é&, 
év, and eis to interior), w. gen., 
[from the front of, from before] 
From, before; by : w. dat., [at the 
front of | before, near, upon; in 


front of] to, towards; against, 
upon; at; with reference to, in 
view of. See eis and § 651. y 

mpooBdrXo (mpds, BadXo, f. Bara, 
pf. BéBrnxa, 2 a. €Badov), to 
throw against, make an attach 
upon. 

mpocedavvea (rpds, éAavva, f. édd- 
ow, pf. édyjAaxa), to ride to, ride 
up. 

mpocepxopat (mpds, epxoua, f. 
edevoouat, pf. ednArvba, 2 a. HA- 
ov), to come or go to, approach, 
come up. 

apdabev (xpés), before, previoWMy ; 
apdabev 7, sooner than. 

mpooinut (mpds, int, f. How, pf. 
eixa, 2. Aka), to send to; Mid., 
to [admit to one’s presence] ap- 
prove, allow. 

mpookuvew (mpds, kvvew, to kiss), 
f.-y0e, to kiss the hand to, do 
homage to, worship. 

mpoorepovaw (mpds, mepovda, to 
pin, f. -now), to pin or skewer 
to or upon. 

mpooninra (mpds, rinra, f. recov- 
pat, pf. méntwxa, 2 a. erecor), 
to rush to. 

mpootpexo (mpds, Tpexa, f. Spapov- 
pat, pf. SeSpaunxa, 2 a. edpapor), 
to run to, run up. ' 

mpoaxwpos, -ov (mpds, xwpa), 
neighbouring. 

mporepos, -a, -ov (mpd, § 161. 2), 
former, sooner. 

mpotpex@ (mpd, tpéxo, f. Spapov- 
pat, pf. deSpapnxa, 2a. €dpapoyv), 
to run forward or forth. 

mpdpaots, -ews, 1) (pd, pnt), pre- 
text. 

mparos, -n, -ov (mpd, § 161. 2), 
first ; mpdrov, as adv., in the 
first place, first. 

ardpvipat, 2 a. &rrapov (} 295), 
to sneeze. 

Tvéayépas, -ov, Pythagoras, a 
Lacedemonian admiral. 

mrukvés, ~i), -dv, close, thick ; ruxva, 
as adv., often. 

wihn, -ns, gate; usually in the 


avAn 


plur., even when a single en- 
trance is spoken of. 

nuvOdvona, f. mevoopar, pf. reé- 
muopat, 2 a. ervOdunv (§ 290), 
to inquire, learn by inquiry. 

mop, mupos,7d, FIRE; pl. (Dee. IL., 
§ 124. 8) mupa, watch-fires. 

mupetr@ (ruperos, fever, from zp), 
f. -é£w, to be in a fever. 

mupos, -ov, 6, wheat; usually in the 
plur. 

mo (J 63, § 732), in any way, 
yet; ov. . wa, not yet. 

T@dos, -ov, 6, 4, Colt. 

mamore (mm, mote), at any time, 
ever ; stronger than zrore. 

mas (GJ 63), how? 

mos (9 63, § 732), 7n any way, 
somehow; perchance. 

déar, f. puncopat, pf. éppinxa(§ 264), 
to flow, run, of a’stream. 

pirtew and pinta, f. pio, pf. 
eppipa (§ 288), to throw, hurl, 
throw off. 

ovOuds, -0v, 6, regular movement 
or 4zme, RHYTHM. 

gadrryktys, -od (oddmeyé), trum- 
peter. 

oadryé, -vyyos, h, trumpet. 

Sapders, -ewv, ai, Sardis, capital 
of Lydia, and chief city of the 
dominions of Cyrus. 

catpdarns, -ov, satrap, a Persian 
viceroy or governor of a proy- 
ince. 

Sdrvpos, -ov, 6, a Satyr, a fabulous 
being, half man and half goat. 
LeXwods, -odvros, 6, Selinus, the 
name of a river flowing by 
Ephesus, and of another flowing 
through the grounds of Xeno- 

phon at Scillus. 

Devdns, -ov, Seuthes, a Thracian 
prince, assisted by the Greek 
army to recover his hereditary 
dominions. 

onpaive, f. -ava (cjpa, sign), to 
give a sign or signal, signify. 

onpeiov, -ov (o7jpa), signal, mark. 

anoapov, -ov, sesame, a seed used 
in the East for food. % 
otyn, -Hs, silence. 


VOCABULARY. 


orabpuos 115 

Saves, -od, Sildnus, an Ambra- 

cian soothsayer who deserted 
the army. 

Zwerreds, -€ws, 6 (Sivamn, Sindpe 
an important city upon the coast 
of Paphlagonia, founded by a 
colony from Milétus), a Sinopi 
an, 

Ziradkas, -ov, the Sitalcas, a mar- 
tial song named from a king of 
Thrace. 

Giros, -ov, 6, pl. ra aira(§ 125. a), 
corn, grain, bread, 

oKéXos, -€0s, Td, leg. 

oKEenmTEoS, -a, -ov (aKemTopat, to 
consider) , to be considered, 

oxnvaw and oxnvéw, f. -7yo@ (oKn- 
vy), to encamp, be encamped. 

oxy, ns, tent. Der. SCENE. 
oKO6TOS, -ov, 6, and okdros, -Eos, TO 
(§ 125. y), darkness. 

SxvOns, -ov, a Scythian ; SKvOat To- 
Edrat, Scythian archers, so call- 
ed from their being armed in 
Scythian fashion. 

Skvbivés, -ot, 6, a Scythinian, or 
one of the Scythini, a tribe in 
Armenia. 

okvrevo@ (oxida, spoils), f. -etow, 
to strip off the arms of a slain 
enemy. 

Spixpns, -ntos, Smicres, an Arca 
dian commander, slain near 
Calpe by the Thracians. 

onavita (anavs, lack), f. -tcw, to 
lack, want, be in want of. 

oneipo, f. cmep@ (§ 268), to sow, 
scatter. 

onevoa, f. oreicw (§ 222), to make 
a libation ; Mid., to make a trea- 
ty, peace, or truce. See oxovdn. 

omevow, f. orevow, to hasten. 

orovon, -s (orevde), Libation ; pl. 
orovoat, truce, trealy, peace, be- 
cause made with libations. 

orovdatodoyéeopat (o7ovdaios, ear- 
nest, Noyos), f. -joopa, to en- 
gage in earnest conversation, 
converse seriously. 

otddiov, -ov, pl. ra oradia and of 
orad.or, Lat. stadium, furlong. 

| oraOpds, -ov, 6 (iarnpt), station: 


116 orabos 
day’s march or journey, as the 
distance travelled Foca station 
to station. 

aravpos, -ov, 6, stake, pale. 

ored\do, f. oredkd, pf. Ecradxa 
(§ 277. a), to equip, array, send. 

oTevds, -1, ~dv, narrow, 

oréhavos, -ov, 6 (arépa, to encir- 
cle, crown), a crown. 

ornAn, -ns, pillar. 

otheyyis,-idos, 7, flesh-comb, scrap- 
er. 

aTOXos, -ov, 6 (oTeAAw), @ selling 
forth upon a journey or march, 
expedition, journey. 

ordpa, -atos, Td, mouth. 

orparevya, -aros, 76 (orpateva), 
armed force, division of an ar- 
my, army. 

otparevo (otpatés), f.-evow and 
orparevonat, f. -evoopar, to make 
an expedition, make war, march, 
serve in arms. 

otpatnyew (atpatnyds), f. -jow, 
to command as general. 

oTpatnyos, -od, 6 (arpards, ayw), 
leader of an army, general. 

oTparid, -as (orpards), army. 
oTpatiatns,-ov (otparia), soldier. 

Srparokdjs, -éovs (contr. from 
SrparokXens, -€eos, § 115. 8), 
Stratocles, a commander of 
light-armed Cretans. 

atpatoredevm (orparéredoy), f. 
-evow, and oftener orparome- 
Sevouat, f. -evoopar, 10 encamp, 
be encamped. 

otparéredov, -ov (atpards, wédor, 
ground), camp. 

[arpards, -ov, 6, host, army.] 

atpovbds, -od, 6, 9, ostrich (fully 
6 péyas otpovbds, the great stru- 
thus, in distinction from smaller 
birds, esp. the sparrow, called 
by the same name). 

Srupparios,-ov(Tripparos, Stym- 
phdlus, a town in the north- 
eastern part of Arcadia), a Stym- 
phalian. 

av, gov (9 23), Lat. tu, thou, you. 

ovyyiyvopat (avy, yiyvopat, f. ye- 
yngopua, pt. yeyernuae and ye- 


VOCABULARY. 


ouvepxopat 


ova, 2 a. eyevounv), to have an 

interview with, hold intercourse 
with. 

ovykaréw (civ, karéw, f. -érw, pf. 
kékAnka), to call together. 

KAeiw (cv, KrEiw, f. -cw), to 

shut together, close. 

Svévveots, -Los, Syennesis, king of 
Cilicia. 

cv\AauBava (civ, AapBave, f. 
Anfoua, pf. etAnpa, 2 a. eda- 
Bov), to seize, apprehend, arrest. 

avrdéya (avr, Aéya, to gather), f. 
ovdAcka, pf. ovveidoyxa, to col- 
lect, trans. ; Mid. (2 a. p. ovvede- 
ynv), to collect, assemble, »in- 
trans. 

ovpBodw (cvv, Boaw, f. Bonropat), 
to cry out together; ovpBoav 
adAndous, to shout to each other. 

oupBovrevo (civ, Bovreva, f. -ev- 
oo, pf. BeBovdevxa), to advise, 
counsel; Mid., to consult to- 
gether. 

ovpBovros, -ov, 6 (avy, Bovdr), ad- 
viser, counsellor. 

ouppaxta,-as (ovppayxos), alliance. 

oUppaxos, -ov, 6, 7 (cv, paxopat), 
ally. 

ouppiyvips (ody, plyvipe, to min- 
gle, f. piEw), to mingle with. 

oupmras, -raca, ~ray, g. —Travros, 
-raons (avy, was), all together, 
the whole, 

oupreumre (ovv, répra, f. -\ro, pf. 
méroupa), to send with. 

ouptroreuew (ovv, mohenew, fF. 
-now), to make war together 
with, assist in war. 

cupropevopar (civ, mopevouat, f. 
-evcopua), to journey or march 
with or in company. 

avy, old form évy (§ 70. v.), Lat. 
cum, with, together with. 

ovvayw (avr, dye, f. aw, pf. jxa, 
2a. #yayov), to bring together, 
collect. 

ouvanre (cvv, arte, to fasten to, 
f. Gyr), to join. 

cuvdeutrvos, -ov, 6 (avr, Seirvoy), a 

“companion at table. 

avvepyopat (civ, Epxopat, f. erev- 


ouvepxopat 


copa, pf. eAndvba, 2 a. Gor), 
to come together, assemble. 

ourySopat (civ, HSopar, f. yo Onoo- 
pac), to rejorce with, congratu- 
late. 

avvOnpa, -atos, T6 (ovvridnu), 
watch-word, pass-word, 

ouviotnue (avy, torn, f. orjoo, 
pf. €ornxa), to [bring together 
as friends] present or introduce 
to; in the intrans. forms, to 
stand to gether, collect. 

ovoda (avy, oida, f. etropar), to 
[know with] be conscious. 

ovuyTiOnpt (ovv, tiOnpt, f. Onow, pf. 
TéOeika, a. €Onxa), to put to- 
gether ; Mid., to make an agree- 
ment with. 

avvropos, -ov (aviv, Téuyw), concise, 
short. 

curTpiBo (aviv, tpiBw, to rub, 
bruise, f. rpipw, pf. rérpupa), 
to crush. 

Zupakdawos, -ov, 6 (Svpakocae or 
Supdkovoa, Syracuse, a cele- 
brated city upon the eastern 
coast of Sicily), a Syracusan. 

Zupia, -as (Svpos), Syria, a country 
of western Asia, north of Arabia. 

Svpos, “ov, é a Syrian. 

avs, ovds, 6, 7, Lat. sus, hog, 
swine. 

avxvds, -1, -dv, thick, many. 

opatra, f. cpaEo (5 274. 8), to 
slay, slaughter. 

apevddrn, ns, sling. 

pl -ov (apevddvn), sling- 


oe, dat. pl. of ov. 

apddpa (aodpds, vehement), ex- 
ceedingly, greatly. 

oxeddv, nearly, ly, almost. 

oxita, f. oXivo, to split, 

cxo\dlw (axoAn), f. -dow, to be at 
leisure. 

axon, ~Hs, leisure. 

cotw, f. coco, pf. cécwxa, to 
save, preserve, bring safe; Pass. 
and Mid., to be saved, arrive safe. 

Sexparns, -eos (FJ 14), Socra- 
tes, —1. an Athenian philoso-» 
pher, eminent for wisdom and 


VOCABULARY. 


o 


117 


TehevTn 


virtue, teacher of Xenophon 
Plato, &c.;—2. an Achzan, 
one of the Greek generals slain 
through the treachery of 'Tissa- 
phernes. 

aaos () 135), safe. 

carnpia, -as (cwlw), safety, pres- 
ervalion, deliverance. 

po cae (cappor, of sound 
mind), f. -jow, to be of sound 
mind, to be wise. 

TdXarrov, -ov, talent ; as a weight, 
= almost 57 lb. ; as a sum of sil- 
ver money, = about $ 1056.60. 

Tapws, -&, Tamos, an Egyptian, 
commander of the fleet of 
Cyrus. 

ta&lapxos, -ov, 6 (ra&is, dpy@), the 
commander of a rakis, a taxi- 
arch. 

Takis, -Ews, 7) (rdrrw), order, bat- 
tle-array; division of an army, 
cohort. 

Taoxos, -ov, 6, a Taochian, or one 
of the Taochi, an independent 
tribe upon the frontiers of Ar- 
menia. 

Tapdrra, f . “da, to disturb. 
Tapool, Gy, oi, or Tapods, -od, 7, 
Tarsus, chief city of Cilicia. 
TaTTO, f. rane, pf. reraya (§ 274) 

to arrange, station in order. 
ravra, for ra avtad (§ 39); radra, 
neut. pl. of odros. 

Tacos, -ov, 6 (Garra), grave, tomb. 

Tappos, -ov, 7, trench, ditch. 

TAXEws (raxvs), swift ly, rapidly. 

Taxos, -€0s, TO (Taxvs), swiftness, 
speed. 

TaxUs, -cia, -v, swift, quick ; raxv, 
as adv., quickly, suddenly, soon. 

ré, both, and. It is commonly 
placed immediately after the 
word which it should precede 
in translation. See $$ 673. a, 
732. 

TELxos, -eos, TO, wall, 

TeEUTAlos, -a, -OV (redeurn), last. 

TeXeuTdw (reAevTI), -7ow, to com- 
plete, finish; to die. 

TeheuTn, -s (TéXos), 
end, esp. of life. 


completion, 


118 


Teédos 


TéXos, ~€0s, TO, end, result; acc. as 
adv. (§ 440), at last, finally. 
tépve, f. rea, pf. rérpnxa, 2 a. 
érenov and érapoy (§ 277. 8), to 
cut. 

Térapros, -n, -ov (réerrapes), fourth, 

TeTpaxitxiduot, -at, -a (TeTpaxis, 
Jour times, xii), four thou- 
sand. 

TETPAKOGLOL, -at, -a (TéTTapes, Exa- 
tov), four hundred. 

TeTpam dos, -dn, -dov, contr. retpa- 
mous, -7, -ovv (rérrapes, -moos, 
§ 138. 4), fourfold, quadruple. 

Térrapes, -pa (%] 21), four. 

Texvixas (réxvn, art), artfully. 

Thpepov (nuepa), adv., to-day. 

TiOnut, f. Onow, pf. reBerxa, a. €- 
@nxa (9 50), to put, set, place; 
tidecOa Ta Onda, to stand in 
arms, stand to one’s arms. 

Tysde (Tiyan), f. -yow, pf. reriunka 
(9 45), co honor. 

Tyin, -7s (tiw, to pay honor), 
honor. 

TipiBatos, -ov, Tiribazus, satrap 
of Armenia. 

tis, Tl, Z. Twds, Some, some one, 
any one, any, a,acertain. See 
24, §§ 152, 517 f, 732. 

tis, ti, g. tivos, who? which? 
what? See FJ 24, §§ 152, 535 f, 
729. Exc. 

Tucoadépyns, -eos (see Notes on 
Less. XV. 3), Tissaphernes, 
satrap of Caria, noted for his 
wily, intriguing, and treacher- 
ous character. ' 

ritpwckw, f. tparw (§ 285), to 
wound. 

toi (9 732), surely, certainly. 

rovyapoor (rol, yap, ovv), therefore, 
accordingly. 

roivuv (roi, vuv), therefore. 

TOLOUTOS, TOLAUTN, TOLOUTO OY -ov 
($§ 97. N., 150), such. 

rofevw (rdkov, bow), f. -evow, to 
shoot with a bow. 

rofdértns, -ov (réfov), bowman, ar- 
cher. 

rémos, ~ov, 6, a spot, place. 

TOTOUTOS, TOTaUTN, TOTOUTO OF -ov 


VOCABULARY. imdyo 


(§§ 97. N., 150), so much, pl. so 
many. 

tore (“[ 63), at that time, then. 

tpamefa, -ns, table, 

Tpavpua, -aTos, Td, wound. 

Tpeis, Tpia (FY 21), Lat.tres, THREE 

tpére, f. tpeyw, pf. rérpodpa and 
térpapa (9 259. a), fo turn, 
trans.; Mid. (2 a. érpamdpny), 
to turn one’s self, turn, intrans. 

tpepo, f. Opepw, pf. rérpopa 
(§ 263. 5), to nourish, support. 

tpéxe, f. @pé£opar, commonly dpa- 
povpat, pf. dedpaunxa, 2 a. edpa- 
pov (§ 301. 5), Zo run. 

Tpiaxovra (rpeis), indecl., chirty 

Tpinpns, -es (rpis, ap-, to fit, 
§ 285), triply-furnished ; 4 rpe- 
npns [Sc. vavs], trireme, a war- 
galley with three banks of 
oars, 

Tpimous, -mouv, g. -odos (rpis, 
mous), three-footed; 6 tpimovus, 
tripod, a three-footed table or 
vase. 

[Tpis (rpeis), THRICE]. 

Tpltopupiot, -ar, -a (Tpis, puptoc), 
thirty thousand. 

Tpioxintot, -at, -a (rpis, xiAsor), 
three thousand. 

tpiros, -n, -ov (rpeis), third, 

Tptxoivikos, -ov (rpis, xowmé, a 
measure holding about a quart), 
containing three cheenices, three- 
quart. 

Tpomatoy, -ov (Tpomn), TROPHY. 

Tpomn, is (Tpémw), rout or defeat 
of an army. 

tpéros, -ov, 6 (rpéra), turn, man- 
ner. Der. TROPIC. 

tpumdw, f. -now (rpima, hole), to 
bore. 

ruyxave, f. revEouat, pf. rerdxnxa, 
2 a. éruyov (§ 290), to happen; 
happen upon, meet with ; obtain, 
altain. 

Udap, Vdaros, rd ($ 103.N.), water. 
Der. HYDRANT- 

vids, -ovd (9 16), son. 

ipeis, you, pl. of ov. 

ipérepos, -a, -ov (ipeis), your. 

Unaye (ind, dye, f. a€w, pf. jxa, 


¢ 4 
uray 


2a. #yayov), and trdyouat, to 
lead on insidiously. 

imaiOpios, -ov (imd, aidpia, open 
air), under or in the open air. 

imdpyo (ind, dpyo, f. -€o), to 
begin ; be; [lead on under anoth- 
er] second, favor. 

imép, Lat. super, OVER: W. gen., 
over in place, above, beyond; 
over to protect, in behalf of, for 
the sake of, on account of: w. 
ace., over (going over or be- 
yond), above in quantity. 

imepBoAn, -7s(vmep, BadAw), moun- 
tain-pass. 

imnpéerns, -ov (i716, epérns, rower), 
servant, assistant. 

imiryvéopar (76, €xa), f. drooxn- 
gona, pf. iméoxnuae (§ 292), 
to promise. 

twé, Lat. sub, under: w. gen., 
from under or beneath; [from 
beneath the agency of] by: w. 
dat., under (being under): w. 
acc., under (going under). 

trodens, -€s (td, Séw), deficient ; 
comp. trodeéarepos, inferior. 

trokauBdve (ind, AapBava, f. d7- 
youat, pf. eihnha, 2a. €AaBor), 
to receive or take under one’s 
protection. 

bropeva (tid, pevo, f. peva, pf. 
pewevnka), to wait for, halt. 

troméprro (ind, repro, f. po, pf. 
méroupa), to send insidiously. 

imonrevo (id, éx-, to look, § 301. 
4), f. -eUow, to suspect, appre- 
hend. 

iropaive (ind, paiva, f. pava, pf. 
mepayka), to show a little, begm 
to appear, dawn. 

imoyxos, -ov (id, Exe), held under, 
subject. 

imowia, -as (ind, dn-, to look, 
§ 301. 4), suspecion. 

iorepaios, -a, -ov (Uarepos), follow- 
ing or next in time. 

Uorepos, -a, -ov (umd, § 161. 2), 
later ; torepoy, as adv., later, 
after. 

tynrJds, -9, -dv (typos, height), 
high. 


VOCABULARY. 


119 


®\taotos 


gayeiv, 2a. inf. of €aOia, to eat. 

paiva, f. pave, pf. répayxa (FJ 42, 
§ 267. 2), to show; 2 pf. répnva 
and Mid. (with 2 a. p. eavny), 
to appear, show one’s self. 

paray€, -ayyos, 7, line of battle, 
phalanz. 

aNivos, -ov, Phalinus, a Greek 
from Zacynthus, in the service 
of Tissaphernes. 

avepos,-d, -dv (paiva), apparent, 
evident, manifest, open. 

dppaxov, -ov, drug, medicine. 
Der. PHARMACY. 

SapvaBatos, -ov, Pharnabazus, sa- 
trap of Lesser Phrygia. 

aors, -tos, 6, the Phasis, a river 
of Colchis. 

doko (strengthened form of dnpi 
§ 301.7), £. @yoe, to affirm, as- 
sert, say. 

épa, f. otow, pf. evnvoxa, 1 a. 
jveyka, 2 a. jveyxov (§ 301. 6), 
Lat. fero, to BEAR, bring, carry; 
bring forth, produce; [carry off] 
receive. 

hevya, f. pevEouat, 2 pf. réhevya, 
2a. euyov (§ 270. 9), hae, 
Jly from an enemy. 

pnp, f. pice and ep, pf. cipyKa, 
2a. eizov (§ 301. 7), to say, 
say yes; ov pnt, to say no. 

hbdva, f. pAdca, commonly Pbn- 
copa, pf. @pOaxa, to antici- 
pate. 

Ppbeyyopat, f. pbeyEopar, pf. epbey- 
pat, to utter a sound; of an 
eagle, to scream. 

pbovéw (pOdvos, envy), f. -jrw, to 
envy. 

piréa (piros), f. -yow, pf. medi- 
Anka, £0 love. 

ginria, -as (piros), friendship. 

iruos, -a, -ov (pidos), friendly. 

hidurros, -ov (piréa, imros), fond 
of horses. 

iros, -n, -ov, dear, friendly; 6 
diros, subst., friend. For com- 
parison, see § 156. y. 

Prdatos, -ov, 6 (Pdcovs, Phlius, a 
city of the Peloponnesus, north- 
west of Argos), @ Phlasian. 


120 prvapia 
Avapia, -as (pAvapds, prating), 

¢ idle talk, eh 7 ” 
oBepds, -d, -dv (pdBos), fright- 

° Sul, fearful, eae ci 

PoBew (PdBos), f. -ya@, to make 
to fear, frighten, terrify; Pass. 
and Mid., poSéopua, f. -yOyco- 
pac and -joopar, pf. repdBnpac, 
a. epoBnOnv, to be frightened, 
Sear, be afraid. 

poBos, -ov, 6, fear, fright. 

powikeos, -ea, -eov, contr. dout- 
Kovs, -7, -ovv (poin€, purple), 
purple. 

ppafo, f. hpdow, pf. méppaxa 
(§ 275), to tell. 

ppeap, pearos, rd (§ 104. n.), 
a well, 


ppoupés, -od, 6, guard. 

Ppvyia, -as (SpvE), Phrygia, the 
ae central province of Asia 

inor. 

Dpvé, -vyds, 6, a Phrygian. 

gvyas, -ados, 6 (hevyw), an ex- 
ule, fugitive. 

poyn, -ns (pevyo), flight. 

vaattro, f. -a&w, pf. mepidaxa, 
to guard, watch; Mid., to watch 
for one’s own security, Zo be on 
one’s guard against. 

avn, -ns, voice, speech, sound. 

has, hatds, 76, light. 

xaipo, f. xaipyow, pf. Kexapnka 
(§ 267. 2), do rejoice; farewell. 

XaN6atos, -ov, 6, @ Chaldean, or 
one of the Chaldgi, a warlike 
people on the borders of Ar- 
menia. 

xareraiva (xaderds), f. -avd, to 
be or become angry. 

xarerds, -7, -dv, hard, difficult, 
harsh, cross, ferocious. 

xXaAKeos, -Ea, -€ov, Contr. xadxovs, 
~ijy ~oov (xadxds, copper, brass), 
brazen, of brass. 

Xadkndov, -dvos, 7, Chalcédon, a 
city of Bithynia, at the mouth 
of the Thracian Bosphorus. 

saa -ov, 6, the Chalus, a river 
of Syria. 

xapddpa, -as (xaparra, to furrow), 
ravine. 


VOCABULARY. 


Widds 


Xappivos,-ov, Charminus, a Lacs 
emonian envoy, sent to the 
army by Thibron. 

xelp, xetpds, 7 (§ 123. y), hand. 

Tepespon -ov, Chirisophus, a 

acedemonian, chosen com- 
mander-in-chief of the Greek 
army. 

Xeppdvncos, -ov, 7») (xEeppos vnwos, 
shore-island), the Cherronese or 
Chersonese, a long peninsula 
upon the Thracian side of the 
Hellespont. 

Xs xNVOs, 6, 7, Yoose. 

xAuo1t, -at, -a, a thousand. 

XiAd@ (x”Ads, fodder), f. -dow, to 

Seed or pasture horses, &c. 

XiT@v, -@vos, 6, tunic. 

x'T@vicKos, -ov, 6 (dim. of xirwy), 
a small or short tunic. 

Xt@v, -dvos, 7, Snow. 

xopevw (xdpos, dunce, cHorR), f. 
-evow, to dance. 

xopTos, -ov, 6, grass. 

xpdonat, f. xpnooua, pf. Kéexpnuat 
(§ 284. 3), to use, manage. 

xen, f. xenoe, impf. éxpqy or xpnv 
(§ 284. 4), impers., zt 1s neces- 
sary or proper, it must or ought 
to be. 

xpntw (xpeia, need), f. -ow, to 
need, desire. 

xphpa, -aros, T6 (xpdopac), thing 
used ; pl. goods, property,money. 

xpnouyzos, -7, -ov (xpaopar), useful. 

xpéovos, -ov, 6, Lime. 

xXpvaeos, -ea, -eov, contr. xpvcois, 
-7), -odv (ypuads, gold), golden. 

xpvaior, -ov (dim. of ypuvads, gold), 
gold-money, gold. 

x@pa, -as (x@pos), 4 country, ter- 
rilory. 

xepioy, -ov (dim. of xpos), a 
place or spot, esp. a fortified 
place, hold. 

xepis, apart from. 

xapos, -ov, 6, space, place, district. 

Wevdys, -és (Wevdopac), false. 

Wevdoua, f. -copa, pf. eyevopa, 
to falsif y, lie, deceive. 

Wirds, -7, -dv, bare; not covered 
with armour. 


Wixos 


Wixos,-eos,7d(Wuxe, to cool), cold. 
»—1. O, sign of address ; — 
2. subj. of eiui. 

dde (d5e), thus, so. 

pds, -n, -dv, cruel, savage. _ 

aveoua, f. -noopat, pf. eoynpat, 
2 a. empidpny (§ 301. 8), to buy. 

®pa, -as, hour, season, time for a 
thing. 

as (6s, Y 63), as; when; how; 
that, so that, in order that; w. 


VOCABULARY. 


a&pedov 121 


numerals, about; w. acc., as 
prep., fo. See §§ 601, 628, 
640, 662. 

@oaitws (6 aitds), in the same 
manner, in lke manner. 

Gomep (as, mép, just, § 328. b), 
just as, as. 

ote (ws, Té), so that, so as. 

artis, -iSos (ods), a kind of bustard 
with long ear-feathers. 

apedov, see opeiho. 


THE END. 




















RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
University of California Library 


or to the 


NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
University of California 
Richmond Field Station, Bldg. 400 
1301 South 46th Street 
Richmond, CA 94804-4698 


ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 


To renew or recharge your library materials, you may 
contact NRLF 4 days prior to due date at (510) 642-6233 








DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
NOV 08 2008 























DD20 12M 7-06 








(B 00164 


GENERAL LIBRARY - U.C. BERKELEY 


ST 


C0144}, 








se — — 
— =. — J ~~ ee ee 
~, / 


Sie — ~, ae ~ 
~ ~~ — ~The Pearse 
—— = a Rae, — ~ = 
~~ -~ ~~ — we = ey, 
ow — = ee — =, - - ae Sat = 
_ we we, a, Oy ee nt “ey ~ a 
~ ~ < = ~. RN er eae 


on , ~~. oe 

— a we ep —~ a 

an 2 : one ss = ~~, > 

ae ae —— es 
Se Se 





